Table of Contents

LOGO

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

December 27, 2013, as supplemented April 2, 2014

 

Fund Name    A    B    C    Select    Institutional    R2    R5    R6

Undiscovered Managers Behavioral Value Fund

   UBVAX    UBVBX    UBVCX    UBVSX    UBVLX    UBVRX       UBVFX

JPMorgan Realty Income Fund

   URTAX    URTBX    URTCX       URTLX       JRIRX   

Each a Series of

U NDISCOVERED M ANAGERS F UNDS

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus but contains additional information which should be read in conjunction with the prospectuses dated December 27, 2013 for Undiscovered Managers Behavioral Value Fund (“Behavioral Value Fund”) and JPMorgan Realty Income Fund (“Realty Income Fund”) (each a “Fund” and, collectively, the “Funds”), as supplemented from time to time (the “Prospectuses”). Additionally, this SAI incorporates by reference the audited financial statements included in the annual Shareholder Report relating to the Funds dated August 31, 2013 (collectively “Financial Statements”). The Prospectuses and the Financial Statements, including the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Reports, are available without charge upon request by contacting JPMorgan Distribution Services, Inc. (“JPMDS” or the “Distributor”), the Funds’ distributor, at 460 Polaris Parkway, Westerville, OH 43082.

For more information about the Funds or the Financial Statements, simply write or call:

J.P. Morgan Funds Services

P.O. Box 8528

Boston, MA 02266-8528

1-800-480-4111

SAI-UM-414


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ORGANIZATION AND CLASSIFICATION

     1   

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS

     2   

INVESTMENT PRACTICES

     3   

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

     48   

CODES OF ETHICS

     59   

PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES

     60   

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE

     63   

INVESTMENT ADVISER AND SUB-ADVISERS

     64   

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES

     69   

EXPENSES

     70   

ADMINISTRATOR

     70   

DISTRIBUTOR

     71   

ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

     72   

DISTRIBUTION PLAN

     75   

CUSTODIAN

     77   

TRANSFER AGENT

     78   

SHAREHOLDER SERVICING

     78   

OTHER EXPENSES

     79   

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

     80   

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

     82   

MASSACHUSETTS TRUST

     89   

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     90   

TRUST COUNSEL

     90   

FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

     90   

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     91   

NET ASSET VALUE

     91   

DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAX MATTERS

     93   

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     105   

APPENDIX A — PURCHASES, REDEMPTIONS AND EXCHANGES

     A-1   

APPENDIX B — DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

     B-1   


Table of Contents

ORGANIZATION AND CLASSIFICATION

The Trust and the Funds

Undiscovered Managers Funds (the “Trust”) is an open-end management investment company organized under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts as a Massachusetts business trust by an Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated December 3, 1997 (the “Declaration of Trust”). Each Fund is a series of the Trust.

This SAI relates to the Undiscovered Managers Funds listed below.

Share Classes

The Trustees of the Funds have authorized the issuance of the following classes of shares of the Funds:

 

Behavioral Value Fund    Institutional Class, Class A, Class B, Class C, Select Class, Class R2 and Class R6
Realty Income Fund    Institutional Class, Class A, Class B, Class C and Class R5

Each Fund currently offers the following classes of shares:

 

Behavioral Value Fund    Institutional Class, Class A, Class B 1 and Class C, Select Class, Class R2 and Class R6
Realty Income Fund    Institutional Class, Class A, Class B 1 , Class C and Class R5

 

1 Class B Shares are no longer available for new purchases. Existing shareholders can still reinvest their dividends and exchange their Class B Shares for Class B Shares of other Funds.

The shares of the Funds are collectively referred to in this SAI as the “Shares.”

Name Changes

Effective December 31, 2005, the Undiscovered Managers REIT Fund was renamed with the approval of its Board of Trustees to JPMorgan Realty Income Fund.

Miscellaneous

This SAI describes the financial history, investment strategies and policies, management and operation of each of the Funds in order to enable investors to select the Fund or Funds which best suit their needs.

This SAI provides additional information with respect to the Funds and should be read in conjunction with the relevant Fund’s current Prospectuses. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings accorded to them in the applicable Prospectus. The Funds’ executive offices are located at 270 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017.

The Funds are advised by J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (“JPMIM” or the “Adviser”). The Behavioral Value Fund is sub-advised by Fuller & Thaler Asset Management, Inc. (“Fuller & Thaler” or the “Sub-Adviser”).

Investments in the Funds are not deposits or obligations of, or guaranteed or endorsed by, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan Chase Bank”), an affiliate of the Adviser, or any other bank. Shares of the Funds are not federally insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other governmental agency. An investment in a Fund is subject to risk that may cause the value of the investment to fluctuate, and when the investment is redeemed, the value may be higher or lower than the amount originally invested by the investor.

 

1


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS

The investment objective and policies of each Fund are summarized in the applicable Prospectuses. The investment policies of each Fund set forth in the applicable Prospectuses and in this SAI may be changed by the Fund’s Adviser, subject to review and approval by the Trust’s Board of Trustees, without shareholder approval except that any Fund policy explicitly identified as “fundamental” may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund (which in the Prospectuses and this SAI means the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting at which at least 50% of the outstanding shares are represented or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares).

Any notice required under Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) to be delivered to shareholders of a Fund for the purpose of announcing an intended change in a non-fundamental policy of the Fund (as described in this Statement of Additional Information or in the Funds’ Prospectuses) will be provided in plain English in a separate written document. Each such notice will contain, in bold-faced type and placed prominently in the document, the following statement: “Important Notice Regarding Change in Investment Policy.” This statement will also appear on the envelope in which such notice is delivered, or, if the notice is delivered separately from other communications to investors, either on the notice or on the envelope in which the notice is delivered.

Except for the restriction on borrowings set forth in fundamental investment policy (1) below, the percentage limitations contained in the policies below apply at the time of purchase of the securities. If a percentage or rating restriction on investment or use of assets set forth in a fundamental investment policy or a non-fundamental investment policy or in a Prospectus is adhered to at the time of investment, later changes in percentage resulting from any cause other than actions by the Fund will not be considered a violation.

Investment Policies

The following investment restrictions are fundamental policies of the Funds.

Each Fund will not:

 

  1.

Borrow money in excess of 33  1 / 3 % of the value of its total assets (not including the amount borrowed) at the time the borrowing is made.

 

  2. Underwrite securities issued by other persons except to the extent that, in connection with the disposition of its portfolio investments, it may be deemed to be an underwriter under certain federal securities laws.

 

  3. Purchase or sell real estate, although it may purchase securities of issuers which deal in real estate, securities which are secured by interests in real estate, and securities which represent interests in real estate, and it may acquire and dispose of real estate or interests in real estate acquired through the exercise of its rights as a holder of debt obligations secured by real estate or interests therein.

 

  4. Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except that the Fund may purchase and sell financial futures contracts and options, and may enter into swap agreements, foreign exchange contracts and other financial transactions not involving physical commodities.

 

  5. Make loans, except by purchase of debt obligations in which the Fund may invest consistent with its investment policies, by entering into repurchase agreements, or by lending its portfolio securities.

 

  6. Purchase securities (other than securities of the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, more than 25% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in any one industry; except that the Realty Income Fund will invest more than 25% of its total assets in securities issued by real estate investment trusts (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)).

 

  7. Issue any class of securities which is senior to the Fund’s shares of beneficial interest, except for permitted borrowings.

In addition, the Behavioral Value Fund will:

1.     Operate as a “diversified company” within the meaning of Section 5(b)(1) of the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time.

Although the Funds are permitted to borrow money to a limited extent, no Fund currently intends to do so.

 

2


Table of Contents

In addition to the foregoing fundamental investment policies, it is contrary to each Fund’s present policy, which may be changed without shareholder approval, to:

Invest in (a) securities which at the time of such investment are not readily marketable, (b) securities restricted as to resale (excluding securities determined by the Trustees of the Trust (or the person designated by the Trustees to make such determinations) to be readily marketable), and (c) repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days, if, as a result, more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets (taken at current value) would be invested in securities described in (a), (b) and (c) above.

All percentage limitations on investments will apply at the time of the making of an investment (except for the non-fundamental restriction set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph) and shall not be considered violated unless an excess or deficiency occurs or exists immediately after and as a result of such investment.

In addition, the Realty Income Fund has an 80% investment policy which may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval. However, the Fund will provide shareholders with written notice at least 60 days prior to a change in its 80% investment policy.

In addition, the Funds may not acquire the securities of registered open-end investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act.

INVESTMENT PRACTICES

As noted in the applicable Prospectuses for each of the Funds, in addition to the main investment strategy and the main investment risks described in the Prospectuses, each Fund may employ other investment strategies and may be subject to other risks, which are described below. The Funds may engage in the practices described below to the extent consistent with their investment objectives, strategies, polices and restrictions. However, no Fund is required to engage in any particular transaction or purchase any particular type of securities or investment even if to do so might benefit the Fund.

The Funds invest in a variety of securities and employ a number of investment techniques. What follows is a list of some of the securities and techniques which may be utilized by the Funds.

 

FUND NAME    FUND CODE  

Behavioral Value Fund

     1   

Realty Income Fund

     2   

 

Instrument    Fund Codes
Adjustable Rate Mortgage Loans (“ARMs”) : Loans in a mortgage pool which provide for a fixed initial mortgage interest rate for a specified period of time, after which the rate may be subject to periodic adjustments.    *
Asset-Backed Securities: Securities secured by company receivables, home equity loans, truck and auto loans, leases, and credit card receivables and other securities backed by other types of receivables or other assets.    *
Auction Rate Securities : Auction rate municipal securities and auction rate preferred securities issued by closed-end investment companies.    *
Bank Obligations: Bankers’ acceptances, certificates of deposit and time deposits. Bankers’ acceptances are bills of exchange or time drafts drawn on and accepted by a commercial bank. Maturities are generally six months or less. Certificates of deposit and time deposits are non-negotiable receipts issued by a bank in exchange for the deposit of funds.    *
Borrowings : A Fund may borrow for temporary purposes and/or for investment purposes. Such a practice will result in leveraging of a Fund’s assets and may cause a Fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so. A Fund must maintain continuous asset coverage of 300% of the amount borrowed, with the exception for borrowings not in excess of 5% of the Fund’s total assets made for temporary administrative purposes.    1-2
Call and Put Options : A call option gives the buyer the right to buy, and obligates the seller of the option to sell, a security at a specified price at a future date. A put option gives the buyer the right to sell, and obligates the seller of the option to buy, a security at a specified price at a future date. A Fund will sell only covered call and secured put options.    1-2

 

3


Table of Contents
Instrument    Fund Codes
Commercial Paper: Secured and unsecured short-term promissory notes issued by corporations and other entities. Maturities generally vary from a few days to nine months.    2
Commodity-Linked Derivatives : Instruments whose value derives from the price of a commodity, including commodity futures and commodity options.    *
Common Stock : Shares of ownership of a company.    1-2
Common Stock Warrants and Rights : Securities, typically issued with preferred stock or bonds, that give the holder the right to buy a proportionate amount of common stock at a specified price.    1-2
Convertible Securities: Bonds or preferred stock that can convert to common stock.    1-2
Corporate Debt Securities: May include bonds and other debt securities of domestic and foreign issuers, including obligations of industrial, utility, banking and other corporate issuers.    *
Emerging Market Securities: Securities issued by issuers or governments in countries with emerging economies or securities markets which may be undergoing significant evolution and rapid development.    *
Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”): Ownership interest in unit investment trusts, depositary receipts, and other pooled investment vehicles that hold a portfolio of securities or stocks designed to track the price performance and dividend yield of a particular broad-based, sector or international index. ETFs include a wide range of investments such as iShares, Standard & Poor’s Depositary Receipts (“SPDRs”) and NASDAQ 100’s.    1-2
Foreign Currency Transactions : Strategies used to hedge against currency risks, for other risk management purposes or to increase income or gain to a Fund. These strategies may consist of use of any of the following: options on currencies, currency futures, options on such futures, forward foreign currency transactions (including non-deliverable forwards (“NDFs”)), forward rate agreements and currency swaps, caps and floors. Certain Funds may engage in such transactions in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets.    1-2
Foreign Investments: Equity and debt securities (e.g., bonds and commercial paper) of foreign entities and obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks. Foreign securities may also include American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and American Depositary Securities.    1-2
High Yield/High Risk Securities/Junk Bonds : Securities that are generally rated below investment grade by the primary rating agencies or are unrated but deemed by a Fund’s adviser to be of comparable quality.    *
Inflation-Linked Debt Securities : Includes fixed and floating rate debt securities of varying maturities issued by the U.S. government as well as securities issued by other entities such as corporations, foreign governments and foreign issuers.    *
Initial Public Offerings (“IPOs”): A transaction in which a previously private company makes its first sale of stock to the public.    1-2
Interfund Lending : Involves lending money and borrowing money for temporary purposes through a credit facility.    1-2
Investment Company Securities: Shares of other investment companies, including money market funds for which the adviser and/or its affiliates serve as investment adviser or administrator. The adviser will waive certain fees when investing in funds for which it serves as investment adviser, to the extent required by law.    1-2
Loan Assignments and Participations : Assignments of, or participations in, all or a portion of loans to corporations or to governments, including governments in less developed countries.    *
Master Limited Partnerships (“MLPs”) : Limited partnerships that are publicly traded on a securities exchange.    *
Mortgages (Directly Held) : Debt instruments secured by real property.    *

 

4


Table of Contents
Instrument    Fund Codes
Mortgage-Backed Securities: Debt obligations secured by real estate loans and pools of loans such as collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBSs”), and other asset-backed structures.    *
Mortgage Dollar Rolls : A transaction in which a Fund sells securities for delivery in a current month and simultaneously contracts with the same party to repurchase similar but not identical securities on a specified future date.    *
New Financial Products : New options and futures contracts and other financial products continue to be developed and a Fund may invest in such options, contracts and products.    1-2
Options and Futures Transactions : A Fund may purchase and sell (a) exchange traded and over-the-counter put and call options on securities, indexes of securities and futures contracts on securities and indexes of securities, and (b) futures contracts on securities and indexes of securities.    1-2
Preferred Stock : A class of stock that generally pays a dividend at a specified rate and has preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and in liquidation.    1-2
Private Placements, Restricted Securities and Other Unregistered Securities: Securities not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, such as privately placed commercial paper and Rule 144A securities.    1-2
Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”) : Pooled investment vehicles which invest primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interest.    1-2
Repurchase Agreements: The purchase of a security and the simultaneous commitment to return the security to the seller at an agreed upon price on an agreed upon date. This is treated as a loan.    1-2
Reverse Repurchase Agreements: The sale of a security and the simultaneous commitment to buy the security back at an agreed upon price on an agreed upon date. This is treated as a borrowing by a Fund.    *
Securities Lending: The lending of up to 33  1 / 3 % of a Fund’s total assets. In return, a Fund will receive cash, other securities, and/or letters of credit as collateral.    2
Short Selling : A Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market value of the security. To complete the transaction, a Fund must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer. A Fund is obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it subsequently at the market price at the time of replacement.    1-2
Sovereign Obligations : Investments in debt obligations issued or guaranteed by a foreign sovereign government or its agencies, authorities or political subdivisions.    1-2
Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities : Derivative multi-class mortgage securities which are usually structured with two classes of shares that receive different proportions of the interest and principal from a pool of mortgage assets. These include Interest-Only (“IO”) and Principal-Only (“PO”) securities issued outside a Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit (“REMIC”) or CMO structure.    *
Structured Investments: A security having a return tied to an underlying index or other security or asset class. Structured investments generally are individually negotiated agreements and may be traded over-the-counter. Structured investments are organized and operated to restructure the investment characteristics of the underlying index, commodity, currency or financial instrument.    1-2
Swaps and Related Swap Products : Swaps involve an exchange of obligations by two parties. Caps and floors entitle a purchaser to a principal amount from the seller of the cap or floor to the extent that a specified index exceeds or falls below a predetermined interest rate or amount. A Fund may enter into these transactions to manage its exposure to changing interest rates and other factors.    1-2
Temporary Defensive Positions: To respond to unusual circumstances, a Fund may invest in cash and cash equivalents for temporary defensive purposes.    1-2

 

5


Table of Contents
Instrument    Fund Codes
Treasury Receipts: A Fund may purchase interests in separately traded interest and principal component parts of U.S. Treasury obligations that are issued by banks or brokerage firms and that are created by depositing U.S. Treasury notes and U.S. Treasury bonds into a special account at a custodian bank. Receipts include Treasury Receipts (“TRs”), Treasury Investment Growth Receipts (“TIGRs”), and Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities (“CATS”).    1-2
U.S. Government Agency Securities: Securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government. These include all types of securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Association (“Freddie Mac”), including funding notes, subordinated benchmark notes, CMOs and REMICs.    *
U.S. Government Obligations: May include direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury, including Treasury bills, notes and bonds, all of which are backed as to principal and interest payments by the full faith and credit of the United States, and separately traded principal and interest component parts of such obligations that are transferable through the Federal book-entry system known as Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities (“STRIPS”) and Coupons Under Book-Entry-Safekeeping (“CUBES”).    1-2
When-Issued Securities, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments: Purchase or contract to purchase securities at a fixed price for delivery at a future date.    1-2

 

* As of the date of this SAI, no Fund anticipates investing in this instrument.

Additional Description of Investments, Investment Practices and Risks

The following is an additional description of certain investments, investment practices and risks of certain of the Funds.

Equity Securities, Warrants and Rights

Common Stock. Common stock represents a share of ownership in a company and usually carries voting rights and may earn dividends. Unlike preferred stock, common stock dividends are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of the issuer’s board of directors. Common stock occupies the most junior position in a company’s capital structure. As with all equity securities, the price of common stock fluctuates based on changes in a company’s financial condition and on overall market and economic conditions.

Common Stock Warrants and Rights. Common stock warrants entitle the holder to buy common stock from the issuer of the warrant at a specific price (the “strike price”) for a specific period of time. The market price of warrants may be substantially lower than the current market price of the underlying common stock, yet warrants are subject to similar price fluctuations. As a result, warrants may be more volatile investments than the underlying common stock. If a warrant is exercised, a Fund may hold common stock in its portfolio even if it does not ordinarily invest in common stock.

Rights are similar to warrants but normally have a shorter duration and are typically distributed directly by the issuers to existing shareholders, while warrants are typically attached to new debt or preferred stock issuances.

Warrants and rights generally do not entitle the holder to dividends or voting rights with respect to the underlying common stock and do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuer company. Warrants and rights will expire if not exercised on or prior to the expiration date.

Preferred Stock. Preferred stock is a class of stock that generally pays dividends at a specified rate and has preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and liquidation. Preferred stock generally does not carry voting rights. As with all equity securities, the price of preferred stock fluctuates based on changes in a company’s financial condition and on overall market and economic conditions.

Initial Public Offerings (“IPOs”). The Funds may purchase securities in IPOs. These securities are subject to many of the same risks as investing in companies with smaller market capitalizations. Securities issued in IPOs have no trading history, and information about the companies may be available for very limited periods. The prices of securities sold in IPOs may be highly volatile. At any particular time or from time to time, a Fund may not be able to invest in securities issued in IPOs, or invest to the extent desired, because, for example, only a small portion (if

 

6


Table of Contents

any) of the securities being offered in an IPO may be made available to the Fund. In addition, under certain market conditions, a relatively small number of companies may issue securities in IPOs. Similarly, as the number of Funds to which IPO securities are allocated increases, the number of securities issued to any one Fund may decrease. The investment performance of a Fund during periods when it is unable to invest significantly or at all in IPOs may be lower than during periods when the Fund is able to do so. In addition, as a Fund increases in size, the impact of IPOs on the Fund’s performance will generally decrease.

Recent Events Relating to the Overall Economy

The U.S. Government, the Federal Reserve, the Treasury, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and other governmental and regulatory bodies have recently taken or are considering taking actions to address the financial crisis. These actions include, but are not limited to, the enactment by the United States Congress of the “Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act”, which was signed into law on July 21, 2010 and imposes a new regulatory framework over the U.S. financial services industry and the consumer credit markets in general, and proposed regulations by the SEC. Given the broad scope, sweeping nature, and relatively recent enactment of some of these regulatory measures, the potential impact they could have on securities held by the Funds is unknown. There can be no assurance that these measures will not have an adverse effect on the value or marketability of securities held by the Funds. Furthermore, no assurance can be made that the U.S. Government or any U.S. regulatory body (or other authority or regulatory body) will not continue to take further legislative or regulatory action in response to the economic crisis or otherwise, and the effect of such actions, if taken, cannot be known.

Repurchase Agreements

Repurchase agreements may be entered into with brokers, dealers or banks that meet the Adviser’s credit guidelines, including the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. A Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with member banks of the Federal Reserve System and securities dealers believed by the Adviser to be creditworthy. In a repurchase agreement, a Fund buys a security from a seller that has agreed to repurchase the same security at a mutually agreed upon date and price. The resale price normally is in excess of the purchase price, reflecting an agreed upon interest rate. This interest rate is effective for the period of time a Fund is invested in the agreement and is not related to the coupon rate on the underlying security. A repurchase agreement may also be viewed as a fully collateralized loan of money by a Fund to the seller. Except in the case of a tri-party agreement, the maximum maturity of a repurchase agreement will be seven days. In the case of a tri-party agreement, the maximum maturity of a repurchase agreement will be 95 days, or as limited by the specific repurchase agreement. The securities which are subject to repurchase agreements, however, may have maturity dates in excess of 95 days from the effective date of the repurchase agreement. Repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days are treated as illiquid for purposes of the Funds’ restrictions on purchases of illiquid securities. A Fund will always receive securities as collateral during the term of the agreement whose market value is at least equal to 100% of the dollar amount invested by the Fund in each agreement plus accrued interest. The repurchase agreements further authorize the Fund to demand additional collateral in the event that the dollar value of the collateral falls below 100%. A Fund will make payment for such securities only upon physical delivery or upon evidence of book entry transfer to the account of the custodian. Repurchase agreements are considered under the 1940 Act to be loans collateralized by the underlying securities.

All of the Funds that are permitted to invest in repurchase agreements may engage in repurchase agreement transactions that are collateralized fully as defined in Rule 5b-3 of the 1940 Act, which has the effect of enabling a Fund to look to the collateral, rather than the counterparty, for determining whether its assets are “diversified” for 1940 Act purposes. Certain Funds may, in addition, engage in repurchase agreement transactions that are collateralized by money market instruments, debt securities, loan participations, equity securities or other securities including securities that are rated below investment grade by the requisite nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”) or unrated securities of comparable quality. For these types of repurchase agreement transactions, the Fund would look to the counterparty, and not the collateral, for determining such diversification.

A repurchase agreement is subject to the risk that the seller may fail to repurchase the security. In the event of default by the seller under a repurchase agreement construed to be a collateralized loan, the underlying securities would not be owned by the Fund, but would only constitute collateral for the seller’s obligation to pay the repurchase price. Therefore, a Fund may suffer time delays and incur costs in connection with the disposition of the collateral. The collateral underlying repurchase agreements may be more susceptible to claims of the seller’s creditors than would be the case with securities owned by the Fund.

 

7


Table of Contents

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

In a reverse repurchase agreement, a Fund sells a security and agrees to repurchase the same security at a mutually agreed upon date and price reflecting the interest rate effective for the term of the agreement. For purposes of the 1940 Act, a reverse repurchase agreement is considered borrowing by a Fund and, therefore, a form of leverage. Leverage may cause any gains or losses for a Fund to be magnified. The Funds will invest the proceeds of borrowings under reverse repurchase agreements. In addition, except for liquidity purposes, a Fund will enter into a reverse repurchase agreement only when the expected return from the investment of the proceeds is greater than the expense of the transaction. A Fund will not invest the proceeds of a reverse repurchase agreement for a period which exceeds the duration of the reverse repurchase agreement. A Fund would be required to pay interest on amounts obtained through reverse repurchase agreements, which are considered borrowings under federal securities laws. The repurchase price is generally equal to the original sales price plus interest. Reverse repurchase agreements are usually for seven days or less and cannot be repaid prior to their expiration dates. Each Fund will earmark and reserve Fund assets, in cash or liquid securities, in an amount at least equal to its purchase obligations under its reverse repurchase agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the portfolio securities transferred may decline below the price at which a Fund is obliged to purchase the securities. All forms of borrowing (including reverse repurchase agreements) are limited in the aggregate and may not exceed 33  1 / 3 % of a Fund’s total assets, except as permitted by law.

Leverage

Although it is not the current intention of any of the Funds to engage in borrowing, each Fund may borrow money provided that the total amount borrowed and outstanding at the time the borrowing is made does not exceed 33  1 / 3 % of the value of such Fund’s total assets (not including the amount borrowed). The use of leverage through borrowing creates an opportunity for increased net income, but, at the same time, creates special risks. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed. The intent of using leverage would be to provide the holders of a Fund’s shares with a potentially higher return. Leverage creates risks for a Fund, including the likelihood of greater volatility of the net asset value (“NAV”) and market price of the Fund’s shares. To the extent the income derived from securities purchased with funds received from leverage exceeds the cost of leverage, a Fund’s return will be greater than if leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the income from the securities purchased with such funds is not sufficient to cover the cost of leverage, the return to a Fund will be less than if leverage had not been used, and therefore the amounts available for distribution to such Fund’s shareholders as dividends and other distributions will be reduced or eliminated. In the latter case, a Fund’s sub-adviser in its best judgment nevertheless may determine to maintain the Fund’s leveraged position if it deems such action to be appropriate under the circumstances. During periods in which a Fund is using leverage, the fees paid by such Fund to the Adviser, for investment advisory and JPMorgan Chase Bank for administrative services will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage because the fees paid will be calculated on the basis of the Fund’s total net assets, including the amount borrowed.

Private Placements, Restricted Securities and Other Unregistered Securities

Subject to its policy limitation, a Fund may acquire investments that are illiquid or have limited liquidity, such as commercial obligations issued in reliance on the so-called “private placement” exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and cannot be offered for public sale in the U.S. without first being registered under the 1933 Act. An illiquid investment is any investment that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the normal course of business at approximately the amount at which it is valued by a Fund. The price a Fund pays for illiquid securities or receives upon resale may be lower than the price paid or received for similar securities with a more liquid market. Accordingly the valuation of these securities will reflect any limitations on their liquidity.

A Fund is subject to a risk that should the Fund decide to sell illiquid securities when a ready buyer is not available at a price the Fund deems representative of their value, the value of the Fund’s net assets could be adversely affected. Where an illiquid security must be registered under the 1933 Act before it may be sold, a Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses, and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, a Fund might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it decided to sell.

 

8


Table of Contents

The Funds may invest in commercial paper issued in reliance on the exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act and other restricted securities (i.e., other securities subject to restrictions on resale). Section 4(2) commercial paper (“4(2) paper”) is restricted as to disposition under federal securities law and is generally sold to institutional investors, such as the Funds, that agree that they are purchasing the paper for investment purposes and not with a view to public distribution. Any resale by the purchaser must be in an exempt transaction. 4(2) paper is normally resold to other institutional investors through or with the assistance of the issuer or investment dealers who make a market in 4(2) paper, thus providing liquidity. The Funds believe that 4(2) paper and possibly certain other restricted securities which meet the criteria for liquidity established by the Trustees are quite liquid. The Funds intend, therefore, to treat restricted securities that meet the liquidity criteria established by the Board of Trustees, including 4(2) paper and Rule 144A Securities, as determined by the Fund’s Adviser, as liquid and not subject to the investment limitation applicable to illiquid securities.

The ability of the Trustees to determine the liquidity of certain restricted securities is permitted under a U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff position set forth in the adopting release for Rule 144A under the 1933 Act (“Rule 144A”). Rule 144A is a nonexclusive safe-harbor for certain secondary market transactions involving securities subject to restrictions on resale under federal securities laws. Rule 144A provides an exemption from registration for resales of otherwise restricted securities to qualified institutional buyers. Rule 144A was expected to further enhance the liquidity of the secondary market for securities eligible for resale. The Funds believe that the Staff of the SEC has left the question of determining the liquidity of all restricted securities to the Trustees. The Trustees have directed each Fund’s Adviser to consider the following criteria in determining the liquidity of certain restricted securities:

 

   

the frequency of trades and quotes for the security;

 

   

the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential buyers;

 

   

dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and

 

   

the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades.

Certain 4(2) paper programs cannot rely on Rule 144A because, among other things, they were established before the adoption of the rule. However, the Trustees may determine for purposes of the Trust’s liquidity requirements that an issue of 4(2) paper is liquid if the following conditions, which are set forth in a 1994 SEC no-action letter, are met:

 

   

The 4(2) paper must not be traded flat or in default as to principal or interest;

 

   

The 4(2) paper must be rated in one of the two highest rating categories by at least two NRSROs, or if only one NRSRO rates the security, by that NRSRO, or if unrated, is determined by a Fund’s Adviser to be of equivalent quality;

 

   

The Fund’s Adviser must consider the trading market for the specific security, taking into account all relevant factors, including but not limited to, whether the paper is the subject of a commercial paper program that is administered by an issuing and paying agent bank and for which there exists a dealer willing to make a market in that paper, or whether the paper is administered by a direct issuer pursuant to a direct placement program;

 

   

The Fund’s Adviser shall monitor the liquidity of the 4(2) paper purchased and shall report to the Board of Trustees promptly if any such securities are no longer determined to be liquid if such determination causes a Fund to hold more than 10% of its net assets in illiquid securities in order for the Board of Trustees to consider what action, if any, should be taken on behalf of the Trust, unless the Fund’s Adviser is able to dispose of illiquid assets in an orderly manner in an amount that reduces the Fund’s holdings of illiquid assets to less than 10% of its net assets; and

 

   

The Fund’s Adviser shall report to the Board of Trustees on the appropriateness of the purchase and retention of liquid restricted securities under these guidelines no less frequently than quarterly.

Debt Securities

The Funds may invest in debt securities when a Fund’s managers believe such securities represent an attractive investment for the Fund. The Funds may invest in debt securities for income or as a defensive strategy when the managers believe adverse economic or market conditions exist.

 

9


Table of Contents

The value of the debt securities in which a Fund may invest will fluctuate based upon changes in interest rates and the credit quality of the issuer. Each Fund may invest up to 5% of its assets in “high-yield” securities. “High-yield” securities, sometimes referred to as “junk bonds,” are higher risk, non-convertible debt obligations that are rated below investment-grade securities, or are unrated but determined by a Fund’s Adviser to be of comparable credit quality. “Investment grade” means that at the time of purchase, such obligations are rated within the four highest categories by a NRSRO (for example, at least Baa by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or BBB by Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“S&P”)), or, if not rated, are of equivalent investment quality as determined by the Fund’s Adviser. According to Moody’s, bonds rated Baa are medium-grade and possess some speculative characteristics. A BBB rating by S&P indicates S&P’s belief that a security exhibits a satisfactory degree of safety and capacity for repayment, but is more vulnerable to adverse economic conditions and changing circumstances. It is often more difficult to value lower rated securities than higher rated securities.

There are no credit or maturity restrictions on the fixed-income securities in which the high-yield portion of a Fund’s portfolio may be invested. Debt securities rated lower than Baa by Moody’s or BBB by S&P, or their equivalent, are considered by many to be predominantly speculative. Changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments on such securities than is the case with higher quality debt securities. Regardless of rating levels, all debt securities considered for purchase by the Funds are analyzed by the investment manager to determine, to the extent reasonably possible, that the planned investment is sound, given the applicable Fund’s investment objective. See “Description of Securities Ratings”.

If the aggregate value of high-yield securities exceeds 5% of a Fund’s assets because of the high-yield securities market appreciation or other assets’ depreciation, the Fund will not necessarily sell them. Instead, a Fund’s managers will not purchase additional high-yield securities until their value is less than 5% of the Fund’s assets. Fund managers will monitor these investments to determine whether holding them will likely help the applicable Fund meet its investment objectives.

In addition, the value of a Fund’s investments in fixed-income securities will change as prevailing interest rates change. In general, the prices of such securities vary inversely with interest rates. As prevailing interest rates fall, the prices of bonds and other securities that trade on a yield basis generally rises. When prevailing interest rates rise, bond prices generally fall. Depending upon the particular amount and type of fixed-income securities holdings of a fund, these changes may impact the net asset value of that fund’s shares.

Credit quality of non-investment grade securities can change suddenly and unexpectedly, and even recently issued credit ratings may not fully reflect the actual risks posed by a particular high-yield security.

Future legislation may have a possible negative impact on the market for high yield, high risk bonds. As an example, in the late 1980’s, legislation required federally-insured savings and loan associations to divest their investments in high yield, high risk bonds. New legislation, if enacted, could have a material negative effect on a Fund’s investments in lower rated securities.

Corporate Debt Securities. Corporate debt securities may include bonds and other debt securities of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers, including obligations of industrial, utility, banking and other corporate issuers. All debt securities are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligation and may also be subject to price volatility due to such factors as market interest rates, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity.

High Yield/High Risk Securities/Junk Bonds . Certain Funds may invest in high yield securities, to varying degrees. High yield, high risk bonds are securities that are generally rated below investment grade by the primary rating agencies (BB+ or lower by S&P and Bal or lower by Moody’s) or unrated but determined by the Fund’s Adviser to be of comparable quality. Other terms used to describe such securities include “lower rated bonds,” “non-investment grade bonds,” “below investment grade bonds,” and “junk bonds.” These securities are considered to be high-risk investments.

High yield securities are regarded as predominately speculative. There is a greater risk that issuers of lower rated securities will default than issuers of higher rated securities. Issuers of lower rated securities generally are less creditworthy and may be highly indebted, financially distressed, or bankrupt. These issuers are more vulnerable to real or perceived economic changes, political changes or adverse industry developments. In addition, high yield securities are frequently subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. If an issuer fails to pay principal or interest, a Fund would experience a decrease in income and a decline in the market value of its investments. A Fund may also incur additional expenses in seeking recovery from the issuer.

 

10


Table of Contents

The income and market value of lower rated securities may fluctuate more than higher rated securities. Non-investment grade securities are more sensitive to short-term corporate, economic and market developments. During periods of economic uncertainty and change, the market price of the investments in lower rated securities may be volatile. The default rate for high yield bonds tends to be cyclical, with defaults rising in periods of economic downturn.

It is often more difficult to value lower rated securities than higher rated securities. If an issuer’s financial condition deteriorates, accurate financial and business information may be limited or unavailable. The lower rated investments may be thinly traded and there may be no established secondary market. Because of the lack of market pricing and current information for investments in lower rated securities, valuation of such investments is much more dependent on the judgment of the Adviser than is the case with higher rated securities. In addition, relatively few institutional purchasers may hold a major portion of an issue of lower-rated securities at times. As a result, a Fund that invests in lower rated securities may be required to sell investments at substantial losses or retain them indefinitely even where an issuer’s financial condition is deteriorating.

Credit quality of non-investment grade securities can change suddenly and unexpectedly, and even recently issued credit ratings may not fully reflect the actual risks posed by a particular high-yield security.

Future legislation may have a possible negative impact on the market for high yield, high risk bonds. As an example, in the late 1980’s, legislation required federally-insured savings and loan associations to divest their investments in high yield, high risk bonds. New legislation, if enacted, could have a material negative effect on a Fund’s investments in lower rated securities.

Equity Equivalent Securities

The Funds may invest in equity interests or debt obligations issued by real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). A Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of expenses incurred by REITs in which a Fund invests in addition to the expenses incurred directly by the Fund. In addition, any of the Funds may invest in other equity securities and equity equivalents, including securities that permit a Fund to receive an equity interest in an issuer, the opportunity to acquire an equity interest in an issuer, or the opportunity to receive a return on its investment that permits a Fund to benefit from the growth over time in the equity of an issuer. Examples of equity securities and equity equivalents include preferred stock, convertible preferred stock and convertible debt securities. Equity equivalents also may include securities whose value or return is derived from the value or return of a different security. Depositary receipts, which are described in “Foreign Securities”, are an example of the type of derivative security in which a Fund might invest.

Foreign Investments (including Foreign Currencies)

The Funds may invest in certain obligations or securities of foreign issuers. For purposes of a Fund’s investment policies, an issuer of a security may be deemed to be located in a particular country if: (i) the principal trading market for the security is in such country, (ii) the issuer is organized under the laws of such country or (iii) the issuer derives at least 50% of its revenues or profits from such country or has at least 50% of its total assets situated in such country. Possible investments include equity securities and debt securities (e.g., bonds and commercial paper) of foreign entities, obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks and of foreign banks, including, without limitation, Eurodollar Certificates of Deposit, Eurodollar Time Deposits, Eurodollar Bankers’ Acceptances, Canadian Time Deposits and Yankee Certificates of Deposit, and investments in Canadian Commercial Paper, and Europaper. Securities of foreign issuers may include sponsored and unsponsored American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”). Sponsored ADRs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange; unsponsored ADRs are not. Therefore, there may be less information available about the issuers of unsponsored ADRs than the issuers of sponsored ADRs. Unsponsored ADRs are restricted securities. EDRs and GDRs are not listed on the New York Stock Exchange. As a result, it may be difficult to obtain information about EDRs and GDRs.

The Funds may invest in common stocks, convertible securities, preferred stocks, bonds, notes and other debt securities of foreign issuers, foreign governments and their agencies. Each Fund will limit its purchase of foreign securities to those of issuers whose principal business activities are located in developed countries. Each Fund considers developed countries to include Australia, Austria, Belgium, Bermuda, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, The Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States.

 

11


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of certain risks associated with foreign investments:

CURRENCY RISK — Foreign securities may be denominated in foreign currencies, although foreign issuers may also issue securities denominated in U.S. dollars. The value of a Fund’s investments denominated in foreign currencies and any funds held in foreign currencies will be affected by changes in currency exchange rates, the relative strength of those currencies and the U.S. dollar, and exchange-control regulations.

Changes in the foreign currency exchange rates also may affect the value of dividends and interest earned, gains and losses realized on the sale of securities and net investment income and gains, if any, to be distributed to shareholders by a Fund. The exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies are determined by the forces of supply and demand in foreign exchange markets. Accordingly, the ability of a Fund that invests in foreign securities as part of its principal investment strategy to achieve its investment objective may depend, to a certain extent, on exchange rate movements.

In addition, while the volume of transactions effected on foreign stock exchanges has increased in recent years, in most cases it remains appreciably below that of domestic securities exchanges. Accordingly, a Fund’s foreign investments may be less liquid and their prices may be more volatile than comparable investments in securities of U.S. companies. Moreover, the settlement periods for foreign securities, which are often longer than those for securities of U.S. issuers, may affect Fund liquidity. In buying and selling securities on foreign exchanges, purchasers normally pay fixed commissions that are generally higher than the negotiated commissions charged in the U.S. In addition, there is generally less government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers and issuers located in foreign countries than in the U.S.

POLITICAL AND EXCHANGE RISK — Foreign investments may subject a Fund to investment risks that differ in some respects from those related to investments in obligations of U.S. domestic issuers. Such risks include potential future adverse political and economic developments , possible imposition of withholding taxes on interest or other income, possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign deposits, possible establishment of exchange controls or taxation at the source, greater fluctuation in value due to changes in exchange rates, or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on such obligations.

HIGHER TRANSACTION COSTS — Foreign investments may entail higher custodial fees and sales commissions than domestic investments.

ACCOUNTING AND REGULATORY DIFFERENCES — Foreign issuers of securities or obligations are often subject to accounting treatment and engage in business practices different from those of domestic issuers of similar securities or obligations. In addition, foreign issuers are usually not subject to the same degree of regulation as domestic issuers, and their securities may trade on relatively small markets, causing their securities to experience potentially higher volatility and more limited liquidity than securities of domestic issuers. Foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks are not regulated by U.S. banking authorities and may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks. In addition, foreign banks generally are not bound by accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards comparable to those applicable to U.S. banks. Dividends and interest paid by foreign issuers may be subject to withholding and other foreign taxes which may decrease the net return on foreign investments as compared to dividends and interest paid to a Fund by domestic companies.

MARKET AND TRADING RISK — Brokerage commission rates in foreign countries, which generally are fixed rather than subject to negotiation as in the United States, are likely to be higher. The securities markets in many of the countries in which a Fund may invest have substantially less trading volume than the principal U.S. markets. As a result, the securities of some companies in these countries may be less liquid and more volatile than comparable U.S. securities. Furthermore, one securities broker may represent all or a significant part of the trading volume in a particular country, resulting in higher trading costs and decreased liquidity due to a lack of alternative trading partners. There generally is less government regulation and supervision of foreign stock exchanges, brokers and issuers, which may make it difficult to enforce contractual obligations.

SETTLEMENT RISK — The settlement periods for foreign securities and instruments are often longer than those for securities or obligations of U.S. issuers or instruments denominated in U.S. dollars. Delayed settlement may affect the liquidity of a Fund’s holdings. Certain types of securities and other instruments are not traded “delivery versus payment” in certain markets (e.g., government bonds in Russia) meaning that a Fund may deliver securities or instruments before payment is received from the counterparty. In such markets, the Fund may not receive timely payment for securities or other instruments it has delivered and may be subject to increased risk that the counterparty will fail to make payments when due or default completely.

 

12


Table of Contents

BRADY BONDS — Brady bonds are securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to public and private entities in certain emerging markets for new bonds in connection with debt restructurings. Brady bonds have been issued since 1989. In light of the history of defaults of countries issuing Brady bonds on their commercial bank loans, investments in Brady bonds may be viewed as speculative and subject to the same risks as emerging market securities. Brady bonds may be fully or partially collateralized or uncollateralized, are issued in various currencies (but primarily the U.S. dollar) and are actively traded in over-the-counter (“OTC”) secondary markets. Incomplete collateralization of interest or principal payment obligations results in increased credit risk. Dollar-denominated collateralized Brady bonds, which may be either fixed-rate or floating rate bonds, are generally collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities.

SUKUK — Foreign securities and emerging market securities include Sukuk. Sukuk are certificates, similar to bonds, issued by the issuer to obtain an upfront payment in exchange for an income stream to be generated by certain assets of the issuer. Generally, the issuer sells the investor a certificate, which the investor then rents back to the issuer for a predetermined rental fee. The issuer also makes a contractual promise to buy back the certificate at a future date at par value. While the certificate is linked to the returns generated by certain assets of the issuer, the underlying assets are not pledged as security for the certificates, and the Fund (as the investor) is relying on the creditworthiness of the issuer for all payments required by the sukuk. Issuers of sukuk may include international financial institutions, foreign governments and agencies of foreign governments. Underlying assets may include, without limitation, real estate (developed and undeveloped), lease contracts and machinery and equipment.

OWNERSHIP RISK — Evidence of securities ownership may be uncertain in many foreign countries. As a result, there may be a risk that a Fund’s trade details could be incorrectly or fraudulently entered at the time of the transaction, resulting in a loss to the Fund.

Sovereign Obligations

Sovereign debt includes investments in securities issued or guaranteed by a foreign sovereign government or its agencies, authorities or political subdivisions. An investment in sovereign debt obligations involves special risks not present in corporate debt obligations. The issuer of the sovereign debt or the governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or interest when due, and a Fund may have limited recourse in the event of a default. During periods of economic uncertainty, the market prices of sovereign debt, and the Fund’s NAV, may be more volatile than prices of U.S. debt obligations. In the past, certain emerging markets have encountered difficulties in servicing their debt obligations, withheld payments of principal and interest and declared moratoria on the payment of principal and interest on their sovereign debts.

A sovereign debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and pay interest in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign currency reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange, the relative size of the debt service burden, the sovereign debtor’s policy toward principal international lenders and local political constraints. Sovereign debtors may also be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and other entities to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The failure of a sovereign debtor to implement economic reforms, achieve specified levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of third-party commitments to lend funds to the sovereign debtor, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debts.

Convertible Securities

Subject to a Fund’s investment restrictions, objective and strategy, the Funds may invest in convertible securities. Convertible securities include any debt securities or preferred stock which may be converted into common stock or which carry the right to purchase common stock. Generally, convertible securities entitle the holder to exchange the securities for a specified number of shares of common stock, usually of the same company, at specified prices within a certain period of time.

The terms of any convertible security determine its ranking in a company’s capital structure. In the case of subordinated convertible debentures, the holders’ claims on assets and earnings are subordinated to the claims of other creditors, and are senior to the claims of preferred and common shareholders. In the case of convertible preferred stock, the holders’ claims on assets and earnings are subordinated to the claims of all creditors and are senior to the claims of common shareholders.

Convertible securities have characteristics similar to both debt and equity securities. Due to the conversion feature, the market value of convertible securities tends to move together with the market value of the underlying

 

13


Table of Contents

common stock. As a result, selection of convertible securities, to a great extent, is based on the potential for capital appreciation that may exist in the underlying stock. The value of convertible securities is also affected by prevailing interest rates, the credit quality of the issuer, and any call provisions. In some cases, the issuer may cause a convertible security to convert to common stock. In other situations, it may be advantageous for a Fund to cause the conversion of convertible securities to common stock. If a convertible security converts to common stock, a Fund may hold such common stock in its portfolio even if it does not ordinarily invest in common stock.

Each Fund will limit their holdings of convertible debt securities to those that, at the time of purchase, are rated at least B- by S&P or B3 by Moody’s, or, if not rated by S&P or Moody’s, are of equivalent investment quality as determined by the Adviser. Each Fund’s investments in convertible debt securities and other high-yield, non-convertible debt securities rated below investment-grade will comprise less than 20% of the Fund’s net assets. Debt securities rated below the four highest categories are not considered “investment-grade” obligations. These securities have speculative characteristics and present more credit risk than investment-grade obligations. For a description of the S&P and Moody’s ratings categories, see “Description of Securities Ratings.”

Inflation-Linked Debt Securities

Inflation-linked securities include fixed and floating rate debt securities of varying maturities issued by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, such as Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities (“TIPS”), as well as securities issued by other entities such as corporations, municipalities, foreign governments and foreign issuers, including foreign issuers from emerging markets. See also “Foreign Investments (including Foreign Currencies).” Typically, such securities are structured as fixed income investments whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. The following two structures are common: (i) the U.S. Treasury and some other issuers issue inflation-linked securities that accrue inflation into the principal value of the security and (ii) other issuers may pay out the Consumer Price Index (“CPI”) accruals as part of a semi-annual coupon. Other types of inflation-linked securities exist which use an inflation index other than the CPI.

Inflation-linked securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, such as TIPS, have maturities of approximately five, ten, or twenty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. Typically, TIPS pay interest on a semi-annual basis equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. For example, if a Fund purchased an inflation-indexed bond with a par value of $1000 and a 3% real rate of return coupon (payable 1.5% semi-annually), and the rate of inflation over the first six months was 1%, the mid-year par value of the bond would be $1,010 and the first semi-annual interest payment would be $15.15 ($1,010 times 1.5%). If inflation during the second half of the year resulted in the whole year’s inflation of 3%, the end-of-year par value of the bond would be $1,030 and the second semi-annual interest payment would be $15.45 ($1,030 times 1.5%).

If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of TIPS, even during a period of deflation, although the inflation-adjusted principal received could be less than the inflation-adjusted principal that had accrued to the bond at the time of purchase. However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed and will fluctuate. Other inflation-related bonds exist which may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal.

The value of inflation-linked securities is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if the rate of inflation rises at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-linked securities.

While inflation-linked securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates) investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.

The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-linked securities is tied to the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”), which is not seasonably adjusted and which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation-linked securities issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index calculated by that government. There can be no assurance that the

 

14


Table of Contents

CPI-U or a foreign inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the U.S.

Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-linked security will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity.

Securities Lending

To generate additional income, the Realty Income Fund may lend up to 33  1 / 3 % of such Fund’s total assets pursuant to agreements requiring that the loan be continuously secured by collateral equal to at least 100% of the market value plus accrued interest on the securities lent. The Fund uses Goldman Sachs Bank USA (formerly known as The Goldman Sachs Trust Company), doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (“Goldman Sachs”), as its securities lending agent. Pursuant to an agreement among Goldman Sachs, JPMorgan Chase Bank and the Funds (the “Third Party Securities Lending Agreement”), approved by the Board of Trustees, Goldman Sachs compensates JPMorgan Chase Bank for certain operational services, which may include processing transactions, termination of loans and recordkeeping, provided by JPMorgan Chase Bank.

Pursuant to a securities lending agreement, approved by the Board of Trustees, between Goldman Sachs and the Realty Income Fund (the “Goldman Sachs Agreement”), collateral for loans will consist only of cash. The Fund will receive payments from the borrowers equivalent to the dividends and interest which would have been earned on the securities lent. The Fund seeks to earn interest on the investment of cash collateral in investments permitted by the applicable securities lending agreement. With respect to the Realty Income Fund for which Goldman Sachs serves as lending agent, cash collateral may be invested in Capital Shares of the JPMorgan Prime Money Market Fund.

Under the Goldman Sachs Agreement, Goldman Sachs marks to market the loaned securities on a daily basis. In the event the cash received from the borrower is less than 102% of the value of the loaned securities, Goldman Sachs requests additional cash from the borrower so as to maintain a collateralization level of at least 102% of the value of the loaned securities plus accrued interest. Loans are subject to termination by a Fund or the borrower at any time, and are therefore not considered to be illiquid investments. A Fund does not have the right to vote proxies for securities on loan. However, a Fund’s Adviser may terminate a loan if the vote is considered material with respect to an investment.

Securities lending involves counterparty risk, including the risk that the loaned securities may not be returned or returned in a timely manner and/or a loss of rights in the collateral if the borrower or the lending agent defaults or fails financially. This risk is increased when the Fund’s loans are concentrated with a single or limited number of borrowers. The earnings on the collateral invested may not be sufficient to pay fees incurred in connection with the loan. Also, the principal value of the collateral invested may decline and may not be sufficient to pay back the borrower for the amount of collateral posted. There are no limits on the number of borrowers a Fund may use and a Fund may lend securities to only one or a small group of borrowers. In addition, under the Goldman Sachs Agreement, loans may be made to affiliates of Goldman Sachs as identified in the Goldman Sachs Agreement. Funds participating in securities lending bear the risk of loss in connection with investments of the cash collateral received from the borrowers, which do not trigger additional collateral requirements from the borrower.

To the extent that the value or return of a Fund’s investments of the cash collateral declines below the amount owed to a borrower, the Fund may incur losses that exceed the amount it earned on lending the security. In situations where the Adviser does not believe that it is prudent to sell the cash collateral investments in the market, the Fund may borrow money to repay the borrower the amount of cash collateral owed to the borrower upon return of the loaned securities. This will result in financial leverage, which may cause the Fund to be more volatile because financial leverage tends to exaggerate the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities.

Short Selling

In short selling transactions, a Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market value of the security. To complete the transaction, a Fund must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer. A Fund is obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it subsequently at the market price at the time of replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by a Fund, which may result in a loss or gain, respectively. Unlike taking a long position in a security by purchasing the security, where potential losses are limited to the purchase price, short sales have no cap on maximum losses, and gains are limited to the price of the security at the time of the short sale.

 

15


Table of Contents

Short sales of forward commitments and derivatives do not involve borrowing a security. These types of short sales may include futures, options, contracts for differences, forward contracts on financial instruments and options such as contracts, credit linked instruments, and swap contracts.

A Fund may not always be able to borrow a security its wants to sell short. A Fund also may be unable to close out an established short position at an acceptable price and may have to sell long positions at disadvantageous times to cover its short positions. The value of your investment in a Fund will fluctuate in response to movements in the market. Fund performance also will depend on the effectiveness of the Adviser’s research and the management team’s investment decisions.

Short sales also involve other costs. The Funds must repay to the lender an amount equal to any dividends or interest that accrues while the loan is outstanding. To borrow the security, a Fund may be required to pay a premium. A Fund also will incur transaction costs in effecting short sales. The amount of any ultimate gain for a Fund resulting from a short sale will be decreased, and the amount of any ultimate loss will be increased, by the amount of premiums, interest or expenses a Fund may be required to pay in connection with the short sale. Until a Fund closes its short position, it will earmark and reserve Fund assets, in cash or liquid securities, to offset a portion of the leverage risk. Realized gains or losses from short sales are typically treated as short-term gains/losses.

Asset-Backed Securities

Asset-backed securities consist of securities secured by company receivables, home equity loans, truck and auto loans, leases, or credit card receivables. Asset-backed securities also include other securities backed by other types of receivables or other assets, including collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), which include collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities. Such assets are generally securitized through the use of trusts or special purpose corporations. Asset-backed securities are backed by a pool of assets representing the obligations often of a number of different parties. Certain of these securities may be illiquid.

Asset-backed securities are generally subject to the risks of the underlying assets. In addition, asset-backed securities, in general, are subject to certain additional risks including depreciation, damage or loss of the collateral backing the security, failure of the collateral to generate the anticipated cash flow or in certain cases more rapid prepayment because of events affecting the collateral, such as accelerated prepayment of loans backing these securities or destruction of equipment subject to equipment trust certificates. In addition, the underlying assets (for example, the underlying credit card debt) may be refinanced or paid off prior to maturity during periods of declining interest rates. Changes in prepayment rates can result in greater price and yield volatility. If asset-backed securities are pre-paid, a Fund may have to reinvest the proceeds from the securities at a lower rate. Potential market gains on a security subject to prepayment risk may be more limited than potential market gains on a comparable security that is not subject to prepayment risk. Under certain prepayment rate scenarios, a Fund may fail to recover additional amounts paid (i.e., premiums) for securities with higher interest rates, resulting in an unexpected loss.

A CBO is a trust or other special purpose entity (“SPE”) which is typically backed by a diversified pool of fixed income securities (which may include high risk, below investment grade securities). A CLO is a trust or other SPE that is typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and non-U.S. senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. Although certain CDOs may receive credit enhancement in the form of a senior-subordinate structure, over-collateralization or bond insurance, such enhancement may not always be present and may fail to protect a Fund against the risk of loss on default of the collateral. Certain CDOs may use derivatives contracts to create “synthetic” exposure to assets rather than holding such assets directly, which entails the risks of derivative instruments described elsewhere in this SAI. CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses, which are in addition to those of a Fund.

For both CBOs and CLOs, the cash flows from the SPE are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche, which bears the first loss from defaults from the bonds or loans in the SPE and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default (though such protection is not complete). Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO or CLO typically has higher ratings and lower yields than its underlying securities, and may be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, downgrades of the underlying collateral by rating agencies, forced liquidation of the collateral pool due to a failure of coverage tests, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as investor aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class. Interest

 

16


Table of Contents

on certain tranches of a CDO may be paid in kind or deferred and capitalized (paid in the form of obligations of the same type rather than cash), which involves continued exposure to default risk with respect to such payments.

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which a Fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by a Fund as illiquid securities. However, an active dealer market may exist for CDOs, allowing a CDO to qualify for Rule 144A transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed income securities and asset-backed securities generally discussed elsewhere in this SAI, CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the risk that the collateral may default or decline in value or be downgraded, if rated by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”); (iii) a Fund may invest in tranches of CDOs that are subordinate to other tranches; (iv) the structure and complexity of the transaction and the legal documents could lead to disputes among investors regarding the characterization of proceeds; (v) the investment return achieved by the Fund could be significantly different than those predicted by financial models; (vi) the lack of a readily available secondary market for CDOs; (vii) risk of forced “fire sale” liquidation due to technical defaults such as coverage test failures; and (viii) the CDO’s manager may perform poorly.

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses set forth in the fee table and Financial Highlights section of each Fund’s Prospectuses do not include any expenses associated with investments in certain structured or synthetic products that may rely on the exception for the definition of “investment company” provided by Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

Derivative Securities

To the extent permitted by its investment objectives and policies, each Fund may invest in derivative securities. Generally, a derivative security is a financial arrangement, having a value based on, or derived from, a traditional security, asset, or market index. Certain derivative securities are described more accurately as index/structured securities. Index/structured securities are derivative securities whose value or performance is linked to other equity securities (such as depositary receipts), currencies, interest rates, indices or other financial indicators (reference indices).

A structured investment is a security having a return tied to an underlying index or other security or asset class. Structured investments generally are individually negotiated agreements and may be traded over-the-counter. Structured investments are organized and operated to restructure the investment characteristics of the underlying security. This restructuring involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity, such as a corporation or trust, or specified instruments (such as commercial bank loans) and the issuance by that entity or one or more classes of securities (“structured securities”) backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying instruments. The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued structured securities to create securities with different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, payment priorities and interest rate provisions, and the extent of such payments made with respect to structured securities is dependent on the extent of the cash flow on the underlying instruments. Because structured securities typically involve no credit enhancement, their credit risk generally will be equivalent to that of the underlying instruments. Investments in structured securities are generally of a class of structured securities that is either subordinated or unsubordinated to the right of payment of another class. Subordinated structured securities typically have higher yields and present greater risks than unsubordinated structured securities. Structured instruments include structured notes. In addition to the risks applicable to investments in structured investments and debt securities in general, structured notes bear the risk that the issuer may not be required to pay interest on the structured note if the index rate rises above or falls below a certain level. Structured securities are typically sold in private placement transactions, and there currently is no active trading market for structured securities. Investments in government and government-related restructured debt instruments are subject to special risks, including the inability or unwillingness to repay principal and interest, requests to reschedule or restructure outstanding debt and requests to extend additional loan amounts. Structured investments include a wide variety of instruments including, without limitation, Collateralized Debt Obligations.

Structured instruments that are registered under the federal securities laws may be treated as liquid. In addition, many structured instruments may not be registered under the federal securities laws. In that event, a Fund’s ability to resell such a structured instrument may be more limited than its ability to resell other Fund securities. The Funds will treat such instruments as illiquid and will limit their investments in such instruments to no more than 15% of each Fund’s net assets, when combined with all other illiquid investments of each Fund.

 

17


Table of Contents

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses set forth in the fee table and Financial Highlights section of each Fund’s Prospectuses do not include any expenses associated with investments in certain structured or synthetic products that may rely on the exception for the definition of “investment company” provided by section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act.

Some derivative securities, such as mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, are in many respects like any other investment, although they may be more volatile or less liquid than more traditional debt securities.

There are many different types of derivative securities and many different ways to use them. Futures and options are commonly used for traditional hedging purposes to attempt to protect a Fund from exposure to changing interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates, and for cash management purposes as a low-cost method of gaining exposure to a particular securities market without investing directly in those securities.

The Funds may not invest in a derivative security unless the reference index or the instrument to which it relates is an eligible investment for the applicable Fund. For example, a security whose underlying value is linked to the price of oil would not be a permissible investment because the applicable Fund may not invest in oil and gas leases or futures.

The return on a derivative security may increase or decrease, depending upon changes in the reference index or instrument to which it relates.

There are risks associated with investing in derivative securities, including:

 

  * the risk that the underlying security, interest rate, market index or other financial asset will not move in the direction a Fund manager anticipates;
  * the possibility that there may be no liquid secondary market, or the possibility that price fluctuation limits may be imposed by the exchange, either of which may make it difficult or impossible to close out a position when desired;
  * the risk that adverse price movements in an instrument can result in a loss substantially greater than a Fund’s initial investment; and
  * the risk that the counterparty will fail to perform its obligations.

Credit Linked Notes. Certain Funds may invest in structured instruments known as credit linked securities or credit linked notes (“CLNs”). CLNs are typically issued by a limited purpose trust or other vehicle (the “CLN trust”) that, in turn, invests in a derivative or basket of derivatives instruments, such as credit default swaps, interest rate swaps and/or other securities, in order to provide exposure to certain high yield, sovereign debt, emerging markets, or other fixed income markets. Generally, investments in CLNs represent the right to receive periodic income payments (in the form of distributions) and payment of principal at the end of the term of the CLN. However, these payments are conditioned on the CLN trust’s receipt of payments from, and the CLN trust’s potential obligations, to the counterparties to the derivative instruments and other securities in which the CLN trust invests. For example, the CLN trust may sell one or more credit default swaps, under which the CLN trust would receive a stream of payments over the term of the swap agreements provided that no event of default has occurred with respect to the referenced debt obligation upon which the swap is based. If a default were to occur, the stream of payments may stop and the CLN trust would be obligated to pay the counterparty the par (or other agreed upon value) of the referenced debt obligation. This, in turn, would reduce the amount of income and principal that a Fund would receive as an investor in the CLN trust.

Certain Funds may enter into CLNs structured as “First-to-Default” CLNs. In a First-to-Default” CLN, the CLN trust enters into a credit default swap on a portfolio of a specified number of individual securities pursuant to which the CLN trust sells protection to a counterparty. The CLN trust uses the proceeds of issuing investments in the CLN trust to purchase securities, which are selected by the counterparty and the total return of which is paid to the counterparty. Upon the occurrence of a default or credit event involving any one of the individual securities, the credit default swaps terminate and the Fund’s investment in the CLN trust is redeemed for an amount equal to “par” minus the amount paid to the counterparty under the credit default swap.

Certain Funds may also enter in CLNs to gain access to sovereign debt and securities in emerging market particularly in markets where the Fund is not able to purchase securities directly due to domicile restrictions or tax restrictions or tariffs. In such an instance, the issuer of the CLN may purchase the reference security directly and/or gain exposure through a credit default swap or other derivative.

A Fund’s investments in CLNs is subject to the risks associated with the underlying reference obligations and derivative instruments, including, among others, credit risk, default or similar event risk, counterparty risk, interest rate risk, leverage risk and management risk.

 

18


Table of Contents

Participation Notes and Participatory Notes

The Funds may invest in instruments that have similar economic characteristics to equity securities, such as participation notes (also known as participatory notes (“P-notes”)) or other structured instruments that may be developed from time to time (“structured instruments”). Structured instruments are notes that are issued by banks, broker-dealers or their affiliates and are designed to offer a return linked to a particular underlying equity or market.

If the structured instrument were held to maturity, the issuer would pay to the purchaser the underlying instrument’s value at maturity with any necessary adjustments. The holder of a structured instrument that is linked to a particular underlying security or instrument may be entitled to receive dividends paid in connection with that underlying security or instrument, but typically does not receive voting rights as it would if it directly owned the underlying security or instrument. Structured instruments have transaction costs. In addition, there can be no assurance that there will be a trading market for a structured instrument or that the trading price of a structured instrument will equal the underlying value of the security, instrument or market that it seeks to replicate. Unlike a direct investment in equity securities, structured instruments typically involve a term or expiration date, potentially increasing a Fund’s turnover rate, transaction costs and tax liability.

Due to transfer restrictions, the secondary markets on which a structured instrument is traded may be less liquid than the market for other securities, or may be completely illiquid, which may expose a Fund to risks of mispricing or improper valuation. Structured instruments typically constitute general unsecured contractual obligations of the banks, broker-dealers or their relevant affiliates that issue them, which subjects the Fund to counterparty risk (and this risk may be amplified if a Fund purchases structured instruments from only a small number of issuers). Structured instruments also have the same risks associated with a direct investment in the underlying securities, instruments or markets that they seek to replicate.

Swaps and Related Swap Products

Swap transactions may include, but are not limited to, interest rate swaps, currency swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, contracts for differences, total return swaps, index swaps, basket swaps, specific security swaps, fixed income sectors swaps, commodity swaps, asset-backed swaps (“ABX”), commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) and indexes of CMBS (“CMBX”), credit default swaps, interest rate caps, price lock swaps, floors and collars and swaptions (collectively defined as “swap transactions”).

A Fund may enter into swap transactions for any legal purpose consistent with its investment objective and policies, such as for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining that return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in cash markets, to protect against currency fluctuations, to protect against any increase in the price of securities a Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, or to gain exposure to certain markets in the most economical way possible.

Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional counterparties for periods ranging from a few weeks to several years. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) that would be earned or realized on specified notional investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are calculated by reference to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency or commodity, or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index. The purchaser of an interest rate cap or floor, upon payment of a fee, has the right to receive payments (and the seller of the cap or floor is obligated to make payments) to the extent a specified interest rate exceeds (in the case of a cap) or is less than (in the case of a floor) a specified level over a specified period of time or at specified dates. The purchaser of an interest rate collar, upon payment of a fee, has the right to receive payments (and the seller of the collar is obligated to make payments) to the extent that a specified interest rate falls outside an agreed upon range over a specified period of time or at specified dates. The purchaser of an option on an interest rate swap also known as a “swaption,” upon payment of a fee (either at the time of purchase or in the form of higher payments or lower receipts within an interest rate swap transaction) has the right, but not the obligation, to initiate a new swap transaction of a pre-specified notional amount with pre-specified terms with the seller of the swaption as the counterparty.

The “notional amount” of a swap transaction is the agreed upon basis for calculating the payments that the parties have agreed to exchange. For example, one swap counterparty may agree to pay a floating rate of interest (e.g., 3 month LIBOR) calculated based on a $10 million notional amount on a quarterly basis in exchange for receipt of payments calculated based on the same notional amount and a fixed rate of interest on a semi-annual basis. In the event a Fund is obligated to make payments more frequently than it receives payments from the other

 

19


Table of Contents

party, it will incur incremental credit exposure to that swap counterparty. This risk may be mitigated somewhat by the use of swap agreements which call for a net payment to be made by the party with the larger payment obligation when the obligations of the parties fall due on the same date. Under most swap agreements entered into by a Fund, payments by the parties will be exchanged on a “net basis”, and a Fund will receive or pay, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments.

The amount of a Fund’s potential gain or loss on any swap transaction is not subject to any fixed limit. Nor is there any fixed limit on a Fund’s potential loss if it sells a cap or collar. If a Fund buys a cap, floor or collar, however, the Fund’s potential loss is limited to the amount of the fee that it has paid. When measured against the initial amount of cash required to initiate the transaction, which is typically zero in the case of most conventional swap transactions, swaps, caps, floors and collars tend to be more volatile than many other types of instruments.

The use of swap transactions, caps, floors and collars involves investment techniques and risks that are different from those associated with portfolio security transactions. If a Fund’s Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates, and other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Fund will be less favorable than if these techniques had not been used. These instruments are typically not traded on exchanges. Accordingly, there is a risk that the other party to certain of these instruments will not perform its obligations to a Fund or that a Fund may be unable to enter into offsetting positions to terminate its exposure or liquidate its position under certain of these instruments when it wishes to do so. Such occurrences could result in losses to a Fund. A Fund’s Adviser will consider such risks and will enter into swap and other derivatives transactions only when it believes that the risks are not unreasonable.

A Fund will earmark and reserve Fund assets, in cash or liquid securities, in an amount sufficient at all times to cover its current obligations under its swap transactions, caps, floors and collars. If a Fund enters into a swap agreement on a net basis, it will earmark and reserve assets with a daily value at least equal to the excess, if any, of a Fund’s accrued obligations under the swap agreement over the accrued amount a Fund is entitled to receive under the agreement. If a Fund enters into a swap agreement on other than a net basis, or sells a cap, floor or collar, it will earmark and reserve assets with a daily value at least equal to the full amount of a Fund’s accrued obligations under the agreement. A Fund will not enter into any swap transaction, cap, floor, or collar, unless the counterparty to the transaction is deemed creditworthy by the Fund’s Adviser. If a counterparty defaults, a Fund may have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The swap markets in which many types of swap transactions are traded have grown substantially in recent years, with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the markets for certain types of swaps (e.g., interest rate swaps) have become relatively liquid. The markets for some types of caps, floors and collars are less liquid.

The liquidity of swap transactions, caps, floors and collars will be as set forth in guidelines established by a Fund’s Adviser and approved by the Trustees which are based on various factors, including: (1) the availability of dealer quotations and the estimated transaction volume for the instrument, (2) the number of dealers and end users for the instrument in the marketplace, (3) the level of market making by dealers in the type of instrument, (4) the nature of the instrument (including any right of a party to terminate it on demand) and (5) the nature of the marketplace for trades (including the ability to assign or offset a Fund’s rights and obligations relating to the instrument). Such determination will govern whether the instrument will be deemed within the applicable liquidity restriction on investments in securities that are not readily marketable.

During the term of a swap, cap, floor or collar, changes in the value of the instrument are recognized as unrealized gains or losses by marking to market to reflect the market value of the instrument. When the instrument is terminated, a Fund will record a realized gain or loss equal to the difference, if any, between the proceeds from (or cost of) the closing transaction and a Fund’s basis in the contract.

The federal income tax treatment with respect to swap transactions, caps, floors, and collars may impose limitations on the extent to which a Fund may engage in such transactions.

Credit Default Swaps. As described above, swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In the case of a credit default swap (“CDS”), the contract gives one party (the buyer) the right to recoup the economic value of a decline in the value of debt securities of the reference issuer if the credit event (a downgrade or default) occurs. This value is obtained by delivering a debt security of the reference issuer to the party in return for a previously agreed payment from the other party (frequently, the par value of the debt security). CDS include credit default swaps, which are contracts on individual securities, and CDX, which are contracts on baskets or indices of securities.

 

20


Table of Contents

Credit default swaps may require initial premium (discount) payments as well as periodic payments (receipts) related to the interest leg of the swap or to the default of a reference obligation. A Fund will earmark and reserve assets, in cash or liquid securities, to cover any accrued payment obligations when it is the buyer of a CDS. In cases where a Fund is a seller of a CDS contract, the Fund will earmark and reserve assets, in cash or liquid securities, to cover its obligation (for credit default swaps on individual securities, such amount will be the notional amount of the CDS).

If a Fund is a seller of protection under a CDS contract, the Fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty in the event of a default or other credit event by the reference issuer, such as a U.S. or foreign corporate issuer, with respect to such debt obligations. In return, a Fund would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, a Fund would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations. As the seller, a Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

If a Fund is a buyer of protection under a CDS contract, the Fund would have the right to deliver a referenced debt obligation and receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of such debt obligation from the counterparty in the event of a default or other credit event (such as a downgrade in credit rating) by the reference issuer, such as a U.S. or foreign corporation, with respect to its debt obligations. In return, the Fund would pay the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the counterparty would keep the stream of payments and would have no further obligations to the Fund.

The use of CDSs, like all swap agreements, is subject to certain risks. If a counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of the swap would likely decline. Moreover, there is no guarantee that a Fund could eliminate its exposure under an outstanding swap agreement by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same or another party. In addition to general market risks, CDSs involve liquidity, credit and counterparty risks. The recent increase in corporate defaults further raises these liquidity and credit risks, increasing the possibility that sellers will not have sufficient funds to make payments. As unregulated instruments, CDSs are difficult to value and therefore susceptible to liquidity and credit risks. Counterparty risks also stem from the lack of regulation of CDSs. Collateral posting requirements are individually negotiated between counterparties and there is no regulatory requirement concerning the amount of collateral that a counterparty must post to secure its obligations under a CDS. Because they are unregulated, there is no requirement that parties to a contract be informed in advance when a CDS is sold. As a result, investors may have difficulty identifying the party responsible for payment of their claims.

If a counterparty’s credit becomes significantly impaired, multiple requests for collateral posting in a short period of time could increase the risk that a Fund may not receive adequate collateral. There is no readily available market for trading out of CDS contracts. In order to eliminate a position it has taken in a CDS, a Fund must terminate the existing CDS contract or enter into an offsetting trade. A Fund may only exit its obligations under a CDS contract by terminating the contract and paying applicable breakage fees, which could result in additional losses to the Fund. Furthermore, the cost of entering into an offsetting CDS position could cause a Fund to incur losses.

Investment in Issuers with Limited Operating Histories

Each Fund may invest a portion of its assets in the securities of issuers with limited operating histories. Each Fund’s managers consider an issuer to have a limited operating history if that issuer has a record of less than three years of continuous operation. The managers will consider periods of capital formation, incubation, consolidations, and research and development in determining whether a particular issuer has a record of three years of continuous operation.

Investments in securities of issuers with limited operating histories may involve greater risks than investments in securities of more mature issuers. By their nature, such issuers present limited operating histories and financial information upon which the managers may base their investment decision on behalf of a Fund. In addition, financial and other information regarding these issuers, when available, may be incomplete or inaccurate.

For purposes of this limitation, “issuers” refers to operating companies that issue securities for the purposes of issuing debt or raising capital as a means of financing their ongoing operations. It does not, however, refer to entities, corporate or otherwise, that are created for the express purpose of securitizing obligations or income streams. For example, a Fund’s investments in a trust created for the purpose of pooling mortgage obligations would not be subject to the limitation.

 

21


Table of Contents

When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities

Each Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis. For example, delivery of and payment for these securities can take place a month or more after the date of the purchase commitment. The purchase price and the interest rate payable, if any, on the securities are fixed on the purchase commitment date or at the time the settlement date is fixed. The value of such securities is subject to market fluctuation and for money market instruments and other fixed income securities no interest accrues to a Fund until settlement takes place. At the time a Fund makes the commitment to purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, it will record the transaction, reflect the value each day of such securities in determining its NAV and, if applicable, calculate the maturity for the purposes of average maturity from that date. At the time of settlement, a when-issued security may be valued at less than the purchase price. To facilitate such acquisitions, a Fund will earmark and reserve Fund assets, in cash or liquid securities, in an amount at least equal to such commitments. On delivery dates for such transactions, a Fund will meet its obligations from maturities or sales of the securities earmarked and reserved for such purpose and/or from cash flow. If a Fund chooses to dispose of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition, it could, as with the disposition of any other portfolio obligation, incur a gain or loss due to market fluctuation. Also, a Fund may be disadvantaged if the other party to the transaction defaults.

Forward Commitments

Securities may be purchased for delivery at a future date, which may increase their overall investment exposure and involves a risk of loss if the value of the securities declines prior to the settlement date. In order to invest a Fund’s assets immediately, while awaiting delivery of securities purchased on a forward commitment basis, short-term obligations that offer same-day settlement and earnings will normally be purchased. When a Fund makes a commitment to purchase a security on a forward commitment basis, cash or liquid securities equal to the amount of such Fund’s commitments will be reserved for payment of the commitment. For the purpose of determining the adequacy of the securities reserved for payment of commitments, the reserved securities will be valued at market value. If the market value of such securities declines, additional cash, cash equivalents or highly liquid securities will be reserved for payment of the commitment so that the value of a Fund’s assets reserved for payment of the commitments will equal the amount of such commitments purchased by the respective Fund.

Although it is not intended that such purchases would be made for speculative purposes, purchases of securities on a forward commitment basis may involve more risk than other types of purchases. Securities purchased on a forward commitment basis and the securities held in the respective Fund’s portfolio are subject to changes in value based upon the public’s perception of the issuer and changes, real or anticipated, in the level of interest rates. Purchasing securities on a forward commitment basis can involve the risk that the yields available in the market when the delivery takes place may actually be higher or lower than those obtained in the transaction itself. On the settlement date of the forward commitment transaction, the respective Fund will meet its obligations from then-available cash flow, sale of securities earmarked and reserved for payment of the commitment, sale of other securities or, although it would not normally expect to do so, sale of the forward commitment securities themselves (which may have a value greater or lesser than such Fund’s payment obligations). The sale of securities to meet such obligations may result in the realization of capital gains or losses. Purchasing securities on a forward commitment basis can also involve the risk of default by the other party on its obligation, delaying or preventing a Fund from recovering the collateral or completing the transaction.

To the extent a Fund engages in forward commitment transactions, it will do so for the purpose of acquiring securities consistent with its investment objective and policies and not for the purpose of investment leverage.

Treasury Receipts

A Fund may purchase interests in separately traded interest and principal component parts of U.S. Treasury obligations that are issued by banks or brokerage firms and are created by depositing U.S. Treasury notes and U.S. Treasury bonds into a special account at a custodian bank. Receipts include Treasury Receipts (“TRs”), Treasury Investment Growth Receipts (“TIGRs”), and Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities (“CATS”). Receipts in which an entity other than the government separates the interest and principal components are not considered government securities unless such securities are issued through the Treasury Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities (“STRIPS”) program.

Temporary Defensive Positions

To respond to unusual market conditions, all of the Funds may invest their assets in cash or cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are highly liquid, high quality instruments with maturities of three months or less on the date they

 

22


Table of Contents

are purchased (“Cash Equivalents”) for temporary defensive purposes. These investments may result in a lower yield than lower-quality or longer term investments and may prevent the Funds from meeting their investment objectives. The percentage of Fund’s total assets that a Fund may invest in cash or cash equivalents is described in the applicable Fund’s Prospectuses. They include securities issued by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, repurchase agreements with maturities of 7 days or less (other than equity repurchase agreements), certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper (rated in one of the two highest rating categories), variable rate master demand notes, money market mutual funds, and bank money market deposit accounts.

U.S. Government Obligations

U.S. government obligations may include direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury, including Treasury bills, notes and bonds, all of which are backed as to principal and interest payments by the full faith and credit of the U.S., and separately traded principal and interest component parts of such obligations that are transferable through the Federal book-entry system known as STRIPS and Coupon Under Book Entry Safekeeping (“CUBES”). The Funds may also invest in TIPS. U.S. government obligations are subject to market risk, interest rate risk and credit risk.

The principal and interest components of U.S. Treasury bonds with remaining maturities of longer than ten years are eligible to be traded independently under the STRIPS program. Under the STRIPS program, the principal and interest components are separately issued by the U.S. Treasury at the request of depository financial institutions, which then trade the component parts separately. The interest component of STRIPS may be more volatile than that of U.S. Treasury bills with comparable maturities.

Other obligations include those issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities. These obligations may or may not be backed by the “full faith and credit” of the U.S. Securities which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. include obligations of the Government National Mortgage Association, the Farmers Home Administration, and the Export-Import Bank. In the case of securities not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S., the Funds must look principally to the federal agency issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment and may not be able to assert a claim against the U.S. itself in the event the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitments. Securities in which the Funds may invest that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. include, but are not limited to: (i) obligations of the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Federal Home Loan Banks and the U.S. Postal Service, each of which has the right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury to meet its obligations; (ii) securities issued by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, which are supported only by the credit of such securities, but for which the Secretary of the Treasury has discretionary authority to purchase limited amounts of the agency’s obligations; and (iii) obligations of the Federal Farm Credit System and the Student Loan Marketing Association, each of whose obligations may be satisfied only by the individual credits of the issuing agency.

The total public debt of the United States and other countries around the globe as a percent of gross domestic product has grown rapidly since the beginning of the 2008 financial downturn. Although high debt levels do not necessarily indicate or cause economic problems, they may create certain systemic risks if sound debt management practices are not implemented. A high national debt level may increase market pressures to meet government funding needs, which may drive debt cost higher and cause a country to sell additional debt, thereby increasing refinancing risk. A high national debt also raises concerns that a government will not be able to make principal or interest payments when they are due. Unsustainable debt levels can cause devaluations of the currency, prevent a government from implementing effective counter-cyclical fiscal policy in economic downturns, and contribute to market volatility.

In the past, U.S. sovereign credit has experienced downgrades and there can be no guarantee that it will not experience further downgrades in the future by rating agencies. The market prices and yields of securities supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government may be adversely affected by a rating agency’s decision to downgrade the sovereign credit rating of the United States.

Investment Company Securities

Each Fund may acquire the securities of other investment companies to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and consistent with its investment objective and strategies. As a shareholder of another investment company, a Fund would bear, along with other shareholders, its pro rata portion of the other investment company’s expenses, including advisory fees. These expenses would be in addition to the advisory and other expenses that a Fund bears directly in connection with its own operations. Except as described below, the 1940 Act currently requires that, as determined immediately after a purchase is made, (i) not more than 5% of the value of a fund’s total assets will be invested in the securities of any one investment company, (ii) not more than 10% of the value of its total assets will

 

23


Table of Contents

be invested in the aggregate in securities of investment companies as a group and (iii) not more than 3% of the outstanding voting stock of any one investment company will be owned by a fund.

In addition, Section 17 of the 1940 Act prohibits a Fund from investing in another J.P. Morgan Fund except as permitted by Section 12 of the 1940 Act, by rule, or by exemptive order. The limitations described above do not apply to investments in money market funds subject to certain conditions. All of the J.P. Morgan Funds may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated money market funds without limit under Rule 12d1-1 of the 1940 Act subject to the acquiring fund’s investment policies and restrictions and the conditions of the Rule.

In addition, the 1940 Act’s limits and restrictions summarized above do not apply to J.P. Morgan Funds that invest in other J.P. Morgan Funds in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, SEC rule, or an exemptive order issued by the SEC (each, a “Fund of Funds”; collectively, “Funds of Funds”).

Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act permits a fund to invest in acquired funds in the “same group of investment companies” (“affiliated funds”), government securities and short-term paper. In addition to the investments permitted by Section 12(d)(1)(G), Rule 12d1-2 permits funds of funds to make investments in addition to affiliated funds under certain circumstances including: (1) unaffiliated investment companies (subject to certain limits), (2) other types of securities (such as stocks, bonds and other securities) not issued by an investment company that are consistent with the fund of fund’s investment policies and (3) affiliated and unaffiliated money market funds. In order to be an eligible investment under Section 12(d)(1)(G), an affiliated fund must have a policy prohibiting it from investing in other funds under Section 12(d)(1)(F) or (G) of the 1940 Act.

In addition to investments permitted by Section 12(d)(1)(G) and Rule 12d1-2, the J.P. Morgan Funds may invest in derivatives pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC. Under the exemptive order, the Funds of Funds are permitted to invest in financial instruments that may not be considered “securities” for purposes of Rule 12d-1 subject to certain conditions, including a finding of the Board of Trustees that the advisory fees charged by the Adviser to the Funds of Funds are for services that are in addition to, and not duplicative of, the advisory services provided to an underlying fund.

Mortgage-Related Securities

Mortgages (Directly Held). Mortgages are debt instruments secured by real property. Unlike mortgage-backed securities, which generally represent an interest in a pool of mortgages, direct investments in mortgages involve prepayment and credit risks of an individual issuer and real property. Consequently, these investments require different investment and credit analysis by a Fund’s Adviser.

Directly placed mortgages may include residential mortgages, multifamily mortgages, mortgages on cooperative apartment buildings, commercial mortgages, and sale-leasebacks. These investments are backed by assets such as office buildings, shopping centers, retail stores, warehouses, apartment buildings and single-family dwellings. In the event that a Fund forecloses on any non-performing mortgage, and acquires a direct interest in the real property, such Fund will be subject to the risks generally associated with the ownership of real property. There may be fluctuations in the market value of the foreclosed property and its occupancy rates, rent schedules and operating expenses. There may also be adverse changes in local, regional or general economic conditions, deterioration of the real estate market and the financial circumstances of tenants and sellers, unfavorable changes in zoning, building, environmental and other laws, increased real property taxes, rising interest rates, reduced availability and increased cost of mortgage borrowings, the need for unanticipated renovations, unexpected increases in the cost of energy, environmental factors, acts of God and other factors which are beyond the control of a Fund or the Fund’s Adviser. Hazardous or toxic substances may be present on, at or under the mortgaged property and adversely affect the value of the property. In addition, the owners of property containing such substances may be held responsible, under various laws, for containing, monitoring, removing or cleaning up such substances. The presence of such substances may also provide a basis for other claims by third parties. Costs of clean up or of liabilities to third parties may exceed the value of the property. In addition, these risks may be uninsurable. In light of these and similar risks, it may be impossible to dispose profitably of properties in foreclosure.

Mortgage-Backed Securities (CMOS and REMICS). Mortgage-backed securities include collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”). A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the Code and invests in certain mortgages principally secured by interests in real property and other permitted investments.

 

24


Table of Contents

Mortgage-backed securities represent pools of mortgage loans assembled for sale to investors by:

 

  * various governmental agencies such as Ginnie Mae;

 

  * organizations such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac; and

 

  * non-governmental issuers such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, and private mortgage insurance companies (non-governmental mortgage securities cannot be treated as U.S. government securities for purposes of investment policies).

There are a number of important differences among the agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that issue mortgage-related securities and among the securities that they issue.

Ginnie Mae Securities. Mortgage-related securities issued by Ginnie Mae include Ginnie Mae Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates which are guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by Ginnie Mae. Ginnie Mae’s guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned U.S. government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Ginnie Mae certificates also are supported by the authority of Ginnie Mae to borrow funds from the U.S. Treasury to make payments under its guarantee.

Fannie Mae Securities. Mortgage-related securities issued by Fannie Mae include Fannie Mae Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates which are solely the obligations of Fannie Mae and are not backed by or entitled to the full faith and credit of the U.S. Fannie Mae is a government-sponsored organization owned entirely by private stockholders. Fannie Mae Certificates are guaranteed as to timely payment of the principal and interest by Fannie Mae.

Freddie Mac Securities. Mortgage-related securities issued by Freddie Mac include Freddie Mac Mortgage Participation Certificates. Freddie Mac is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S., created pursuant to an Act of Congress, which is owned by private stockholders. Freddie Mac Certificates are not guaranteed by the U.S. or by any Federal Home Loan Bank and do not constitute a debt or obligation of the U.S. or of any Federal Home Loan Bank. Freddie Mac Certificates entitle the holder to timely payment of interest, which is guaranteed by Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac guarantees either ultimate collection or timely payment of all principal payments on the underlying mortgage loans. When Freddie Mac does not guarantee timely payment of principal, Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of ultimate payment of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage, but in no event later than one year after it becomes payable.

CMOs and guaranteed REMIC pass-through certificates (“REMIC Certificates”) issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae and private issuers are types of multiple class pass-through securities. Investors may purchase beneficial interests in REMICs, which are known as “regular” interests or “residual” interests. The Funds do not currently intend to purchase residual interests in REMICs. The REMIC Certificates represent beneficial ownership interests in a REMIC Trust, generally consisting of mortgage loans or Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae guaranteed mortgage pass-through certificates (the “Mortgage Assets”). The obligations of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae under their respective guaranty of the REMIC Certificates are obligations solely of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae, respectively.

For more information on recent events impacting Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities, see “Recent Events Regarding Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac Securities” under the heading “Risk Factors of Mortgage-Related Securities” below.

Fannie Mae REMIC Certificates. Fannie Mae REMIC Certificates are issued and guaranteed as to timely distribution of principal and interest by Fannie Mae. In addition, Fannie Mae will be obligated to distribute the principal balance of each class of REMIC Certificates in full, whether or not sufficient funds are otherwise available.

Freddie Mac REMIC Certificates. Freddie Mac guarantees the timely payment of interest, and also guarantees the payment of principal as payments are required to be made on the underlying mortgage participation certificates (“PCs”). PCs represent undivided interests in specified residential mortgages or participation therein purchased by Freddie Mac and placed in a PC pool. With respect to principal payments on PCs, Freddie Mac generally guarantees ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans without offset or deduction. Freddie Mac also guarantees timely payment of principal on certain PCs referred to as “Gold PCs.”

Ginnie Mae REMIC Certificates. Ginnie Mae guarantees the full and timely payment of interest and principal on each class of securities (in accordance with the terms of those classes as specified in the related offering circular supplement). The Ginnie Mae guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.

 

25


Table of Contents

REMIC Certificates issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae are treated as U.S. Government securities for purposes of investment policies.

CMOs and REMIC Certificates provide for the redistribution of cash flow to multiple classes. Each class of CMOs or REMIC Certificates, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specific adjustable or fixed interest rate and must be fully retired no later than its final distribution date. This reallocation of interest and principal results in the redistribution of prepayment risk across different classes. This allows for the creation of bonds with more or less risk than the underlying collateral exhibits. Principal prepayments on the mortgage loans or the Mortgage Assets underlying the CMOs or REMIC Certificates may cause some or all of the classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates to be retired substantially earlier than their final distribution dates. Generally, interest is paid or accrues on all classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates on a monthly basis.

The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates in various ways. In certain structures (known as “sequential pay” CMOs or REMIC Certificates), payments of principal, including any principal prepayments, on the Mortgage Assets generally are applied to the classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates in the order of their respective final distribution dates. Thus, no payment of principal will be made on any class of sequential pay CMOs or REMIC Certificates until all other classes having an earlier final distribution date have been paid in full.

Additional structures of CMOs and REMIC Certificates include, among others, principal only structures, interest only structures, inverse floaters and “parallel pay” CMOs and REMIC Certificates. Certain of these structures may be more volatile than other types of CMO and REMIC structures. Parallel pay CMOs or REMIC Certificates are those which are structured to apply principal payments and prepayments of the Mortgage Assets to two or more classes concurrently on a proportionate or disproportionate basis. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the final distribution date of each class.

A wide variety of REMIC Certificates may be issued in the parallel pay or sequential pay structures. These securities include accrual certificates (also known as “Z-Bonds”), which only accrue interest at a specified rate until all other certificates having an earlier final distribution date have been retired and are converted thereafter to an interest-paying security, and planned amortization class (“PAC”) certificates, which are parallel pay REMIC Certificates which generally require that specified amounts of principal be applied on each payment date to one or more classes of REMIC Certificates (the “PAC Certificates”), even though all other principal payments and prepayments of the Mortgage Assets are then required to be applied to one or more other classes of the certificates. The scheduled principal payments for the PAC Certificates generally have the highest priority on each payment date after interest due has been paid to all classes entitled to receive interest currently. Shortfalls, if any, are added to the amount of principal payable on the next payment date. The PAC Certificate payment schedule is taken into account in calculating the final distribution date of each class of PAC. In order to create PAC tranches, one or more tranches generally must be created that absorb most of the volatility in the underlying Mortgage Assets. These tranches tend to have market prices and yields that are much more volatile than the PAC classes. The Z-Bonds in which the Funds may invest may bear the same non-credit-related risks as do other types of Z-Bonds. Z-Bonds in which the Funds may invest will not include residual interest.

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses set forth in the fee table and Financial Highlights section of each Fund’s Prospectuses do not include any expenses associated with investments in certain structured or synthetic products that may rely on the exception for the definition of “investment company” provided by section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act.

Mortgage TBAs. The Fund may invest in mortgage pass-through securities eligible to be sold in the “to-be-announced” or TBA market (Mortgage TBAs). Mortgage TBAs provide for the forward or delayed delivery of the underlying instrument with settlement up to 180 days. The term TBA comes from the fact that the actual mortgage-backed security that will be delivered to fulfill a TBA trade is not designated at the time the trade is made, but rather is generally announced 48 hours before the settlement date. Mortgage TBAs are subject to the risks described in the “When-Issued Securities, Delayed Delivery Securities” and “Forward Commitments” sections.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls. In a mortgage dollar roll transaction, one party sells mortgage-backed securities, principally Mortgage TBAs, for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts with the same counterparty to repurchase similar (same type, coupon and maturity) but not identical securities on a specified future date. When a Fund enters into mortgage dollar rolls, the Fund will earmark and reserve until the settlement date Fund assets, in cash or liquid securities, in an amount equal to the forward purchase price. During the period between the sale and repurchase in a mortgage dollar roll transaction, the Fund will not be entitled to receive interest and principal payments on securities sold. Losses may arise due to changes in the value of the securities or if the

 

26


Table of Contents

counterparty does not perform under the terms of the agreement. If the counterparty files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the Fund’s right to repurchase or sell securities may be limited. Mortgage dollar rolls may be subject to leverage risks. In addition, mortgage dollar rolls may increase interest rate risk and result in an increased portfolio turnover rate which increases costs and may increase taxable gains. The benefits of mortgage dollar rolls may depend upon a Fund’s Adviser’s ability to predict mortgage prepayments and interest rates. There is no assurance that mortgage dollar rolls can be successfully employed. For purposes of diversification and investment limitations, mortgage dollar rolls are considered to be mortgage-backed securities.

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities. Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities (“SMBS”) are derivative multi-class mortgage securities issued outside the REMIC or CMO structure. SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions from a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving all of the interest from the mortgage assets (“IOs”), while the other class will receive all of the principal (“POs”). Mortgage IOs receive monthly interest payments based upon a notional amount that declines over time as a result of the normal monthly amortization and unscheduled prepayments of principal on the associated mortgage POs.

In addition to the risks applicable to Mortgage-Related Securities in general, SMBS are subject to the following additional risks:

Prepayment/Interest Rate Sensitivity. SMBS are extremely sensitive to changes in prepayments and interest rates. Even though these securities have been guaranteed by an agency or instrumentality of the U.S. government, under certain interest rate or prepayment rate scenarios, the Funds may lose money on investments in SMBS.

Interest Only SMBS. Changes in prepayment rates can cause the return on investment in IOs to be highly volatile. Under extremely high prepayment conditions, IOs can incur significant losses.

Principal Only SMBS. POs are bought at a discount to the ultimate principal repayment value. The rate of return on a PO will vary with prepayments, rising as prepayments increase and falling as prepayments decrease. Generally, the market value of these securities is unusually volatile in response to changes in interest rates.

Yield Characteristics. Although SMBS may yield more than other mortgage-backed securities, their cash flow patterns are more volatile and there is a greater risk that any premium paid will not be fully recouped. A Fund’s Adviser will seek to manage these risks (and potential benefits) by investing in a variety of such securities and by using certain analytical and hedging techniques.

Adjustable Rate Mortgage Loans. Certain Funds may invest in adjustable rate mortgage loans (“ARMs”). ARMs eligible for inclusion in a mortgage pool will generally provide for a fixed initial mortgage interest rate for a specified period of time. Thereafter, the interest rates (the “Mortgage Interest Rates”) may be subject to periodic adjustment based on changes in the applicable index rate (the “Index Rate”). The adjusted rate would be equal to the Index Rate plus a gross margin, which is a fixed percentage spread over the Index Rate established for each ARM at the time of its origination.

Adjustable interest rates can cause payment increases that some borrowers may find difficult to make. However, certain ARMs may provide that the Mortgage Interest Rate may not be adjusted to a rate above an applicable lifetime maximum rate or below an applicable lifetime minimum rate for such ARM. Certain ARMs may also be subject to limitations on the maximum amount by which the Mortgage Interest Rate may adjust for any single adjustment period (the “Maximum Adjustment”). Other ARMs (“Negatively Amortizing ARMs”) may provide instead or as well for limitations on changes in the monthly payment on such ARMs. Limitations on monthly payments can result in monthly payments which are greater or less than the amount necessary to amortize a Negatively Amortizing ARM by its maturity at the Mortgage Interest Rate in effect in any particular month. In the event that a monthly payment is not sufficient to pay the interest accruing on a Negatively Amortizing ARM, any such excess interest is added to the principal balance of the loan, causing negative amortization and will be repaid through future monthly payments. It may take borrowers under Negatively Amortizing ARMs longer periods of time to achieve equity and may increase the likelihood of default by such borrowers. In the event that a monthly payment exceeds the sum of the interest accrued at the applicable Mortgage Interest Rate and the principal payment which would have been necessary to amortize the outstanding principal balance over the remaining term of the loan, the excess (or “accelerated amortization”) further reduces the principal balance of the ARM. Negatively Amortizing ARMs do not provide for the extension of their original maturity to accommodate changes in their Mortgage Interest Rate. As a result, unless there is a periodic recalculation of the payment amount (which there generally is), the final payment may be substantially larger than the other payments. These limitations on periodic increases in interest rates and on changes in monthly payment protect borrowers from unlimited interest rate and payment increases.

 

27


Table of Contents

Certain ARMs may provide for periodic adjustments of scheduled payments in order to amortize fully the mortgage loan by its stated maturity. Other ARMs may permit their stated maturity to be extended or shortened in accordance with the portion of each payment that is applied to interest as affected by the periodic interest rate adjustments.

There are two main categories of indices which provide the basis for rate adjustments on ARMs: those based on U.S. Treasury securities and those derived from a calculated measure such as a cost of funds index or a moving average of mortgage rates. Commonly utilized indices include the one-year, three-year and five-year constant maturity Treasury bill rates, the three-month Treasury bill rate, the 180-day Treasury bill rate, rates on longer-term Treasury securities, the 11th District Federal Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds, the National Median Cost of Funds, the one-month, three-month, six-month or one-year London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), the prime rate of a specific bank, or commercial paper rates. Some indices, such as the one-year constant maturity Treasury rate, closely mirror changes in market interest rate levels. Others, such as the 11th District Federal Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds index, tend to lag behind changes in market rate levels and tend to be somewhat less volatile. The degree of volatility in the market value of a Fund’s portfolio and therefore in the net asset value of a Fund’s shares will be a function of the length of the interest rate reset periods and the degree of volatility in the applicable indices.

In general, changes in both prepayment rates and interest rates will change the yield on Mortgage-Backed Securities. The rate of principal prepayments with respect to ARMs has fluctuated in recent years. As is the case with fixed mortgage loans, ARMs may be subject to a greater rate of principal prepayments in a declining interest rate environment. For example, if prevailing interest rates fall significantly, ARMs could be subject to higher prepayment rates than if prevailing interest rates remain constant because the availability of fixed rate mortgage loans at competitive interest rates may encourage mortgagors to refinance their ARMs to “lock-in” a lower fixed interest rate. Conversely, if prevailing interest rates rise significantly, ARMs may prepay at lower rates than if prevailing rates remain at or below those in effect at the time such ARMs were originated. As with fixed rate mortgages, there can be no certainty as to the rate of prepayments on the ARMs in either stable or changing interest rate environments. In addition, there can be no certainty as to whether increases in the principal balances of the ARMs due to the addition of deferred interest may result in a default rate higher than that on ARMs that do not provide for negative amortization.

Other factors affecting prepayment of ARMs include changes in mortgagors’ housing needs, job transfers, unemployment, mortgagors’ net equity in the mortgage properties and servicing decisions.

Risk Factors of Mortgage-Related Securities. The following is a summary of certain risks associated with Mortgage-Related Securities:

Guarantor Risk. There can be no assurance that the U.S. government would provide financial support to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac if necessary in the future. Although certain mortgage-related securities are guaranteed by a third party or otherwise similarly secured, the market value of the security, which may fluctuate, is not so secured.

Interest Rate Sensitivity. If a Fund purchases a mortgage-related security at a premium, that portion may be lost if there is a decline in the market value of the security whether resulting from changes in interest rates or prepayments in the underlying mortgage collateral. As with other interest-bearing securities, the prices of such securities are inversely affected by changes in interest rates. Although the value of a mortgage-related security may decline when interest rates rise, the converse is not necessarily true since in periods of declining interest rates the mortgages underlying the securities are prone to prepayment. For this and other reasons, a mortgage-related security’s stated maturity may be shortened by unscheduled prepayments on the underlying mortgages and, therefore, it is not possible to predict accurately the security’s return to the Fund. In addition, regular payments received in respect of mortgage-related securities include both interest and principal. No assurance can be given as to the return the Fund will receive when these amounts are reinvested.

Market Value. The market value of a Fund’s adjustable rate Mortgage-Backed Securities may be adversely affected if interest rates increase faster than the rates of interest payable on such securities or by the adjustable rate mortgage loans underlying such securities. Furthermore, adjustable rate Mortgage-Backed Securities or the mortgage loans underlying such securities may contain provisions limiting the amount by which rates may be adjusted upward and downward and may limit the amount by which monthly payments may be increased or decreased to accommodate upward and downward adjustments in interest rates. When the market value of the properties underlying the Mortgage-Backed Securities suffer broad declines on a regional or national level, the values of the corresponding Mortgage-Backed Securities or Mortgage-Backed Securities as a whole may be adversely affected as well.

 

28


Table of Contents

Prepayments. Adjustable rate Mortgage-Backed Securities have less potential for capital appreciation than fixed rate Mortgage-Backed Securities because their coupon rates will decline in response to market interest rate declines. The market value of fixed rate Mortgage-Backed Securities may be adversely affected as a result of increases in interest rates and, because of the risk of unscheduled principal prepayments, may benefit less than other fixed rate securities of similar maturity from declining interest rates. Finally, to the extent Mortgage-Backed Securities are purchased at a premium, mortgage foreclosures and unscheduled principal prepayments may result in some loss of a Fund’s principal investment to the extent of the premium paid. On the other hand, if such securities are purchased at a discount, both a scheduled payment of principal and an unscheduled prepayment of principal will increase current and total returns and will accelerate the recognition of income.

Yield Characteristics . The yield characteristics of Mortgage-Backed Securities differ from those of traditional fixed income securities. The major differences typically include more frequent interest and principal payments, usually monthly, and the possibility that prepayments of principal may be made at any time. Prepayment rates are influenced by changes in current interest rates and a variety of economic, geographic, social and other factors and cannot be predicted with certainty. As with fixed rate mortgage loans, adjustable rate mortgage loans may be subject to a greater prepayment rate in a declining interest rate environment. The yields to maturity of the Mortgage-Backed Securities in which the Funds invest will be affected by the actual rate of payment (including prepayments) of principal of the underlying mortgage loans. The mortgage loans underlying such securities generally may be prepaid at any time without penalty. In a fluctuating interest rate environment, a predominant factor affecting the prepayment rate on a pool of mortgage loans is the difference between the interest rates on the mortgage loans and prevailing mortgage loan interest rates taking into account the cost of any refinancing. In general, if mortgage loan interest rates fall sufficiently below the interest rates on fixed rate mortgage loans underlying mortgage pass-through securities, the rate of prepayment would be expected to increase. Conversely, if mortgage loan interest rates rise above the interest rates on the fixed rate mortgage loans underlying the mortgage pass-through securities, the rate of prepayment may be expected to decrease.

Recent Events Regarding Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac Securities . On September 6, 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) placed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into conservatorship. As the conservator, FHFA succeeded to all rights, titles, powers and privileges of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and of any stockholder, officer or director of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac with respect to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the assets of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. FHFA selected a new chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors for each of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. In connection with the conservatorship, the U.S. Treasury entered into a Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with each of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac pursuant to which the U.S. Treasury will purchase up to an aggregate of $100 billion of each of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to maintain a positive net worth in each enterprise. This agreement contains various covenants, discussed below, that severely limit each enterprise’s operations. In exchange for entering into these agreements, the U.S. Treasury received $1 billion of each enterprise’s senior preferred stock and warrants to purchase 79.9% of each enterprise’s common stock. In 2009, the U.S. Treasury announced that it was doubling the size of its commitment to each enterprise under the Senior Preferred Stock Program to $200 billion. The U.S. Treasury’s obligations under the Senior Preferred Stock Program are for an indefinite period of time for a maximum amount of $200 billion per enterprise. In 2009, the U.S. Treasury further amended the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement to allow the cap on the U.S. Treasury’s funding commitment to increase as necessary to accommodate any cumulative reduction in Fannie Mae’s and Freddie Mac’s net worth through the end of 2012. In August 2012, the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement was further amended to, among other things, accelerate the wind down of the retained portfolio, terminate the requirement that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac each pay a 10% dividend annually on all amounts received under the funding commitment, and require the submission of an annual risk management plan to the U.S. Treasury.

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are continuing to operate as going concerns while in conservatorship and each remain liable for all of its obligations, including its guaranty obligations, associated with its mortgage-backed securities. The Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement is intended to enhance each of Fannie Mae’s and Freddie Mac’s ability to meet its obligations. The FHFA has indicated that the conservatorship of each enterprise will end when the director of FHFA determines that FHFA’s plan to restore the enterprise to a safe and solvent condition has been completed.

Under the Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008 (the Reform Act”), which was included as part of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, FHFA, as conservator or receiver, has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac prior to FHFA’s appointment as conservator or receiver, as applicable, if FHFA determines, in its sole discretion, that performance of the contract is burdensome

 

29


Table of Contents

and that repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of Fannie Mae’s or Freddie Mac’s affairs. The Reform Act requires FHFA to exercise its right to repudiate any contract within a reasonable period of time after its appointment as conservator or receiver. FHFA, in its capacity as conservator, has indicated that it has no intention to repudiate the guaranty obligations of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac because FHFA views repudiation as incompatible with the goals of the conservatorship. However, in the event that FHFA, as conservator or if it is later appointed as receiver for Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, were to repudiate any such guaranty obligation, the conservatorship or receivership estate, as applicable, would be liable for actual direct compensatory damages in accordance with the provisions of the Reform Act. Any such liability could be satisfied only to the extent of Fannie Mae’s or Freddie Mac’s assets available therefor. In the event of repudiation, the payments of interest to holders of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities would be reduced if payments on the mortgage loans represented in the mortgage loan groups related to such mortgage-backed securities are not made by the borrowers or advanced by the servicer. Any actual direct compensatory damages for repudiating these guaranty obligations may not be sufficient to offset any shortfalls experienced by such mortgage-backed security holders. Further, in its capacity as conservator or receiver, FHFA has the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac without any approval, assignment or consent. Although FHFA has stated that it has no present intention to do so, if FHFA, as conservator or receiver, were to transfer any such guaranty obligation to another party, holders of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities would have to rely on that party for satisfaction of the guaranty obligation and would be exposed to the credit risk of that party.

In addition, certain rights provided to holders of mortgage-backed securities issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac under the operative documents related to such securities may not be enforced against FHFA, or enforcement of such rights may be delayed, during the conservatorship or any future receivership. The operative documents for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities may provide (or with respect to securities issued prior to the date of the appointment of the conservator may have provided) that upon the occurrence of an event of default on the part of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, in its capacity as guarantor, which includes the appointment of a conservator or receiver, holders of such mortgage-backed securities have the right to replace Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac as trustee if the requisite percentage of mortgage-backed securities holders consent. The Reform Act prevents mortgage-backed security holders from enforcing such rights if the event of default arises solely because a conservator or receiver has been appointed. The Reform Act also provides that no person may exercise any right or power to terminate, accelerate or declare an event of default under certain contracts to which Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac is a party, or obtain possession of or exercise control over any property of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, or affect any contractual rights of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, without the approval of FHFA, as conservator or receiver, for a period of 45 or 90 days following the appointment of FHFA as conservator or receiver, respectively.

In addition, in a February 2011 report to Congress from the Treasury Department and the Department of Housing and Urban Development, the Obama administration provided a plan to reform America’s housing finance market. The plan would reduce the role of and eventually eliminate Fannie Mae and Freddie Mae. Notably, the plan does not propose similar significant changes to Ginnie Mae, which guarantees payments on mortgage-related securities backed by federally insured or guaranteed loans such as those issued by the Federal Housing Association or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. The report also identified three proposals for Congress and the administration to consider for the long-term structure of the housing finance markets after the elimination of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, including implementing: (i) a privatized system of housing finance that limits government insurance to very limited groups of creditworthy low- and moderate-income borrowers; (ii) a privatized system with a government backstop mechanism that would allow the government to insure a larger share of the housing finance market during a future housing crisis; and (iii) a privatized system where the government would offer reinsurance to holders of certain highly-rated mortgage-related securities insured by private insurers and would pay out under the reinsurance arrangements only if the private mortgage insurers were insolvent.

The conditions attached to the financial contribution made by the Treasury to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae and the issuance of senior preferred stock place significant restrictions on the activities of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae must obtain the consent of the Treasury to, among other things, (i) make any payment to purchase or redeem its capital stock or pay any dividend other than in respect of the senior preferred stock, (ii) issue capital stock of any kind, (iii) terminate the conservatorship of the FHFA except in connection with a receivership, or (iv) increase its debt beyond certain specified levels. In addition, significant restrictions are placed on the maximum size of each of Freddie Mac’s and Fannie Mae’s respective portfolios of mortgages and mortgage-backed securities, and the purchase agreements entered into by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae provide that the maximum size of their portfolios of these assets must decrease by a specified percentage each year. The future status and role of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae could be impacted by (among other things) the actions taken and

 

30


Table of Contents

restrictions placed on Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae by the FHFA in its role as conservator, the restrictions placed on Freddie Mac’s and Fannie Mae’s operations and activities as a result of the senior preferred stock investment made by the U.S. Treasury, market responses to developments at Freddie Mac and Fannie Mac, and future legislative and regulatory action that alters the operations, ownership, structure and/or mission of these institutions, each of which may, in turn, impact the value of, and cash flows on, any mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, including any such mortgage-backed securities held by a Fund.

Auction Rate Securities

Auction rate securities consist of auction rate municipal securities and auction rate preferred securities sold through an auction process issued by closed-end investment companies, municipalities and governmental agencies.

Provided that the auction mechanism is successful, auction rate securities usually permit the holder to sell the securities in an auction at par value at specified intervals. The dividend is reset by “Dutch” auction in which bids are made by broker-dealers and other institutions for a certain amount of securities at a specified minimum yield. The dividend rate set by the auction is the lowest interest or dividend rate that covers all securities offered for sale. While this process is designed to permit auction rate securities to be traded at par value, there is the risk that an auction will fail due to insufficient demand for the securities. Since February 2008, numerous auctions have failed due to insufficient demand for securities and have continued to fail for an extended period of time. Failed auctions may adversely impact the liquidity of auction rate securities investments. Although some issuers of auction rate securities are redeeming or are considering redeeming such securities, such issuers are not obligated to do so and, therefore, there is no guarantee that a liquid market will exist for a Fund’s investments in auction rate securities at a time when the Fund wishes to dispose of such securities.

Dividends on auction rate preferred securities issued by a closed-end fund may be designated as exempt from federal income tax to the extent they are attributable to tax-exempt interest income earned by the closed-end fund on the securities in its portfolio and distributed to holders of the preferred securities. However, such designation may be made only if the closed-end fund treats preferred securities as equity securities for federal income tax purposes and the closed-end fund complies with certain requirements under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

A Fund’s investment in auction rate preferred securities of closed-end funds is subject to limitations on investments in other U.S. registered investment companies, which limitations are prescribed under the 1940 Act. Except as permitted by rule or exemptive order, a Fund is generally prohibited from acquiring more than 3% of the voting securities of any other such investment company, and investing more than 5% of a Fund’s assets in securities of any one such investment company or more than 10% of its assets in securities of all such investment companies. A Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees paid by such closed-end funds in addition to the advisory fee payable directly by the Fund.

Bank Obligations

Bank obligations consist of bankers’ acceptances, certificates of deposit, and time deposits.

Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange typically drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. To be eligible for purchase by a Fund, a bankers’ acceptance must be guaranteed by a domestic or foreign bank or savings and loan association having, at the time of investment, total assets in excess of $1 billion (as of the date of its most recently published financial statements).

Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank or a savings and loan association for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Certificates of deposit may also include those issued by foreign banks outside the United States (“U.S.”) with total assets at the time of purchase in excess of the equivalent of $1 billion. Such certificates of deposit include Eurodollar and Yankee certificates of deposits. Eurodollar certificates of deposit are U.S. dollar-denominated certificates of deposit issued by branches of foreign and domestic banks located outside the U.S. Yankee certificates of deposit are certificates of deposit issued by a U.S. branch of a foreign bank denominated in U.S. dollars and held in the U.S. Certain Funds may also invest in obligations (including banker’s acceptances and certificates of deposit) denominated in foreign currencies herein. To be eligible for purchase by a Fund, a certificate of deposit must be issued by (i) a domestic or foreign branch of a U.S. commercial bank which is a member of the Federal Reserve System or the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or (ii) a domestic savings and loan association, the deposits of which are

 

31


Table of Contents

insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation provided that, in each case, at the time of purchase, such institution has total assets in excess of $1 billion (as of the date of their most recently published financial statements).

Time deposits are interest-bearing non-negotiable deposits at a bank or a savings and loan association that have a specific maturity date. A time deposit earns a specific rate of interest over a definite period of time. Time deposits cannot be traded on the secondary market and those exceeding seven days and with a withdrawal penalty are considered to be illiquid. Time deposits will be maintained only at banks or savings and loan associations from which a Fund could purchase certificates of deposit.

The Funds will not invest in obligations for which a Fund’s Adviser, or any of its affiliated persons, is the ultimate obligor or accepting bank, provided, however, that the Funds maintain demand deposits at their affiliated custodian, JPMorgan Chase Bank.

Subject to the Funds’ limitations on concentration in a particular industry, there is no limitation on the amount of a Fund’s assets which may be invested in obligations of banks which meet the conditions set forth herein.

Commercial Paper

Commercial paper is defined as short-term obligations with maturities from 1 to 270 days issued by banks or bank holding companies, corporations and finance companies. Although commercial paper is generally unsecured, the Funds may also purchase secured commercial paper. In the event of a default of an issuer of secured commercial paper, a Fund may hold the securities and other investments that were pledged as collateral even if it does not invest in such securities or investments. In such a case, the Fund would take steps to dispose of such securities or investments in a commercially reasonable manner. Commercial paper includes master demand obligations.

Certain Funds may also invest in Canadian commercial paper, which is commercial paper issued by a Canadian corporation or a Canadian counterpart of a U.S. corporation, and in Europaper, which is U.S. dollar denominated commercial paper of a foreign issuer.

Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”)

ETFs are pooled investment vehicles whose ownership interests are purchased and sold on a securities exchange. ETFs may be structured investment companies, depositary receipts or other pooled investment vehicles. As shareholders of an ETF, the Funds will bear their pro rata portion of any fees and expenses of the ETFs. Although shares of ETFs are traded on an exchange, shares of certain ETFs may not be redeemable by the ETF. In addition, ETFs may trade at a price below their net asset value (also known as a discount).

Certain Funds may use ETFs to gain exposure to various asset classes and markets or types of strategies and investments. By way of example, ETFs may be structured as broad based ETFs that invest in a broad group of stocks from different industries and market sectors; select sector or market ETFs that invest in debt securities from a select sector of the economy, a single industry or related industries; or ETFs that invest in foreign and emerging markets securities. Other types of ETFs continue to be developed and the Fund may invest in them to the extent consistent with such Funds’ investment objectives, policies and restrictions. The ETFs in which the Funds invest are subject to the risks applicable to the types of securities and investments used by the ETFs (e.g., debt securities are subject to risks like credit and interest rate risks; emerging markets securities are subject risks like currency risks and foreign and emerging markets risk; derivatives are subject to leverage and counterparty risk).

ETFs may be actively managed or index-based. Actively managed ETFs are subject to management risk and may not achieve their objective if the ETF’s manager’s expectations regarding particular securities or markets are not met. An index based ETF’s objective is to track the performance of a specified index. Index based ETFs invest in a securities portfolio that includes substantially all of the securities (in substantially the same amount as the securities included in the designated index. Because passively managed ETFs are designed to track an index, securities may be purchased, retained and sold at times when an actively managed ETF would not do so. As a result, shareholders of a Fund that invest in such an ETF can expect greater risk of loss (and a correspondingly greater prospect of gain) from changes in the value of securities that are heavily weighted in the index than would be the case if ETF were not fully invested in such securities. This risk is increased if a few component securities represent a highly concentrated weighting in the designated index.

Unless permitted by the 1940 Act or an order or rule issued by the SEC (see “Investment Company Securities” above for more information), the Fund’s investments in unaffiliated ETFs that are structured as investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act are subject to certain percentage limitations of the 1940 Act regarding

 

32


Table of Contents

investments in other investment companies. As a general matter, these percentage limitations currently require a Fund to limit its investments in any one issue of ETFs to 5% of the Fund’s total assets and 3% of the outstanding voting securities of the ETF issue. Moreover, a Fund’s investments in all ETFs may not currently exceed 10% of the Fund’s total assets under the 1940 Act, when aggregated with all other investments in investment companies. ETFs that are not structured as investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act are not subject to these percentage limitations.

SEC exemptive orders granted to various iShares funds (which are ETFs) and other ETFs and their investment advisers permit the Funds to invest beyond the 1940 Act limits, subject to certain terms and conditions, including a finding of the Board of Trustees that the advisory fees charged by the Adviser to the Fund are for services that are in addition to, and not duplicative of, the advisory services provided to those ETFs.

Loans

Some of the Funds may invest in fixed and floating rate loans (“Loans”). Loans may include senior floating rate loans (“Senior Loans”) and secured and unsecured loans, second lien or more junior loans (“Junior Loans”) and bridge loans or bridge facilities (“Bridge Loans”). Loans are typically arranged through private negotiations between borrowers in the U.S. or in foreign or emerging markets which may be corporate issuers or issuers of sovereign debt obligations (“Obligors”) and one or more financial institutions and other lenders (“Lenders”). Generally, the Funds invest in Loans by purchasing assignments of all or a portion of Loans (“Assignments”) or Loan participations (“Participations”) from third parties.

A Fund has direct rights against the Obligor on the Loan when it purchases an Assignment. Because Assignments are arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, however, the rights and obligations acquired by a Fund as the purchaser of an Assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning Lender. With respect to Participations, typically, a Fund will have a contractual relationship only with the Lender and not with the Obligor. The agreement governing Participations may limit the rights of a Fund to vote on certain changes which may be made to the Loan agreement, such as waiving a breach of a covenant. However, the holder of a Participation will generally have the right to vote on certain fundamental issues such as changes in principal amount, payment dates and interest rate. Participations may entail certain risks relating to the creditworthiness of the parties from which the participations are obtained.

A Loan is typically originated, negotiated and structured by a U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company or other financial institution (the “Agent”) for a group of Loan investors. The Agent typically administers and enforces the Loan on behalf of the other Loan investors in the syndicate. The Agent’s duties may include responsibility for the collection of principal and interest payments from the Obligor and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all Loan investors. The Agent is also typically responsible for monitoring compliance with the covenants contained in the Loan agreement based upon reports prepared by the Obligor. In addition, an institution, typically but not always the Agent, holds any collateral on behalf of the Loan investors. In the event of a default by the Obligor, it is possible, though unlikely, that the Fund could receive a portion of the borrower’s collateral. If the Fund receives collateral other than cash, any proceeds received from liquidation of such collateral will be available for investment as part of the Fund’s portfolio.

In the process of buying, selling and holding Loans, a Fund may receive and/or pay certain fees. These fees are in addition to interest payments received and may include facility fees, commitment fees, commissions and prepayment penalty fees. When a Fund buys or sells a Loan it may pay a fee. In certain circumstances, a Fund may receive a prepayment penalty fee upon prepayment of a Loan.

Additional Information concerning Senior Loans . Senior Loans typically hold the most senior position in the capital structure of the Obligor, are typically secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Obligor that is senior to that held by subordinated debtholders and shareholders of the Obligor. Collateral for Senior Loans may include (i) working capital assets, such as accounts receivable and inventory; (ii) tangible fixed assets, such as real property, buildings and equipment; (iii) intangible assets, such as trademarks and patent rights; and/or (iv) security interests in shares of stock of subsidiaries or affiliates.

Additional Information concerning Junior Loans. Junior Loans include secured and unsecured loans including subordinated loans, second lien and more junior loans, and bridge loans. Second lien and more junior loans (“Junior Lien Loans”) are generally second or further in line in terms of repayment priority. In addition, Junior Lien Loans may have a claim on the same collateral pool as the first lien or other more senior liens or may be secured by a separate set of assets. Junior Loans generally give investors priority over general unsecured creditors in the event of an asset sale.

 

33


Table of Contents

Additional Information concerning Bridge Loans. Bridge Loans are short-term loan arrangements (e.g., 12 to 18 months) typically made by an Obligor in anticipation of intermediate-term or long-term permanent financing. Most Bridge Loans are structured as floating-rate debt with step-up provisions under which the interest rate on the Bridge Loan rises the longer the Loan remains outstanding. In addition, Bridge Loans commonly contain a conversion feature that allows the Bridge Loan investor to convert its Loan interest to senior exchange notes if the Loan has not been prepaid in full on or prior to its maturity date. Bridge Loans typically are structured as Senior Loans but may be structured as Junior Loans.

Additional Information concerning Unfunded Commitments. Unfunded commitments are contractual obligations pursuant to which the Fund agrees to invest in a Loan at a future date. Typically, the Fund receives a commitment fee for entering into the Unfunded Commitment.

Additional Information concerning Synthetic Letters of Credit. Loans include synthetic letters of credit. In a synthetic letter of credit transaction, the Lender typically creates a special purpose entity or a credit-linked deposit account for the purpose of funding a letter of credit to the borrower. When a Fund invests in a synthetic letter of credit, the Fund is typically paid a rate based on the Lender’s borrowing costs and the terms of the synthetic letter of credit. Synthetic letters of credit are typically structured as Assignments with the Fund acquiring direct rights against the Obligor.

Additional Information concerning Loan Originations. The terms of the Loans are negotiated with borrowers in private transactions. Such Loans would be collateralized, typically with tangible fixed assets such as real property or interests in real property. Such Loans may also include mezzanine loans. Unlike Loans secured by a mortgage on real property, mezzanine loans are collateralized by an equity interest in a special purpose vehicle that owns the real property.

Limitations on Investments in Loan Assignments and Participations. If a government entity is a borrower on a Loan, the Fund will consider the government to be the issuer of an Assignment or Participation for purposes of a Fund’s fundamental investment policy that it will not invest 25% or more of its total assets in securities of issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry (i.e., foreign government).

Risk Factors of Loans. Loans are subject to the risks associated with debt obligations in general including interest rate risk, credit risk and market risk. When a Loan is acquired from a Lender, the risk includes the credit risk associated with the Obligor of the underlying Loan. The Fund may incur additional credit risk when the Fund acquires a participation in a Loan from another lender because the Fund must assume the risk of insolvency or bankruptcy of the other lender from which the Loan was acquired. To the extent that Loans involve Obligors in foreign or emerging markets, such Loans are subject to the risks associated with foreign investments or investments in emerging markets in general. The following outlines some of the additional risks associated with Loans.

High Yield Securities Risk. The Loans that a Fund invests in may not be rated by an NRSRO, will not be registered with the SEC or any state securities commission and will not be listed on any national securities exchange. To the extent that such high yield Loans are rated, they typically will be rated below investment grade and are subject to an increased risk of default in the payment of principal and interest as well as the other risks described under “High Yield/High Risk Securities/Junk Bonds” . Loans are vulnerable to market sentiment such that economic conditions or other events may reduce the demand for Loans and cause their value to decline rapidly and unpredictably.

Liquidity Risk. Although the Funds limit their investments in illiquid securities to no more than 15% of a Fund’s net at the time of purchase, Loans that are deemed to be liquid at the time of purchase may become illiquid or less liquid. No active trading market may exist for certain Loans and certain Loans may be subject to restrictions on resale or have a limited secondary market. Certain Loans may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. The inability to dispose of certain Loans in a timely fashion or at a favorable price could result in losses to a Fund.

Collateral and Subordination Risk. With respect to Loans that are secured, a Fund is subject to the risk that collateral securing the Loan will decline in value or have no value or that the Fund’s lien is or will become junior in payment to other liens. A decline in value of the collateral, whether as a result of market value declines, bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise, could cause the Loan to be under collateralized or unsecured. In such event, the Fund may have the ability to require that the Obligor pledge additional collateral. The Fund, however, is subject to the risk that the Obligor may not pledge such additional collateral or a sufficient amount of collateral. In some cases, there may be no formal requirement for the Obligor to pledge additional collateral. In addition, collateral may consist of assets that may not be readily liquidated, and there is no assurance that the liquidation of such assets would satisfy an Obligor’s obligation on a Loan. If the Fund were unable to obtain sufficient proceeds upon a liquidation of such assets, this could negatively affect Fund performance.

 

34


Table of Contents

If an Obligor becomes involved in bankruptcy proceedings, a court may restrict the ability of the Fund to demand immediate repayment of the Loan by Obligor or otherwise liquidate the collateral. A court may also invalidate the Loan or the Fund’s security interest in collateral or subordinate the Fund’s rights under a Senior Loan or Junior Loan to the interest of the Obligor’s other creditors, including unsecured creditors, or cause interest or principal previously paid to be refunded to the Obligor. If a court required interest or principal to be refunded, it could negatively affect Fund performance. Such action by a court could be based, for example, on a “fraudulent conveyance” claim to the effect that the Obligor did not receive fair consideration for granting the security interest in the Loan collateral to a Fund. For Senior Loans made in connection with a highly leveraged transaction, consideration for granting a security interest may be deemed inadequate if the proceeds of the Loan were not received or retained by the Obligor, but were instead paid to other persons (such as shareholders of the Obligor) in an amount which left the Obligor insolvent or without sufficient working capital. There are also other events, such as the failure to perfect a security interest due to faulty documentation or faulty official filings, which could lead to the invalidation of a Fund’s security interest in Loan collateral. If the Fund’s security interest in Loan collateral is invalidated or a Senior Loan were subordinated to other debt of an Obligor in bankruptcy or other proceedings, the Fund would have substantially lower recovery, and perhaps no recovery on the full amount of the principal and interest due on the Loan, or the Fund could have to refund interest. Lenders and investors in Loans can be sued by other creditors and shareholders of the Obligors. Losses can be greater than the original Loan amount and occur years after the principal and interest on the Loan have been repaid.

Agent Risk. Selling Lenders, Agents and other entities who may be positioned between a Fund and the Obligor will likely conduct their principal business activities in the banking, finance and financial services industries. Investments in Loans may be more impacted by a single economic, political or regulatory occurrence affecting such industries than other types of investments. Entities engaged in such industries may be more susceptible to, among other things, fluctuations in interest rates, changes in the Federal Open Market Committee’s monetary policy, government regulations concerning such industries and concerning capital raising activities generally and fluctuations in the financial markets generally. An Agent, Lender or other entity positioned between a Fund and the Obligor may become insolvent or enter FDIC receivership or bankruptcy. The Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a Loan or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest if assets or interests held by the Agent, Lender or other party positioned between the Fund and the Obligor are determined to be subject to the claims of the Agent’s, Lender’s or such other party’s creditors.

Regulatory Changes. To the extent that legislation or state or federal regulators that regulate certain financial institutions impose additional requirements or restrictions with respect to the ability of such institutions to make Loans, particularly in connection with highly leveraged transactions, the availability of Loans for investment may be adversely affected. Furthermore, such legislation or regulation could depress the market value of Loans held by the Fund.

Inventory Risk. Affiliates of the Adviser may participate in the primary and secondary market for Loans. Because of limitations imposed by applicable law, the presence of the Adviser’s affiliates in the Loan market may restrict a Fund’s ability to acquire some Loans, affect the timing of such acquisition or affect the price at which the Loan is acquired.

Information Risk. There is typically less publicly available information concerning Loans than other types of fixed income investments. As a result, a Fund generally will be dependent on reports and other information provided by the Obligor, either directly or through an Agent, to evaluate the Obligor’s creditworthiness or to determine the Obligor’s compliance with the covenants and other terms of the Loan Agreement. Such reliance may make investments in Loans more susceptible to fraud than other types of investments. In addition, because the Adviser may wish to invest in the publicly traded securities of an Obligor, it may not have access to material non-public information regarding the Obligor to which other Loan investors have access.

Junior Loan Risk. Junior Loans are subject to the same general risks inherent to any Loan investment. Due to their lower place in the Obligor’s capital structure and possible unsecured status, Junior Loans involve a higher degree of overall risk than Senior Loans of the same Obligor. Junior Loans that are Bridge Loans generally carry the expectation that the Obligor will be able to obtain permanent financing in the near future. Any delay in obtaining permanent financing subjects the Bridge Loan investor to increased risk. An Obligor’s use of Bridge Loans also involves the risk that the Obligor may be unable to locate permanent financing to replace the Bridge Loan, which may impair the Obligor’s perceived creditworthiness.

Mezzanine Loan Risk. In addition to the risk factors described above, mezzanine loans are subject to additional risks. Unlike conventional mortgage loans, mezzanine loans are not secured by a mortgage on the

 

35


Table of Contents

underlying real property but rather by a pledge of equity interests (such as a partnership or limited liability company membership) in the property owner or another company in the ownership structures that has control over the property. Such companies are typically structured as special purpose entities. Generally, mezzanine loans may be more highly leveraged than other types of Loans and subordinate in the capital structure of the Obligor. While foreclosure of a mezzanine loan generally takes substantially less time than foreclosure of a traditional mortgage, the holders of a mezzanine loan have different remedies available versus the holder of a first lien mortgage loan. In addition, a sale of the underlying real property would not be unencumbered, and thus would be subject to encumbrances by more senior mortgages and liens of other creditors. Upon foreclosure of a mezzanine loan, the holder of the mezzanine loan acquires an equity interest in the Obligor. However, because of the subordinate nature of a mezzanine loan, the real property continues to be subject to the lien of the mortgage and other liens encumbering the real estate. In the event the holder of a mezzanine loan forecloses on its equity collateral, the holder may need to cure the Obligor’s existing mortgage defaults or, to the extent permissible under the governing agreements, sell the property to pay off other creditors. To the extent that the amount of mortgages and senior indebtedness and liens exceed the value of the real estate, the collateral underlying the mezzanine loan may have little or no value.

Foreclosure Risk. There may be additional costs associated with enforcing a Fund’s remedies under a Loan including additional legal costs and payment of real property transfer taxes upon foreclosure in certain jurisdictions. As a result of these additional costs, the Fund may determine that pursuing foreclosure on the Loan collateral is not worth the associated costs. In addition, if the Fund incurs costs and the collateral loses value or is not recovered by the Fund in foreclosure, the Fund could lose more than its original investment in the Loan. Foreclosure risk is heightened for Junior Loans, including certain mezzanine loans.

Options and Futures Transactions

A Fund may purchase and sell (a) exchange traded and OTC put and call options on securities, on indexes of securities and other types of instruments, and on futures contracts on securities and indexes of securities and (b) futures contracts on securities and other types of instruments and on indexes of securities and other types of instruments. Each of these instruments is a derivative instrument as its value derives from the underlying asset or index.

Subject to its investment objective and policies, a Fund may use futures contracts and options for hedging and risk management purposes and to seek to enhance portfolio performance.

Options and futures contracts may be used to manage a Fund’s exposure to changing interest rates and/or security prices. Some options and futures strategies, including selling futures contracts and buying puts, tend to hedge a Fund’s investments against price fluctuations. Other strategies, including buying futures contracts and buying calls, tend to increase market exposure. Options and futures contracts may be combined with each other or with forward contracts in order to adjust the risk and return characteristics of a Fund’s overall strategy in a manner deemed appropriate by the Fund’s Adviser and consistent with the Fund’s objective and policies. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

The use of options and futures is a highly specialized activity which involves investment strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions, and there can be no guarantee that their use will increase a Fund’s return. While the use of these instruments by a Fund may reduce certain risks associated with owning its portfolio securities, these techniques themselves entail certain other risks. If a Fund’s Adviser applies a strategy at an inappropriate time or judges market conditions or trends incorrectly, options and futures strategies may lower a Fund’s return. Certain strategies limit a Fund’s possibilities to realize gains, as well as its exposure to losses. A Fund could also experience losses if the prices of its options and futures positions were poorly correlated with its other investments, or if it could not close out its positions because of an illiquid secondary market. In addition, the Fund will incur transaction costs, including trading commissions and option premiums, in connection with its futures and options transactions, and these transactions could significantly increase the Fund’s turnover rate.

The Funds have filed a notice under the Commodity Exchange Act under Regulation 4.5 and are operated by a person that has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

36


Table of Contents

Purchasing Put and Call Options. By purchasing a put option, a Fund obtains the right (but not the obligation) to sell the instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price. In return for this right, a Fund pays the current market price for the option (known as the option premium). Options have various types of underlying instruments, including specific securities, indexes of securities, indexes of securities prices, and futures contracts. A Fund may terminate its position in a put option it has purchased by allowing it to expire or by exercising the option. A Fund may also close out a put option position by entering into an offsetting transaction, if a liquid market exists. If the option is allowed to expire, a Fund will lose the entire premium it paid. If a Fund exercises a put option on a security, it will sell the instrument underlying the option at the strike price. If a Fund exercises an option on an index, settlement is in cash and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. If an option is American style, it may be exercised on any day up to its expiration date. A European style option may be exercised only on its expiration date.

The buyer of a typical put option can expect to realize a gain if the value of the underlying instrument falls substantially. However, if the price of the instrument underlying the option does not fall enough to offset the cost of purchasing the option, a put buyer can expect to suffer a loss (limited to the amount of the premium paid, plus related transaction costs).

The features of call options are essentially the same as those of put options, except that the purchaser of a call option obtains the right to purchase, rather than sell, the instrument underlying the option at the option’s strike price. A call buyer typically attempts to participate in potential price increases of the instrument underlying the option with risk limited to the cost of the option if security prices fall. At the same time, the buyer can expect to suffer a loss if security prices do not rise sufficiently to offset the cost of the option.

Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options. When a Fund writes a put option, it takes the opposite side of the transaction from the option’s purchaser. In return for the receipt of the premium, a Fund assumes the obligation to pay the strike price for the instrument underlying the option if the other party to the option chooses to exercise it. A Fund may seek to terminate its position in a put option it writes before exercise by purchasing an offsetting option in the market at its current price. If the market is not liquid for a put option a Fund has written, however, it must continue to be prepared to pay the strike price while the option is outstanding, regardless of price changes, and must continue to post margin as discussed below. If the market value of the underlying securities does not move to a level that would make exercise of the option profitable to its holder, the option will generally expire unexercised, and the Fund will realize as profit the premium it received.

If the price of the underlying instrument rises, a put writer would generally expect to profit, although its gain would be limited to the amount of the premium it received. If security prices remain the same over time, it is likely that the writer will also profit, because it should be able to close out the option at a lower price. If security prices fall, the put writer would expect to suffer a loss. This loss should be less than the loss from purchasing and holding the underlying instrument directly, however, because the premium received for writing the option should offset a portion of the decline.

Writing a call option obligates a Fund to sell or deliver the option’s underlying instrument in return for the strike price upon exercise of the option. The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing put options, except that writing calls generally is a profitable strategy if prices remain the same or fall. Through receipt of the option premium a call writer offsets part of the effect of a price decline. At the same time, because a call writer must be prepared to deliver the underlying instrument in return for the strike price, even if its current value is greater, a call writer gives up some ability to participate in security price increases.

In order to meet its asset coverage requirements, when a Fund writes an exchange traded put or call option on a security, it will be required to deposit cash or securities or a letter of credit as margin and to make mark to market payments of variation margin as the position becomes unprofitable.

Certain Funds will usually sell covered call options or cash-secured put options. A call option is covered if the writer either owns the underlying security (or comparable securities satisfying the cover requirements of the securities exchanges) or has the right to acquire such securities. A put option is cash-secured if the writer segregates cash, high-grade short-term debt obligations, or other permissible collateral equal to the exercise price. As the writer of a covered call option, the Fund foregoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. As the Fund writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation, but may terminate its position by entering into an offsetting option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect an offsetting transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price.

 

37


Table of Contents

When the Fund writes cash-secured put options, it bears the risk of loss if the value of the underlying stock declines below the exercise price minus the put premium. If the option is exercised, the Fund could incur a loss if it is required to purchase the stock underlying the put option at a price greater than the market price of the stock at the time of exercise plus the put premium the Fund received when it wrote the option. While the Fund’s potential gain in writing a cash-secured put option is limited to distributions earned on the liquid assets securing the put option plus the premium received from the purchaser of the put option, the Fund risks a loss equal to the entire exercise price of the option minus the put premium.

Engaging in Straddles and Spreads. In a straddle transaction, a Fund either buys a call and a put or sells a Call and a put on the same security. In a spread, a Fund purchases and sells a call or a put. A Fund will sell a straddle when the Fund’s Adviser believes the price of a security will be stable. The Fund will receive a premium on the sale of the put and the call. A spread permits a Fund to make a hedged investment that the price of a security will increase or decline.

Options on Indexes. Certain Funds may purchase and sell options on securities indexes and other types of indexes. Options on indexes are similar to options on securities, except that the exercise of index options may be settled by cash payments (or in some instances by a futures contract) and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities or the instruments in the index. In addition, these options are designed to reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or instruments or segment of the securities’ or instruments’ market rather than price fluctuations in a single security or instrument. A Fund, in purchasing or selling index options, is subject to the risk that the value of its portfolio may not change as much as an index because a Fund’s investments generally will not match the composition of an index. Unlike call options on securities, index options are cash settled, or settled with a futures contract in some instances, rather than settled by delivery of the underlying index securities or instruments.

Certain Funds purchase and sell credit options which are options on indexes of derivative instruments such as credit default swap indexes. Like other index options, credit options can be cash settled or settled with a futures contract in some instances. In addition, credit options can also be settled in some instances by delivery of the underlying index instrument. Credit options may be used for a variety of purposes including hedging, risk management such as positioning a portfolio for anticipated volatility or increasing income or gain to a Fund. There is no guarantee that the strategy of using options on indexes or credit options in particular will be successful.

For a number of reasons, a liquid market may not exist and thus a Fund may not be able to close out an option position that it has previously entered into. When a Fund purchases an OTC option (as defined below), it will be relying on its counterparty to perform its obligations and the Fund may incur additional losses if the counterparty is unable to perform.

Exchange-Traded and OTC Options. All options purchased or sold by a Fund will be traded on a securities exchange or will be purchased or sold by securities dealers (“OTC options”) that meet the Fund’s creditworthiness standards. While exchange-traded options are obligations of the Options Clearing Corporation, in the case of OTC options, a Fund relies on the dealer from which it purchased the option to perform if the option is exercised. Thus, when a Fund purchases an OTC option, it relies on the dealer from which it purchased the option to make or take delivery of the underlying securities. Failure by the dealer to do so would result in the loss of the premium paid by a Fund as well as loss of the expected benefit of the transaction.

Provided that a Fund has arrangements with certain qualified dealers who agree that a Fund may repurchase any option it writes for a maximum price to be calculated by a predetermined formula, a Fund may treat the underlying securities used to cover written OTC options as liquid. In these cases, the OTC option itself would only be considered illiquid to the extent that the maximum repurchase price under the formula exceeds the intrinsic value of the option.

Futures Contracts . When a Fund purchases a futures contract, it agrees to purchase a specified quantity of an underlying instrument at a specified future date or, in the case of an index futures contract, to make a cash payment based on the value of a securities index. When a Fund sells a futures contract, it agrees to sell a specified quantity of the underlying instrument at a specified future date or, in the case of an index futures contract, to receive a cash payment based on the value of a securities index. The price at which the purchase and sale will take place is fixed when a Fund enters into the contract. Futures can be held until their delivery dates or the position can be (and normally is) closed out before then. There is no assurance, however, that a liquid market will exist when the Fund wishes to close out a particular position.

When a Fund purchases a futures contract, the value of the futures contract tends to increase and decrease in tandem with the value of its underlying instrument. Therefore, purchasing futures contracts will tend to increase a

 

38


Table of Contents

Fund’s exposure to positive and negative price fluctuations in the underlying instrument, much as if it had purchased the underlying instrument directly. When a Fund sells a futures contract, by contrast, the value of its futures position will tend to move in a direction contrary to the value of the underlying instrument. Selling futures contracts, therefore, will tend to offset both positive and negative market price changes, much as if the underlying instrument had been sold.

The purchaser or seller of a futures contract is not required to deliver or pay for the underlying instrument unless the contract is held until the delivery date. However, when a Fund buys or sells a futures contract it will be required to deposit “initial margin” with a futures commission merchant (“FCM”). Initial margin deposits are typically equal to a small percentage of the contract’s value. If the value of either party’s position declines, that party will be required to make additional “variation margin” payments equal to the change in value on a daily basis. The party that has a gain may be entitled to receive all or a portion of this amount. A Fund may be obligated to make payments of variation margin at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so. Furthermore, it may not always be possible for a Fund to close out its futures positions. Until it closes out a futures position, a Fund will be obligated to continue to pay variation margin. Initial and variation margin payments do not constitute purchasing on margin for purposes of a Fund’s investment restrictions. In the event of the bankruptcy of an FCM that holds margin on behalf of a Fund, the Fund may be entitled to return of margin owed to it only in proportion to the amount received by the FCM’s other customers, potentially resulting in losses to the Fund. Each Fund will earmark and reserve Fund assets, in cash or liquid securities, in connection with its use of options and futures contracts to the extent required by the staff of the SEC. Each Fund will earmark and reserve liquid assets in an amount equal to the current mark-to-market exposure, on a daily basis, of a futures contract that is contractually required to cash settle. Such assets cannot be sold while the futures contract or option is outstanding unless they are replaced with other suitable assets. By setting aside assets equal only to its net obligation under cash-settled futures, a Fund will have the ability to have exposure to such instruments to a greater extent than if a Fund were required to set aside assets equal to the full notional value of such contracts. There is a possibility that earmarking and reservation of a large percentage of a Fund’s assets could impede portfolio management or a Fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

The Funds only invest in futures contracts to the extent they could invest in the underlying instrument directly.

Cash Equitization. The objective where equity futures are used to “equitize” cash is to match the notional value of all futures contracts to a Fund’s cash balance. The notional values of the futures contracts and of the cash are monitored daily. As the cash is invested in securities and/or paid out to participants in redemptions, the Adviser simultaneously adjusts the futures positions. Through such procedures, a Fund not only gains equity exposure from the use of futures, but also benefits from increased flexibility in responding to client cash flow needs. Additionally, because it can be less expensive to trade a list of securities as a package or program trade rather than as a group of individual orders, futures provide a means through which transaction costs can be reduced. Such non-hedging risk management techniques involve leverage, and thus present, as do all leveraged transactions, the possibility of losses as well as gains that are greater than if these techniques involved the purchase and sale of the securities themselves rather than their synthetic derivatives.

Options on Futures Contracts. Futures contracts obligate the buyer to take and the seller to make delivery at a future date of a specified quantity of a financial instrument or an amount of cash based on the value of a securities index. Currently, futures contracts are available on various types of securities, including but not limited to U.S. Treasury bonds, notes and bills, Eurodollar certificates of deposit and on indexes of securities. Unlike a futures contract, which requires the parties to buy and sell a security or make a cash settlement payment based on changes in a financial instrument or securities index on an agreed date, an option on a futures contract entitles its holder to decide on or before a future date whether to enter into such a contract. If the holder decides not to exercise its option, the holder may close out the option position by entering into an offsetting transaction or may decide to let the option expire and forfeit the premium thereon. The purchaser of an option on a futures contract pays a premium for the option but makes no initial margin payments or daily payments of cash in the nature of “variation margin” payments to reflect the change in the value of the underlying contract as does a purchaser or seller of a futures contract.

The seller of an option on a futures contract receives the premium paid by the purchaser and may be required to pay initial margin. Amounts equal to the initial margin and any additional collateral required on any options on futures contracts sold by a Fund are earmarked by a Fund and set aside by the Fund, as required by the 1940 Act and the SEC’s interpretations thereunder.

Combined Positions. Certain Funds may purchase and write options in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and return characteristics of the overall position. For example, a Fund may purchase a put option and write a call option on the same underlying instrument, in order to construct a combined position

 

39


Table of Contents

whose risk and return characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract. Another possible combined position would involve writing a call option at one strike price and buying a call option at a lower price, in order to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

Correlation of Price Changes. Because there are a limited number of types of exchange-traded options and futures contracts, it is likely that the standardized options and futures contracts available will not match a Fund’s current or anticipated investments exactly. A Fund may invest in options and futures contracts based on securities with different issuers, maturities, or other characteristics from the securities in which it typically invests, which involves a risk that the options or futures position will not track the performance of a Fund’s other investments.

Options and futures contracts prices can also diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments, even if the underlying instruments match the Fund’s investments well. Options and futures contracts prices are affected by such factors as current and anticipated short term interest rates, changes in volatility of the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the contract, which may not affect security prices the same way. Imperfect correlation may also result from differing levels of demand in the options and futures markets and the securities markets, from structural differences in how options and futures and securities are traded, or from imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading halts. A Fund may purchase or sell options and futures contracts with a greater or lesser value than the securities it wishes to hedge or intends to purchase in order to attempt to compensate for differences in volatility between the contract and the securities, although this may not be successful in all cases. If price changes in a Fund’s options or futures positions are poorly correlated with its other investments, the positions may fail to produce anticipated gains or result in losses that are not offset by gains in other investments.

Liquidity of Options and Futures Contracts. There is no assurance that a liquid market will exist for any particular option or futures contract at any particular time even if the contract is traded on an exchange. In addition, exchanges may establish daily price fluctuation limits for options and futures contracts and may halt trading if a contract’s price moves up or down more than the limit in a given day. On volatile trading days when the price fluctuation limit is reached or a trading halt is imposed, it may be impossible for a Fund to enter into new positions or close out existing positions. If the market for a contract is not liquid because of price fluctuation limits or otherwise, it could prevent prompt liquidation of unfavorable positions, and could potentially require a Fund to continue to hold a position until delivery or expiration regardless of changes in its value. As a result, a Fund’s access to other assets held to cover its options or futures positions could also be impaired. (See “Exchange-Traded and OTC Options” above for a discussion of the liquidity of options not traded on an exchange.)

Position Limits. Futures exchanges can limit the number of futures and options on futures contracts that can be held or controlled by an entity. If an adequate exemption cannot be obtained, a Fund or the Fund’s Adviser may be required to reduce the size of its futures and options positions or may not be able to trade a certain futures or options contract in order to avoid exceeding such limits.

Asset Coverage for Futures Contracts and Options Positions. A Fund will comply with guidelines established by the SEC with respect to coverage of options and futures contracts by mutual funds, and if the guidelines so require, will set aside or earmark appropriate liquid assets in the amount prescribed. Such assets cannot be sold while the futures contract or option is outstanding, unless they are replaced with other suitable assets. As a result, there is a possibility that the reservation of a large percentage of a Fund’s assets could impede portfolio management or a Fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

Forward Currency Transactions

Each Fund may purchase and sell foreign currency on a spot (i.e., cash) basis and may engage in forward currency contracts, currency options and futures transactions for hedging or any other lawful purpose. See “Derivative Securities.”

To the extent a Fund enters into such transactions in markets other than in the U.S., the Fund may be subject to certain currency, settlement, liquidity, trading and other risks similar to those described above with respect to the Fund’s investments in foreign securities. In addition, while a Fund’s use of hedging strategies is intended to reduce the volatility of the net asset value of Fund shares, the net asset value of the Fund will fluctuate. There can be no assurance that a Fund’s hedging transactions will be effective. Furthermore, a Fund may only engage in hedging activities from time to time and may not necessarily be engaging in hedging activities when movements in currency exchange rates occur.

 

40


Table of Contents

A Fund may also purchase U.S. exchange-listed call and put options on foreign currencies. A put option on currency gives a Fund the right to sell a currency at an exercise price until the expiration of the option. A call option on currency gives a Fund the right to purchase a currency at the exercise price until the expiration of the option.

Forward Foreign Currency Contracts. A Fund may purchase forward foreign currency exchange contracts, sometimes referred to as “currency forwards” (“Forward Contracts”), which involve an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract as agreed by the parties in an amount and at a price set at the time of the contract. In the case of a cancelable forward currency contract, the holder has the unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee. The contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers, so no intermediary is required. A forward currency contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades.

At the maturity of a forward currency contract, a Fund may either accept or make delivery of the currency specified in the contract or, at or prior to maturity, enter into a closing transaction involving the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract. Closing transactions with respect to forward contracts are usually effected with the currency trader who is a party to the original forward contract.

A Fund expects to use forward currency contracts under two circumstances: (1) When a Fund manager is purchasing or selling a security denominated in a foreign currency and wishes to lock in the U.S. dollar price of that security, the Fund manager would be able to enter into a forward currency contract to do so; or (2) When a Fund manager believes the currency of a particular foreign country may suffer a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar, the Fund would be able to enter into a forward currency contract to sell foreign currency for a fixed U.S. dollar amount approximating the value of some or all of its portfolio securities either denominated in, or whose value is tied to, such foreign currency.

In the first circumstance, when a Fund enters into a trade for the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency, it may be desirable to establish (lock in) the U.S. dollar cost or proceeds. By entering into forward currency contracts in U.S. dollars for the purchase or sale of a foreign currency involved in an underlying security transaction, a Fund will be able to protect itself against a possible loss between trade and settlement dates resulting from the adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the subject foreign currency.

In the second circumstance, when a Fund manager believes that the currency of a particular country may suffer a substantial decline relative to the U.S. dollar, a Fund could enter into a forward currency contract to sell for a fixed dollar amount the amount in foreign currencies approximating the value of some or all of its portfolio securities either denominated in, or whose value is tied to, such foreign currency. A Fund will cover outstanding forward contracts by maintaining liquid portfolio securities denominated in, or whose value is tied to, the currency underlying the forward contract or the currency being hedged. To the extent that a Fund is not able to cover its forward currency positions with underlying portfolio securities, the Fund will earmark and reserve on its records cash or other liquid assets having a value equal to the aggregate amount of the Fund’s commitments under the forward currency contract.

The precise matching of forward currency contracts in the amounts and values of securities involved generally would not be possible because the future values of foreign currencies will change due to market movements in the values of those securities between the date the forward currency contract is entered into and the date it matures. Predicting short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. A Fund’s manager does not intend to enter into such contracts on a regular basis. Normally, consideration of the prospect for currency parities will be incorporated into the long-term investment decisions made with respect to overall diversification strategies. However, a Fund’s manager believes that it is important to have flexibility to enter into such forward currency contracts when they determine that a Fund’s best interests may be served.

When the forward currency contract matures, a Fund may either sell the portfolio security and make delivery of the foreign currency, or it may retain the security and terminate the obligation to deliver the foreign currency by purchasing an offsetting forward currency contract with the same currency trader that obligates the Fund to purchase, on the same maturity date, the same amount of the foreign currency.

It is impossible to forecast with absolute precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration of the forward currency contract. Accordingly, it may be necessary for a Fund to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such purchase) if the market value of the security is less than the amount of foreign currency the Fund is obligated to deliver and if a decision is made to sell the security and make delivery of the foreign currency that the Fund is obligated to deliver.

 

41


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Futures Contracts. The Funds may purchase foreign currency futures contracts. Foreign currency futures contracts traded in the U.S. are designed by and traded on exchanges regulated by the CFTC, such as the New York Mercantile Exchange. A Fund may enter into foreign currency futures contracts for hedging purposes and other risk management purposes as defined in CFTC regulations. A Fund may also enter into foreign currency futures transactions to increase exposure to a foreign currency, to shift exposure from one foreign currency to another or to increase income or gain to the Fund.

At the maturity of a futures contract, a Fund may either accept or make delivery of the currency specified in the contract, or at or prior to maturity enter into a closing transaction involving the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract. Closing transactions with respect to futures contracts are effected on a commodities exchange; a clearing corporation associated with the exchange assumes responsibility for closing out such contracts.

Positions in the foreign currency futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange or board of trade which provides a secondary market in such contracts. There is no assurance that a secondary market on an exchange or board of trade will exist for any particular contract or at any particular time. In such event, it may not be possible to close a futures position; in the event of adverse price movements, a Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

Foreign Currency Options. The Funds may purchase U.S. exchange-listed call and put options on foreign currencies. Such options on foreign currencies operate similarly to options on securities. Options on foreign currencies are affected by all of those factors which influence foreign exchange rates and investments generally.

A Fund is authorized to purchase or sell listed foreign currency options and currency swap contracts as a short or long hedge against possible variations in foreign exchange rates. Such transactions may be effected with respect to hedges on non-U.S. dollar denominated securities (including securities denominated in the Euro) owned by the Fund, sold by the Fund but not yet delivered, committed or anticipated to be purchased by the Fund, or in transaction or cross-hedging strategies. As an illustration, a Fund may use such techniques to hedge the stated value in U.S. dollars of an investment in a Japanese yen-denominated security. In such circumstances, the Fund may purchase a foreign currency put option enabling it to sell a specified amount of yen for dollars at a specified price by a future date. To the extent the hedge is successful, a loss in the value of the dollar relative to the yen will tend to be offset by an increase in the value of the put option. To offset, in whole or in part, the cost of acquiring such a put option, a Fund also may sell a call option which, if exercised, requires it to sell a specified amount of yen for dollars at a specified price by a future date (a technique called a “straddle”). By selling the call option in this illustration, a Fund gives up the opportunity to profit without limit from increases in the relative value of the yen to the dollar. The Funds may also enter into foreign currency futures transactions to increase exposure to a foreign currency, to shift exposure from one currency to another or to increase income or gain to a Fund.

Certain differences exist among these foreign currency instruments. Foreign currency options provide the holder thereof the right to buy or to sell a currency at a fixed price on a future date. Listed options are third-party contracts (i.e., performance of the parties’ obligations is guaranteed by an exchange or clearing corporation) which are issued by a clearing corporation, traded on an exchange and have standardized strike prices and expiration dates. OTC options are two-party contracts and have negotiated strike prices and expiration dates. Options on futures contracts are traded on boards of trade or futures exchanges. Currency swap contracts are negotiated two-party agreements entered into in the interbank market whereby the parties exchange two foreign currencies at the inception of the contract and agree to reverse the exchange at a specified future time and at a specified exchange rate.

The value of a foreign currency option is dependent upon the value of the foreign currency and the U.S. dollar and may have no relationship to the investment merits of a foreign security. Because foreign currency transactions occurring in the interbank market involve substantially larger amounts than those that may be involved in the use of foreign currency options, investors may be disadvantaged by having to deal in an odd lot market (generally consisting of transactions of less than $1 million) for the underlying foreign currencies at prices that are less favorable than those for round lots.

There is no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign currencies and there is no regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealer or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis. Available quotation information is generally representative of very large transactions in the interbank market and thus may not reflect relatively smaller transactions (less than $1 million) where rates may be less favorable. The interbank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock market. To the extent that the U.S. options markets are closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, significant price and rate movements may take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options market.

 

42


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Conversion. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for currency conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the “spread”) between prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to a Fund at one rate while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer.

Non-Deliverable Forwards. Some of the Funds may also invest in non-deliverable forwards (“NDFs”). NDFs are cash-settled, short-term forward contracts on foreign currencies (each a “Reference Currency”) that are non-convertible and that may be thinly traded or illiquid. NDFs involve an obligation to pay an amount (the “Settlement Amount”) equal to the difference between the prevailing market exchange rate for the Reference Currency and the agreed upon exchange rate (the “NDF Rate”), with respect to an agreed notional amount. NDFs have a fixing date and a settlement (delivery) date. The fixing date is the date and time at which the difference between the prevailing market exchange rate and the agreed upon exchange rate is calculated. The settlement (delivery) date is the date by which the payment of the Settlement Amount is due to the party receiving payment.

Although NDFs are similar to forward foreign currency exchange contracts, NDFs do not require physical delivery of the Reference Currency on the settlement date. Rather, on the settlement date, the only transfer between the counterparties is the monetary settlement amount representing the difference between the NDF Rate and the prevailing market exchange rate. NDFs typically may have terms from one month up to two years and are settled in U.S. dollars.

NDFs are subject to many of the risks associated with derivatives in general and forward currency transactions including risks associated with fluctuations in foreign currency and the risk that the counterparty will fail to fulfill its obligations. The Funds will segregate or earmark liquid assets in an amount equal to the marked to market, on a daily basis, of the NDF.

The Funds will typically use NDFs for hedging purposes, but may from time to time, use such instruments to increase income or gain. The use of NDFs for hedging or to increase income or gain may not be successful, resulting in losses to the Fund, and the cost of such strategies may reduce the Funds’ respective returns.

Risk Factors in Foreign Currency Transactions . The following is a summary of certain risks associated with foreign currency transactions:

Imperfect Correlation . Foreign currency transactions present certain risks. In particular, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in hedging strategies and price movements in the security being hedged creates the possibility that losses on the hedging transaction may be greater than gains in the value of a Fund’s securities.

Liquidity. Hedging instruments may not be liquid in all circumstances. As a result, in volatile markets, the Funds may not be able to dispose of or offset a transaction without incurring losses. Although foreign currency transactions used for hedging purposes may reduce the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged security, at the same time the use of these instruments could tend to limit any potential gain which might result from an increase in the value of such security.

Leverage and Volatility Risk. Derivative instruments, including foreign currency derivatives, may sometimes increase or leverage a Fund’s exposure to a particular market risk. Leverage enhances the price volatility of derivative instruments held by a Fund.

Strategy Risk. The Funds may use foreign currency derivatives for hedging as well as non-hedging purposes including to gain or adjust exposure to currencies and securities markets or to increase income or gain to a Fund. There is no guarantee that these strategies will succeed and their use may subject a Fund to greater volatility and loss. Foreign currency transactions involve complex securities transactions that involve risks in addition to direct investments in securities including leverage risk and the risks associated with derivatives in general, currencies, and investments in foreign and emerging markets.

Judgment of the Adviser. Successful use of foreign currency transactions by a Fund depends upon the ability of the applicable Adviser to predict correctly movements in the direction of interest and currency rates and other factors affecting markets for securities. If the expectations of the applicable Adviser are not met, a Fund would be in a worse position than if a foreign currency transaction had not been pursued. For example, if a Fund has hedged against the possibility of an increase in interest rates which would adversely affect the price of securities in its portfolio and the price of such securities increases instead, the Fund will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased value of its securities because it will have offsetting losses in its hedging positions. In addition, when utilizing instruments that require variation margin payments, if the Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it may have to sell securities to meet such requirements.

 

43


Table of Contents

Other Risks. Such sales of securities may, but will not necessarily, be at increased prices which reflect the rising market. Thus, a Fund may have to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so.

It is impossible to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward contract or futures contract. Accordingly, a Fund may have to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such purchase) if the market value of the security or securities being hedged is less than the amount of foreign currency a Fund is obligated to deliver and if a decision is made to sell the security or securities and make delivery of the foreign currency. Conversely, it may be necessary to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency received upon the sale of the portfolio security or securities if the market value of such security or securities exceeds the amount of foreign currency a Fund is obligated to deliver.

Transaction Hedging. Generally, when a Fund engages in transaction hedging, it enters into foreign currency transactions with respect to specific receivables or payables of the Fund generally arising in connection with the purchase or sale of its portfolio securities. A Fund may engage in transaction hedging when it desires to “lock in” the U.S. dollar price (or a non-U.S. dollar currency (“reference currency”)) of a security it has agreed to purchase or sell, or the U.S. dollar equivalent of a dividend or interest payment in a foreign currency. By transaction hedging, a Fund attempts to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar or other reference currency and the applicable foreign currency during the period between the date on which the security is purchased or sold, or on which the dividend or interest payment is declared, and the date on which such payments are made or received.

A Fund may purchase or sell a foreign currency on a spot (or cash) basis at the prevailing spot rate in connection with the settlement of transactions in portfolio securities denominated in that foreign currency. Certain Funds reserve the right to purchase and sell foreign currency futures contracts traded in the U.S. and subject to regulation by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”).

For transaction hedging purposes, a Fund may also purchase U.S. exchange-listed call and put options on foreign currency futures contracts and on foreign currencies. A put option on a futures contract gives a Fund the right to assume a short position in the foreign currency futures contract until expiration of the option. A put option on currency gives a Fund the right to sell a currency at an exercise price until the expiration of the option. A call option on a futures contract gives a Fund the right to assume a long position in the futures contract until the expiration of the option. A call option on currency gives a Fund the right to purchase a currency at the exercise price until the expiration of the option.

Position Hedging. When engaging in position hedging, a Fund will enter into foreign currency exchange transactions to protect against a decline in the values of the foreign currencies in which their portfolio securities are denominated or an increase in the value of currency for securities which a Fund’s Adviser expects to purchase. In connection with the position hedging, the Fund may purchase or sell foreign currency forward contracts or foreign currency on a spot basis. A Fund may purchase U.S. exchange-listed put or call options on foreign currency and foreign currency futures contracts and buy or sell foreign currency futures contracts traded in the U.S. and subject to regulation by the CFTC.

The precise matching of the amounts of foreign currency exchange transactions and the value of the portfolio securities involved will not generally be possible because the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the dates the currency exchange transactions are entered into and the dates they mature.

Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities which a Fund owns or expects to purchase or sell. Rather, an Adviser may employ these techniques in an effort to maintain an investment portfolio that is relatively neutral to fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to major foreign currencies and establish a rate of exchange which one can achieve at some future point in time. Additionally, although these techniques tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, they also tend to limit any potential gain which might result from the increase in the value of such currency. Moreover, it may not be possible for a Fund to hedge against a devaluation that is so generally anticipated that the Fund is not able to contract to sell the currency at a price above the anticipated devaluation level.

Miscellaneous Investment Strategies and Risks

Borrowings. A Fund may borrow for temporary purposes and/or for investment purposes. Such a practice will result in leveraging of a Fund’s assets and may cause a Fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so. This borrowing may be secured or unsecured. If a Fund utilizes borrowings, for investment

 

44


Table of Contents

purposes or otherwise, it may pledge up to 33  1 / 3 % of its total assets to secure such borrowings. Provisions of the 1940 Act require a Fund to maintain continuous asset coverage (that is, total assets including borrowings, less liabilities exclusive of borrowings) of 300% of the amount borrowed, with an exception for borrowings not in excess of 5% of the Fund’s total assets made for temporary administrative or emergency purposes. Any borrowings for temporary administrative purposes in excess of 5% of a Fund’s total assets must maintain continuous asset coverage. In addition to temporary borrowing, a Fund may borrow from any bank, provided that immediately after any such borrowing there is an asset coverage of at least 300% for all borrowings by a Fund and provided further, that in the event that such asset coverage shall at any time fall below 300%, a Fund shall, within three days (not including Sundays and holidays) thereafter or such longer period as the SEC may prescribe by rules and regulations, reduce the amount of its borrowings to such an extent that the asset coverage of such borrowing shall be at least 300%. A Fund may also borrow money or engage in economically similar transactions if those transactions do not constitute “senior securities” under the 1940 Act. Under current pronouncements, certain Fund positions ( e.g. , reverse repurchase agreements) are excluded from the definition of “senior security” so long as a Fund maintains adequate cover, segregation of assets or otherwise. Similarly, a short sale will not be considered a senior security if a Fund takes certain steps contemplated by SEC staff pronouncements, such as ensuring the short sale transaction is adequately covered.

Certain types of investments are considered to be borrowings under precedents issued by the SEC. Such investments are subject to the limitations as well as asset segregation requirements. In addition, each Fund may enter into Interfund Lending Arrangements. Please see “Interfund Lending”.

Commodity-Linked Derivatives. Commodity-linked derivatives are derivative instruments the value of which is linked to the value of a commodity, commodity index or commodity futures contract. A Fund’s investment in commodity-linked derivative instruments may subject the Fund to greater volatility than investments in traditional securities, particularly if the instruments involve leverage. The value of commodity-linked derivative instruments may be affected by changes in overall market movements, commodity index volatility, changes in interest rates, or factors affecting a particular industry or commodity, such as drought, floods, weather, livestock disease, embargoes, tariffs and international economic, political and regulatory developments. Use of leveraged commodity-linked derivatives creates the possibility for greater loss (including the likelihood of greater volatility of a Fund’s net asset value), and there can be no assurance that a Fund’s use of leverage will be successful. Tax considerations may limit a Fund’s ability to pursue investments in commodity-linked derivatives.

Impact of Large Redemptions and Purchases of Fund Shares. From time to time, shareholders of a Fund (which may include the Adviser or affiliates of the Adviser or accounts for which the Adviser or its affiliates serve as investment adviser or trustee or, for certain Funds, affiliated and/or non-affiliated registered investment companies that invest in a Fund) may make relatively large redemptions or purchases of Fund shares. These transactions may cause the Fund to have to sell securities, or invest additional cash, as the case may be. While it is impossible to predict the overall impact of these transactions over time, there could be adverse effects on a Fund’s performance to the extent that the Fund is required to sell securities or invest cash at times when it would not otherwise do so, which may result in a loss to the Fund. These transactions may result in higher portfolio turnover, accelerate the realization of taxable income if sales of securities result in capital gains or other income and increase transaction costs, which may impact a Fund’s expense ratio. To the extent that such transactions result in short-term capital gains, such gains will generally be taxed at ordinary income tax rate.

Government Intervention in Financial Markets. Events in the financial sector over the past several years have resulted in reduced liquidity in credit and fixed income markets and in an unusually high degree of volatility in the financial markets, both domestically and internationally. While entire markets have been impacted, issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage and credit markets have been particularly affected. These events and the potential for continuing market turbulence may have an adverse effect on the Funds’ investments. It is uncertain how long these conditions will continue.

Recent instability in the financial markets has led governments and regulators around the world to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that have experienced extreme volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity. Governments, their regulatory agencies, or self regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the instruments in which the Funds invest, or the issuers of such instruments, in ways that are unforeseeable. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Funds themselves are regulated. Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude a Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.

 

45


Table of Contents

Governments or their agencies may also acquire distressed assets from financial institutions and acquire ownership interests in those institutions. The implications of government ownership and disposition of these assets are unclear, and such a program may have positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance of a Fund’s portfolio holdings. Furthermore, volatile financial markets can expose the Funds to greater market and liquidity risk and potential difficulty in valuing portfolio instruments held by the Funds.

Interfund Lending. To satisfy redemption requests or to cover unanticipated cash shortfalls, a Fund may enter into lending agreements (“Interfund Lending Agreements”) under which the Fund would lend money and borrow money for temporary purposes directly to and from another J.P. Morgan Fund through a credit facility (“Interfund Loan”), subject to meeting the conditions of an SEC exemptive order granted to the Funds permitting such interfund lending. No Fund may borrow more than the lesser of the amount permitted by Section 18 of the 1940 Act or the amount permitted by its investment limitations. All Interfund Loans will consist only of uninvested cash reserves that a Fund otherwise would invest in short-term repurchase agreements or other short-term instruments.

If a Fund has outstanding borrowings, any Interfund Loans to the Fund (a) will be at an interest rate equal to or lower than any outstanding bank loan, (b) will be secured at least on an equal priority basis with at least an equivalent percentage of collateral to loan value as any outstanding bank loan that requires collateral, (c) will have a maturity no longer than any outstanding bank loan (and in any event not over seven days) and (d) will provide that, if an event of default occurs under any agreement evidencing an outstanding bank loan to the Fund, the event of default will automatically (without need for action or notice by the lending Fund) constitute an immediate event of default under the Interfund Lending Agreement entitling the lending Fund to call the Interfund Loan (and exercise all rights with respect to any collateral) and that such call will be made if the lending bank exercises its right to call its loan under its agreement with the borrowing Fund.

A Fund may make an unsecured borrowing through the credit facility if its outstanding borrowings from all sources immediately after the interfund borrowing total 10% or less of its total assets; provided, that if the Fund has a secured loan outstanding from any other lender, including but not limited to another J.P. Morgan Fund, the Fund’s interfund borrowing will be secured on at least an equal priority basis with at least an equivalent percentage of collateral to loan value as any outstanding loan that requires collateral. If a Fund’s total outstanding borrowings immediately after an interfund borrowing would be greater than 10% of its total assets, the Fund may borrow through the credit facility on a secured basis only. A Fund may not borrow through the credit facility nor from any other source if its total outstanding borrowings immediately after the interfund borrowing would exceed the limits imposed by Section 18 of the 1940 Act.

No Fund may lend to another Fund through the interfund lending credit facility if the loan would cause its aggregate outstanding loans through the credit facility to exceed 15% of the lending Fund’s net assets at the time of the loan. A Fund’s Interfund Loans to any one Fund shall not exceed 5% of the lending Fund’s net assets. The duration of Interfund Loans is limited to the time required to receive payment for securities sold, but in no event may the duration exceed seven days. Loans effected within seven days of each other will be treated as separate loan transactions for purposes of this condition. Each Interfund Loan may be called on one business day’s notice by a lending Fund and may be repaid on any day by a borrowing Fund.

The limitations detailed above and the other conditions of the SEC exemptive order permitting interfund lending are designed to minimize the risks associated with interfund lending for both the lending fund and the borrowing fund. However, no borrowing or lending activity is without risk. When a Fund borrows money from another Fund, there is a risk that the loan could be called on one day’s notice or not renewed, in which case the Fund may have to borrow from a bank at higher rates if an Interfund Loan were not available from another Fund. A delay in repayment to a lending Fund could result in a lost opportunity or additional lending costs.

Master Limited Partnerships. Certain companies are organized as master limited partnerships (“MLPs”) in which ownership interests are publicly traded. MLPs often own several properties or businesses (or directly own interests) that are related to real estate development and oil and gas industries, but they also may finance motion pictures, research and development and other projects or provide financial services. Generally, an MLP is operated under the supervision of one or more managing general partners. Limited partners (like a Fund that invests in an MLP) are not involved in the day-to-day management of the partnership. They are allocated income and capital gains associated with the partnership project in accordance with the terms established in the partnership agreement.

The risks of investing in an MLP are generally those inherent in investing in a partnership as opposed to a corporation. For example, state law governing partnerships is often less restrictive than state law governing corporations. Accordingly, there may be fewer protections afforded investors in an MLP than investors in a

 

46


Table of Contents

corporation. Additional risks involved with investing in an MLP are risks associated with the specific industry or industries in which the partnership invests, such as the risks of investing in real estate, or oil and gas industries.

New Financial Products. New options and futures contracts and other financial products, and various combinations thereof, including over-the-counter products, continue to be developed. These various products may be used to adjust the risk and return characteristics of certain Funds’ investments. These various products may increase or decrease exposure to security prices, interest rates, commodity prices, or other factors that affect security values, regardless of the issuer’s credit risk. If market conditions do not perform as expected, the performance of a Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if these products were not used. In addition, losses may occur if counterparties involved in transactions do not perform as promised. These products may expose the Fund to potentially greater return as well as potentially greater risk of loss than more traditional fixed income investments.

Recent Events Relating to the Overall Economy. The U.S. Government, the Federal Reserve, the Treasury, the SEC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and other governmental and regulatory bodies have recently taken or are considering taking actions to address the financial crisis. These actions include, but are not limited to, the enactment by the United States Congress of the “Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act,” which was signed into law on July 21, 2010 and imposes a new regulatory framework over the U.S. financial services industry and the consumer credit markets in general, and proposed regulations by the SEC. Given the broad scope, sweeping nature, and relatively recent enactment of some of these regulatory measures, the potential impact they could have on securities held by the Funds is unknown. There can be no assurance that these measures will not have an adverse effect on the value or marketability of securities held by the Funds. Furthermore, no assurance can be made that the U.S. Government or any U.S. regulatory body (or other authority or regulatory body) will not continue to take further legislative or regulatory action in response to the economic crisis or otherwise, and the effect of such actions, if taken, cannot be known.

Diversification Requirements

Undiscovered Managers Funds is a registered investment management company and each Fund is a series of Undiscovered Managers Funds. Each Fund is a “diversified” fund, as defined in the 1940 Act, except for Realty Income Fund, which is “non-diversified.” With respect to 75% of its assets, a diversified fund may not invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one issuer or own more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer, except cash or cash items, obligations of the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, and securities of other investment companies. As for the other 25% of a Fund’s assets not subject to the limitation described above, there is no limitation on investment of these assets under the 1940 Act, so that all of such assets may be invested in securities of any one issuer. A non-diversified fund is restricted with respect to 50% of its total assets from investing more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one issuer (except U.S. government securities), and with respect to the remaining 50% of its total assets, it is restricted from investing more than 25% of its total assets in the securities of any one issuer. The Realty Income Fund is a “non-diversified” series. The Realty Income Fund is considered “non-diversified” because a relatively high percentage of the Fund’s assets may be invested in the securities of limited number of issuers, primarily within the same economic sector. The Realty Income Fund’s portfolio securities, therefore, may be more susceptible to any single economic, political, or regulatory occurrence than the portfolio securities of a more diversified investment company. The Realty Income Fund’s classification as a “non-diversified” investment company means that the proportion of the Fund’s assets that may be invested in the securities of a single issuer is not limited by the 1940 Act.

Although the Realty Income Fund is not limited by the diversification requirements of the 1940 Act, all Funds including Realty Income Fund will comply with the diversification requirements imposed by the Code, for qualification as a regulated investment company which imposes diversification requirements that are less restrictive than the requirements applicable to the “diversified” investment companies under the 1940 Act. To meet these requirements, a Fund may, with respect to 50% of the Fund’s assets, invest up to 25% of its assets in the securities of any one issuer (except this limitation does not apply to U.S. government securities). See “Distributions and Tax Matters”.

Portfolio Turnover

A portfolio turnover rate is, in summary, the percentage computed by dividing the lesser of a Fund’s purchases or sales of securities (excluding short-term securities) by the average market value of the Fund. The Adviser intends to manage each Fund’s assets by buying and selling securities to help attain its investment objective. The table below sets forth the Funds’ portfolio turnover rates for the last two fiscal years. A rate of 100% indicates that the equivalent of all of a Fund’s assets have been sold and reinvested in a year. High portfolio turnover may affect the

 

47


Table of Contents

amount, timing and character of distributions, and, as a result, may increase the amount of taxes payable by shareholders. Higher portfolio turnover also results in higher transaction costs. To the extent that net short term capital gains are realized by a Fund, any distributions resulting from such gains are considered ordinary income for federal income tax purposes. See “Distributions and Tax Matters” below.

 

      

Fiscal Year
Ended 83112

      

Fiscal Year
Ended 83113

 

Behavioral Value Fund

       61        58

Realty Income Fund

       78        60

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

The Trustees of the Trust are responsible for generally overseeing the conduct of the Trust’s business. Subject to such policies as the Trustees of the Trust may determine, JPMIM, the Funds’ Adviser, has responsibility for the management of the Funds’ affairs. With the exception of Realty Income Fund, which is directly managed by JPMIM, the Behavioral Value Fund’s investment portfolio is managed on a day-to-day basis by the Behavioral Value Fund’s sub-adviser, under the general oversight of JPMIM and the Trustees of the Trust.

Trustees

The names of the Trustees of the Trust, together with information regarding their year of birth, the year each Trustee became a Board member of the Trust, the year each Trustee first became a Board member of any of the J.P. Morgan Funds or heritage One Group Mutual Funds, principal occupations and other board memberships, including those in any company with a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Securities Exchange Act”) or subject to the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act or any company registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act, are shown below. The contact address for each of the Trustees is 270 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017.

 

Name (Year of Birth); Positions
With the Funds (Since)

 

Principal Occupations
During Past 5 Years

 

Number of Portfolios
in Fund Complex
Overseen by
Trustee (1)

   

Other Directorships Held
During the Past 5 Years

Independent Trustees

     
John F. Finn
(1947); Trustee of Trusts since 2005; Trustee of heritage One Group Mutual Funds since 1998.
  Chairman (1985–present), President and Chief Executive Officer, Gardner, Inc. (supply chain management company serving industrial and consumer markets) (1974–present).     171      Director, Cardinal Health, Inc. (CAH) (1994–present); Director, Greif, Inc. (GEF) (industrial package products and services) (2007–present).
Dr. Matthew Goldstein
(1941); Chairman since 2013; Trustee of Trusts since 2005; Trustee of heritage J.P. Morgan Funds since 2003.
  Professor, City University of New York (effective 2013); Chancellor, City University of New York (1999–2013); President, Adelphi University (New York) (1998–1999).     171      Director, Bronx-Lebanon Hospital Center; Director, United Way of New York City (2002–present); Trustee, Museum of Jewish Heritage (2011–present).
Robert J. Higgins
(1945); Trustee of Trusts since 2005; Trustee of heritage J.P. Morgan Funds since 2002.
  Retired; Director of Administration of the State of Rhode Island (2003–2004); President-Consumer Banking and Investment Services, Fleet Boston Financial (1971–2001).     171      None.
Peter C. Marshall
(1942); Trustee of Trusts since 2005; Trustee of heritage One Group Mutual Funds since 1985.
  Self-employed business consultant (2000–present).     171      Director, Center for Communication, Hearing and Deafness (1990–present).

 

48


Table of Contents

Name (Year of Birth); Positions
With the Funds (Since)

 

Principal Occupations
During Past 5 Years

 

Number of Portfolios
in Fund Complex
Overseen by
Trustee (1)

   

Other Directorships Held
During the Past 5 Years

Mary E. Martinez
(1960); Trustee of Trusts since 2013
  Associate, Special Properties, a Christie’s International Real Estate Affiliate (2010–Present); Managing Director, Bank of America (Asset Management) (2007–2008); Chief Operating Officer, U.S. Trust Asset Management; U.S. Trust Company (asset management) (2003–2007); President, Excelsior Funds (registered investment companies) (2004–2005).     171      Member, New York City Center Advisory Council (oversees public performing arts facilities) (2006–Present)
Marilyn McCoy*
(1948); Trustee of Trusts since 2005; Trustee of heritage One Group Mutual Funds since 1999.
  Vice President of Administration and Planning, Northwestern University (1985–present).     171      Trustee, Carleton College (2003–present).
Mitchell M. Merin
(1953); Trustee of Trusts since 2013
  Retired (2005–present); President and Chief Operating Officer, Morgan Stanley Investment Management, Member Morgan Stanley & Co. Management Committee (registered investment adviser) (1998–2005).     171      Director, Sun Life Financial (SLF) (2007 to Present) (financial services and insurance); Trustee, Trinity College, Hartford, CT (2002–2010)
William G. Morton, Jr.
(1937); Trustee of Trusts since 2005; Trustee of heritage J.P. Morgan Funds since 2003.
  Retired; Chairman Emeritus (2001–2002), and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Boston Stock Exchange (1985–2001).     171      Director, Radio Shack Corp. (1987–2008); Trustee, Stratton Mountain School (2001–present).
Dr. Robert A. Oden, Jr.
(1946); Trustee of Trusts since 2005; Trustee of heritage One Group Mutual Funds since 1997.
  Retired; President, Carleton College (2002–2010); President, Kenyon College (1995–2002).     171      Trustee, American University in Cairo (1999–present); Chairman, Dartmouth-Hitchcock Medical Center (2013–Present); Trustee, Dartmouth-Hitchcock Medical Center (2011–Present); Trustee, American Schools of Oriental Research (2011–Present); Trustee, Carleton College (2002–2010).
Marian U. Pardo* *
(1946); Trustee of Trusts effective February 1, 2013
  Managing Director and Founder, Virtual Capital Management LLC (Investment Consulting) 2007–Present); Managing Director, Credit Suisse Asset Management (portfolio manager) (2003–2006).     171      Member, Board of Governors, Columbus Citizens Foundation (not-for-profit supporting philanthropic and cultural programs) (2006–Present)

 

49


Table of Contents

Name (Year of Birth); Positions
With the Funds (Since)

 

Principal Occupations
During Past 5 Years

 

Number of Portfolios
in Fund Complex
Overseen by
Trustee (1)

   

Other Directorships Held
During the Past 5 Years

Frederick W. Ruebeck
(1939); Trustee of Trusts since 2005; Trustee of heritage One Group Mutual Funds since 1994.
  Consultant (2000-Present); Advisor, JP Greene & Associates, LLC (broker-dealer) (2000–2009); Chief Investment Officer, Wabash College (2004–Present); Director of Investments, Eli Lilly and Company (pharmaceuticals)(1988–1999).     171      Trustee, Wabash College (1988–Present); Chairman, Indianapolis Symphony Orchestra Foundation (1994–Present).
James J. Schonbachler
(1943); Trustee of Trusts since 2005; Trustee of heritage J.P. Morgan Funds since 2001.
  Retired; Managing Director of Bankers Trust Company (financial services) (1968–1998).     171      None.

Interested Trustees Not Affiliated With The Adviser

Frankie D. Hughes***

(1952); Trustee of Trusts since 2008.

 

President and Chief Investment Officer,

Hughes Capital Management, Inc. (fixed

income asset management) (1993–Present).

    171      Trustee, The Victory Portfolios (2000–2008).

 

(1) A Fund Complex means two or more registered investment companies that hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services or have a common investment adviser or have an investment adviser that is an affiliated person of the investment adviser of any of the other registered investment companies. The J.P. Morgan Funds Complex for which the Board of Trustees serves currently includes twelve registered investment companies (171 Funds) including JPMMFG which liquidated effective November 29, 2012 and is in the process of winding up its affairs.
* Ms. McCoy has served as Vice President of Administration and Planning for Northwestern University since 1985. William M. Daley, Head of Corporate Responsibility for JPMorgan Chase & Co. prior to 2011 and served as a member of the Board of Trustees of Northwestern University from 2005 through 2010. JPMIM, the Funds’ investment adviser, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase & Co. Five other members of the Board of Trustees of Northwestern University are executive officers of registered investment advisers (not affiliated with JPMorgan) that are under common control with sub-advisers to certain J.P. Morgan Funds.
** In connection with prior employment with JPMorgan Chase, Ms. Pardo was the recipient of non-qualified pension plan payments from JPMorgan Chase in the amount of approximately $2,055 per month, which she irrevocably waived effective January 1, 2013, and deferred compensation payments from JPMorgan Chase in the amount of approximately $7,294 per year, which ended in January 2013. In addition, Ms. Pardo receives payments from a fully funded qualified plan, which is not an obligation of JPMorgan Chase.
*** Ms. Hughes is treated as an “interested person” based on the portfolio holdings of clients of Hughes Capital Management, Inc.

The Trustees serve for an indefinite term, subject to the Trust’s current retirement policy, which is age 75 for all Trustees, except that the Board has determined Mr. Morton should continue to serve until December 31, 2014. The Board of Trustees decides upon general policies and is responsible for overseeing the business affairs of the Trust.

Qualifications of Trustees

The Governance Committee and the Board considered the commitment that each Trustee has demonstrated in serving on the Board including the significant time each Trustee has devoted to preparing for meetings and the active engagement and participation of each Trustee at Board meetings. The Governance Committee and the Board also considered the character of each Trustee noting that each Trustee is committed to executing his or her duties as a trustee with diligence, honesty and integrity. The Governance Committee and the Board also considered the contributions that each Trustee has made to the Board in terms of experience, leadership, independence and the ability to work effectively and collaboratively with other Board members.

The Governance Committee also considered the significant and relevant experience and knowledge that each Trustee has with respect to registered investment companies and asset management. The Governance Committee and the Board noted the additional experience that each of the Trustees has gained with respect to registered investment companies as a result of his or her service on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board. The J.P. Morgan Funds

 

50


Table of Contents

overseen by the J.P. Morgan Funds Board represent almost every asset class including (1) fixed income funds including traditional bond funds, municipal bond funds, high yield funds, government funds, and emerging markets debt funds, (2) money market funds, (3) international, emerging markets and country/region funds, (4) equity funds including small, mid and large capitalization funds and value and growth funds, (5) index funds, (6) funds of funds, including target date funds, and (7) specialty funds including market neutral funds, long/short funds and funds that invest in real estate securities and commodity-related securities and derivatives. The Governance Committee and the Board also considered the experience that each Trustee had with respect to reviewing agreements with the Funds’ service providers in connection with their broader service to the J.P. Morgan Funds including the Funds’ investment advisers, custodian, and fund accountant.

The Governance Committee and the Board also considered the experience and contribution of each Trustee in the context of the Board’s leadership and committee structure. Prior to August 22, 2013, the Board had four committees: the Investments Committee, the Audit and Valuation Committee, the Compliance Committee and the Governance Committee. The Investments Committee had three sub-committees: an Equity Sub-Committee, a Money Market and Alternative Products Sub-Committee and a Fixed Income Sub-Committee. Effective August 22, 2013, the Investments Sub-Committees were reorganized into three separate investment committees: the Equity Committee, the Fixed Income Committee and the Money Market Funds/Alternative Products Committee. The Board has six committees including the Audit and Valuation Committee, the Compliance Committee, the Governance Committee, the Equity Committee, the Money Market Funds/Alternative Products Committee, and a Fixed Income Committee. Different members of the Board serve on these three investment committees with respect to each asset type thereby allowing the J.P. Morgan Funds Board to effectively evaluate information for the Funds in the complex in a focused, disciplined manner.

The Governance Committee also considered the operational efficiencies achieved by having a single Board for the Funds and the other registered investment companies overseen by the Advisers and its affiliates as well as the extensive experience of certain Trustees in serving on Boards for registered investment companies advised by subsidiaries or affiliates of JPMorgan Chase & Co. and/or Bank One Corporation (known as “heritage J.P. Morgan Funds” or “heritage One Group Mutual Funds”).

In reaching its conclusion that each Trustee should serve as a Trustee of the Trust, the Board also considered the following additional specific qualifications, contributions and experience of the following trustee:

John F. Finn.  Mr. Finn has served on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2005 and was a member of the heritage One Group Mutual Funds Board since 1998. Until February 2013, Mr. Finn served on the Audit and Valuation Committee. As a member of the Audit and Valuation Committee, Mr. Finn has participated in the appointment of the Funds’ independent accountants, the oversight of the performance of the Funds’ audit, accounting and financial reporting policies, practices and internal controls and valuation policies, assisting the Board in its oversight of the valuation of the Funds’ securities by the Advisers, overseeing the quality and objectivity of the Funds’ independent audit and the financial statements of the Funds, and acting as a liaison between the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. Mr. Finn currently serves as a member of the Equity Committee and the Governance Committee. As a member of the Governance Committee, he has participated in the selection and nomination of persons for election or appointment as Trustees, periodic review of the compensation payable to the Trustees, review and evaluation of the functioning of the Board and its committees, oversight of any ongoing litigation affecting the Funds, the Advisers or the non-interested Trustees, oversight of regulatory issues or deficiencies affecting the Funds, oversight of the Funds’ risk management processes and oversight and review of matters with respect to service providers to the Funds. In addition, Mr. Finn is also the head of the Strategic Planning Working Group, comprised of independent Trustees. The Strategic Planning Working Group works with the administrator to the Trust on initiatives related to efficiency and effectiveness of Board materials and meetings.

Dr. Matthew Goldstein.  Dr. Goldstein has served as the Chairman of the Board since January 2013 and on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2005. Dr. Goldstein was a member of the heritage J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2003. Dr. Goldstein serves as the Chairman of the Governance Committee. As a member of the Governance Committee, he has participated in the selection and nomination of persons for election or appointment as Trustees, periodic review of the compensation payable to the Trustees, review and evaluation of the functioning of the Board and its committees, oversight of any ongoing litigation affecting the Funds, the Advisers or the non-interested Trustees, oversight of regulatory issues or deficiencies affecting the Funds, oversight of the Funds’ risk management processes and oversight and review of matters with respect to service providers to the Funds. Dr. Goldstein previously served as the Chairman of the Money Market and Alternative Products Sub-Committee.

 

51


Table of Contents

Robert J. Higgins.  Mr. Higgins has served on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2005 and was a member of the heritage J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2002. Mr. Higgins serves as the Chairman of the Equity Committee. Until February 2013, Mr. Higgins served on the Audit and Valuation Committee. As a member of the Audit and Valuation Committee, Mr. Higgins has participated in the appointment of the Funds’ independent accountants, the oversight of the performance of the Funds’ audit, accounting and financial reporting policies, practices and internal controls and valuation policies, assisting the Board in its oversight of the valuation of the Funds’ securities by the Advisers, overseeing the quality and objectivity of the Funds’ independent audit and the financial statements of the Funds and acting as a liaison between the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. Mr. Higgins currently serves on the Compliance Committee. As a member of the Compliance Committee, he has participated in the oversight of the Funds’ compliance with legal and regulatory and contractual requirements and compliance policies and procedures, as well as the appointment and compensation of the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer. The members of the Compliance Committee also oversee the investigation and resolution of any significant compliance incidents.

Frankie D. Hughes.  Ms. Hughes has served on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2008. Until February 2013, Ms. Hughes was a member of the Fixed Income Sub-Committee. Ms. Hughes is also a member of the Compliance Committee. As a member of the Compliance Committee, she has participated in the oversight of the Funds’ compliance with legal, regulatory and contractual requirements and compliance policies and procedures, as well as the appointment and compensation of the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer. The members of the Compliance Committee also oversee the investigation and resolution of any significant compliance incidents. Ms. Hughes also serves as a member of the Money Market Funds/Alternative Products Committee.

Peter C. Marshall.  Mr. Marshall has served on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2005 and is currently Vice Chairman. Mr. Marshall was also the Chairman of the heritage One Group Mutual Funds Board, serving as a member of such Board since 1985. Mr. Marshall was also an Audit Committee Financial Expert for the heritage One Group Mutual Funds. Mr. Marshall serves as a member of the Governance Committee. As a member of the Governance Committee, he has participated in the selection and nomination of persons for election or appointment as Directors, periodic review of the compensation payable to the Directors, review and evaluation of the functioning of the Board and its committees, oversight of any ongoing litigation affecting the Funds, the Advisers or the non-interested Directors, oversight of regulatory issues or deficiencies affecting the Funds, oversight of the Funds’ risk management processes and oversight and review of matters with respect to service providers to the Funds. Mr. Marshall also serves as a member of the Money Market Funds/ Alternative Products Committee.

Mary E. Martinez.  Ms. Martinez has served on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board since January 2013. In addition to the experience that Ms. Martinez has gained through her service on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board, Ms. Martinez is a senior financial services executive with over 25 years of experience in asset management, wealth management and private banking services. She has extensive experience with respect to registered investment companies and asset management products as a result of serving as president to other registered investment companies and as a chief operating officer of an asset management firm with responsibility for product development, management, infrastructure and operating oversight, including experience with respect to: (1) diversified product offerings including fundamental, quantitative, traditional and alternative asset classes; (2) asset and portfolio management analytics; (3) risk management and governance; and (4) regulatory and financial reporting. Ms. Martinez also serves on the Audit and Valuation Committee. As a member of the Audit and Valuation Committee, she has participated in the appointment of the Funds’ independent accountants, the oversight of the performance of the Funds’ audit, accounting and financial reporting policies, practices and internal controls and valuation policies, assisting the Board in its oversight of the valuation of the Funds’ securities by the Advisers, overseeing the quality and objectivity of the Funds’ independent audit and the financial statements of the Funds, and acting as a liaison between the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. Ms. Martinez also serves as a member of the Fixed Income Committee.

Marilyn McCoy.  Ms. McCoy has served on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2005 and was a member of the heritage One Group Mutual Funds Board since 1999. Ms. McCoy is the Chairman of the Compliance Committee. As a member of the Compliance Committee, she has participated in the oversight of the Funds’ compliance with legal, regulatory and contractual requirements and compliance policies and procedures, as well as the appointment and compensation of the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer. The members of the Compliance Committee also oversee the investigation and resolution of any significant compliance incidents. Ms. McCoy also serves as a member of the Equity Committee.

 

52


Table of Contents

Mitchell M. Merin.  Mr. Merin has served on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board since January 2013 and is the Chairman of the Money Market Funds/Alternative Products Committee. In addition to the experience that Mr. Merin has gained through his service on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board, Mr. Merin has been in the securities and asset management business for over 25 years and has served as both a board member and president of other registered investment companies and has extensive experience with respect to (1) taxable fixed income products and derivatives; (2) investment oversight; and (3) board governance of registered investment companies and other public companies. Mr. Merin has held leadership positions within the investment company industry including serving as a member of the Executive Committee of the Board of Governors of the Investment Company Institute and the Chair of the Fixed Income Securities and Investment Company Committees of NASDR. Mr. Merin also serves on the Audit and Valuation Committee. As a member of the Audit and Valuation Committee, he has participated in the appointment of the Funds’ independent accountants, the oversight of the performance of the Funds’ audit, accounting and financial reporting policies, practices and internal controls and valuation policies, assisting the Board in its oversight of the valuation of the Funds’ securities by the Advisers, overseeing the quality and objectivity of the Funds’ independent audit and the financial statements of the Funds, and acting as a liaison between the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board.

William G. Morton, Jr.  Mr. Morton has served on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2005 and was a member of the heritage J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2003. Mr. Morton also serves as a member of the Governance Committee. As a member of the Governance Committee, he has participated in the selection and nomination of persons for election or appointment as Directors, periodic review of the compensation payable to the Directors, review and evaluation of the functioning of the Board and its committees, oversight of any ongoing litigation affecting the Funds, the Advisers or the non-interested Directors, oversight of regulatory issues or deficiencies affecting the Funds, oversight of the Funds’ risk management processes and oversight and review of matters with respect to service providers to the Funds. Mr. Morton also serves as a member of the Equity Committee.

Dr. Robert A. Oden Jr.  Dr. Oden has served on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2005 and was a member of the heritage One Group Mutual Funds Board since 1997. Until February 2013, Dr. Oden was a member of the Compliance Committee. As a member of the Compliance Committee, he has participated in the oversight of the Funds’ compliance with legal, regulatory and contractual requirements and compliance policies and procedures, as well as the appointment and compensation of the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer. The members of the Compliance Committee also oversee the investigation and resolution of any significant compliance incidents. Dr. Oden currently serves as a member of the Governance Committee. As a member of the Governance Committee, he has participated in the selection and nomination of persons for election or appointment as Trustees, periodic review of the compensation payable to the Trustees, review and evaluation of the functioning of the Board and its committees, oversight of any ongoing litigation affecting the Funds, the Advisers or the non-interested Trustees, oversight of regulatory issues or deficiencies affecting the Funds, oversight of the Funds’ risk management processes and oversight and review of matters with respect to service providers to the Funds. Dr. Oden also serves as a member of the Fixed Income Committee.

Marian U. Pardo.  Ms. Pardo has served on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board since February 2013. In addition to the experience that Ms. Pardo has gained through her service on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board, Ms. Pardo has been in the financial services industry since 1968, with experience in banking, lending, and investment management, and has specific experience with respect to (1) portfolio management, (2) the J.P. Morgan Funds’ investment advisory business, and (3) banking and investment management. She served as a portfolio manager for equity funds across the capitalization spectrum including, prior to 2002, small cap US equity funds advised by JPMIM. Ms. Pardo is also a member of the Compliance Committee. As a member of the Compliance Committee, she has participated in the oversight of the Funds’ compliance with legal, regulatory and contractual requirements and compliance policies and procedures, as well as the appointment and compensation of the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer. The members of the Compliance Committee also oversee the investigation and resolution of any significant compliance incidents. Ms. Pardo also serves as a member of the Money Market Funds/Alternative Products Committee.

Frederick W. Ruebeck.  Mr. Ruebeck has served on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2005 and was a member of the heritage One Group Mutual Funds Board since 1994. Mr. Ruebeck is the Chairman of the Fixed Income Committee. Mr. Ruebeck also serves on the Audit and Valuation Committee. As a member of the Audit and Valuation Committee, Mr. Ruebeck has participated in the appointment of the Funds’ independent accountants, the oversight of the performance of the Funds’ audit, accounting and financial reporting policies, practices and internal controls and valuation policies, assisting the Board in its oversight of the valuation of the Funds’ securities by the Advisers, overseeing the quality and objectivity of the Funds’ independent audit and the financial statements of the Funds, and acting as a liaison between the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board.

 

53


Table of Contents

James J. Schonbachler.  Mr. Schonbachler has served on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2005 and was a member of the heritage J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2001. Mr. Schonbachler serves as Chairman of the Audit and Valuation Committee. In connection with his duties to the Audit and Valuation Committee, Mr. Schonbachler has participated in the appointment of the Funds’ independent accountants, the oversight of the performance of the Funds’ audit, accounting and financial reporting policies, practices and internal controls and valuation policies, assisting the Board in its oversight of the valuation of the Funds’ securities by the Advisers, overseeing the quality and objectivity of the Funds’ independent audit and the financial statements, and acting as a liaison between the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. Mr. Schonbachler also serves as a member of the Fixed Income Committee.

Board Leadership Structure and Oversight

The Board has structured itself in a manner that allows it to effectively perform its oversight function. The Chairman of the Board is an independent Trustee, which allows him to carry out his leadership duties as Chairman with objectivity.

In addition, the Board has adopted a committee structure that allows it to effectively perform its oversight function for all of the Funds in the complex. As described under “Qualifications of Trustees” and “Standing Committees,” the Board has six committees: the Audit and Valuation Committee, the Compliance Committee, the Governance Committee, the Equity Committee, the Fixed Income Committee and the Money Market Funds/Alternative Products Committee. The Board has determined that the leadership and committee structure is appropriate for the Funds and allows the Board to effectively and efficiently evaluate issues that impact the J.P. Morgan Funds as a whole as well as issues that are unique to each Fund.

The Board and the Committees take an active role in risk oversight including the risks associated with registered investment companies including investment risk, compliance and valuation. The Governance Committee oversees and reports to the Board on the risk management processes for the Funds. In addition, in connection with its oversight, the Board receives regular reports from the Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), the Advisers, the Administrator, and the internal audit department of JPMorgan Chase & Co. The Board also receives periodic reports from the Chief Risk Officer of J.P. Morgan Asset Management 1 (“JPMAM”) including reports concerning operational controls that are designed to address market risk, credit risk, and liquidity risk among others. The Board also receives regular reports from personnel responsible for JPMAM’s business resiliency and disaster recovery.

In addition, the Board and its Committees work on an ongoing basis in fulfilling the oversight function. At each quarterly meeting, each of the Equity Committee, the Fixed Income Committee, and the Money Market Funds/Alternative Products Committee meets with representatives of the Advisers as well as an independent consultant to review and evaluate the ongoing performance of the Funds. Each of these three Committees reports these reviews to the full Board. The Board also receives a report from the Audit and Valuation Committee at each of its quarterly meetings. The Audit and Valuation Committee is responsible for oversight of the performance of the Funds’ audit, accounting and financial reporting policies, practices and internal controls and valuation policies, assisting the Board in its oversight of the valuation of the Funds’ securities by the Advisers, overseeing the quality and objectivity of the Funds’ independent audit and the financial statements of the Funds, and acting as a liaison between the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. The Compliance Committee is responsible for oversight of the Funds’ compliance with legal, regulatory and contractual requirements and compliance with policy and procedures. The Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things, oversight of matters relating to the Funds’ corporate governance obligations and risk management processes, Fund service providers and litigation. At each quarterly meeting, each of the Governance Committee, the Audit and Valuation Committee and the Compliance Committee report their committee proceedings to the full Board. This Committee structure allows the Board to efficiently evaluate a large amount of material and effectively fulfill its oversight function. Annually, the Board considers the efficiency of this committee structure. Additional information about each of the Committees is included below in “Standing Committees”

 

1  

J.P. Morgan Asset Management is the marketing name for the asset management businesses of JPMorgan Chase & Co. Those businesses include, but are not limited to, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc., Security Capital Research & Management Incorporated (“SCR&M”) and J.P. Morgan Alternative Asset Management, Inc.

 

54


Table of Contents

Standing Committees

The Board of Trustees has six standing committees 2 : the Audit and Valuation Committee, the Compliance Committee, the Governance Committee, the Equity Committee, the Fixed Income Committee, and Money Market Funds/Alternative Products Committee 2 . The members of each Committee are set forth below:

The members of the Audit and Valuation Committee are Messrs. Schonbachler (Chair), Merin, Ruebeck and Ms. Martinez. The purposes of the Audit and Valuation Committee are to: (i) appoint and determine compensation of the Funds’ independent accountants; (ii) evaluate the independence of the Funds’ independent accountants; (iii) oversee the performance of the Funds’ audit, accounting and financial reporting policies, practices and internal controls and valuation policies; (iv) approve non-audit services, as required by the statutes and regulations administered by the SEC, including the 1940 Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; (v) assist the Board in its oversight of the valuation of the Funds’ securities by the Adviser, as well as any sub-adviser; (vi) oversee the quality and objectivity of the Funds’ independent audit and the financial statements of the Funds; and (vii) act as a liaison between the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. The Audit and Valuation Committee has delegated valuation responsibilities to any member of the Committee to respond to inquiries on valuation matters and participate in fair valuation determinations when the Funds’ valuation procedures require Board action, but it is impracticable or impossible to hold a meeting of the entire Board. Prior to November 18, 2009, the Board delegated these valuation responsibilities to a Valuation Sub-Committee of the Audit Committee. The Audit and Valuation Committee met five times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013.

The members of the Compliance Committee are Ms. McCoy (Chair), Ms. Hughes, Ms. Pardo and Mr. Higgins. The primary purposes of the Compliance Committee are to (i) oversee the Funds’ compliance with legal and regulatory and contractual requirements and the Funds’ compliance policies and procedures; and (ii) consider the appointment, compensation and removal of the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer. The Compliance Committee was formed on February 19, 2005 and the Compliance Committee met four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013.

The members of the Governance Committee are Messrs. Goldstein (Chair), Marshall, Morton, Finn and Oden who are each Independent Trustees of the J.P. Morgan Funds. The duties of the Governance Committee include, but are not limited to, (i) selection and nomination of persons for election or appointment as Trustees; (ii) periodic review of the compensation payable to the non-interested Trustees; (iii) establishment of non-interested Trustee expense policies; (iv) periodic review and evaluation of the functioning of the Board and its committees; (v) appointment and removal of the Funds’ Senior Officer, and approval of compensation for the Funds’ Senior Officer and retention and compensation of the Senior Officer’s staff and consultants; (vi) selection of independent legal counsel to the non-interested Trustees and legal counsel to the Funds; (vii) oversight of ongoing litigation affecting the Funds, the Adviser or the non-interested Trustees; (viii) oversight of regulatory issues or deficiencies affecting the Funds (except financial matters considered by the Audit Committee); (ix) oversight of the risk management processes for Funds; and (x) oversight and review of matters with respect to service providers to the Funds (except the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm). When evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as an Independent Trustee, the Governance Committee may consider, among other factors, (i) whether or not the person is “independent” and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Trustee; (ii) whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of an Independent Trustee; (iii) the contribution that the person can make to the Board and the J.P. Morgan Funds, with consideration being given to the person’s business experience, education and such other factors as the Committee may consider relevant; (iv) the character and integrity of the person; (v) the desirable personality traits, including independence, leadership and the ability to work with the other members of the Board; and (vi) to the extent consistent with the 1940 Act, such recommendations from management as are deemed appropriate. The process of identifying nominees involves the consideration of candidates recommended by one or more of the following: current Independent Trustees, officers, shareholders and other sources that the Governance Committee deems appropriate. The Governance Committee will review nominees recommended to the Board by shareholders and will evaluate such nominees in the same manner as it evaluate nominees identified by the Governance Committee. Nominee recommendations may be submitted to the Secretary of the Trust at the Trust’s principal business address. The Governance Committee was formed effective February 19, 2005 and met four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013.

 

2  

Prior to August 22, 2013, the Equity Committee, the Fixed Income Committee and the Money Market Funds/Alternative Products Committee were sub-committees of the Investments Committee.

 

55


Table of Contents

Equity Committee, Fixed Income Committee and Money Market Funds/Alternative Products Committee. Each member of the Board, other than Dr. Goldstein, serves on one of the following committees: the Equity Committee, the Fixed Income Committee and Money Market Funds/Alternative Products Committee. These three Committees are divided by asset type and different members of the Board serve on each committee with respect to each asset type. The function of the Committees is to assist the Board in the oversight of the investment management services provided by the Adviser to the Funds, as well as any sub-adviser to the Funds. The primary purpose of each Committee is to (i) assist the Board in its oversight of the investment management services provided by the Adviser to the Funds designated for review by each Committee; and (ii) review and make recommendations to the Board concerning the approval of proposed new or continued advisory and distribution arrangements for the Funds or for new funds. The full Board may delegate to the applicable Committee from time to time the authority to make Board level decisions on an interim basis when it is impractical to convene a meeting of the full Board. Each of the Committees receives reports concerning investment management topics, concerns or exceptions with respect to particular Funds that the Committee is assigned to oversee, and work to facilitate the understanding by the Board of particular issues related to investment management of Funds reviewed by the applicable Committee. The Equity Committee met five times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013. The Fixed Income Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013. The Money Market Funds/Alternative Products Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013.

Ownership of Securities

The following table shows the dollar range of each Trustee’s beneficial ownership in the Funds and each Trustee’s aggregate dollar range of ownership in any J.P. Morgan Funds that the Trustee oversees in the Family of Investment Companies as of December 31, 2012:

 

Name of Trustee

     Ownership of
Behavioral
Value Fund
     Ownership of
Realty
Income Fund
     Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity Securities in
All Registered
Investment Companies
Overseen by
Trustee in Family of
Investment
Companies (1)(2)

Independent Trustees

              

John F. Finn

     None      None      Over $100,000

Dr. Matthew Goldstein

     None      None      Over $100,000

Robert J. Higgins

     None      None      Over $100,000

Peter C. Marshall

     None      None      Over $100,000

Mary E. Martinez (3)

     None      None      None

Marilyn McCoy

     None      None      Over $100,000

Mitchell M. Merin (3)

     None      None      None

William G. Morton, Jr.

     None      None      Over $100,000

Dr. Robert A. Oden, Jr.

     None      None      Over $100,000

Marian U. Pardo (4)

     None      None      $50,000-$100,000

Frederick W. Ruebeck

     None      None      Over $100,000

James J. Schonbachler

     None      None      Over $100,000

Interested Trustee Not Affiliated With The Adviser

              

Frankie D. Hughes

     None      None      Over $100,000

 

(1) A Family of Investment Companies means any two or more registered investment companies that share the same investment adviser or principal underwriter and hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services. The Family of Investment Companies for which the Board of Trustees currently serves includes twelve registered investment companies (171 Funds) including JPMMFG which liquidated effective November 29, 2012 and is in the process of winding up its affairs.
(2) For Ms. McCoy and Messrs. Finn, Higgins, Marshall, Oden, Ruebeck, and Schonbachler, these amounts include deferred compensation balances, as of December 31, 2011, through participation in the J.P. Morgan Funds’ Deferred Compensation Plan for Eligible Trustees. For a more complete discussion, see the “Trustee Compensation” section in Part II of this SAI.
(3) Ms. Martinez and Mr. Merin became members of the Board of Trustees effective January 1, 2013.
(4) Ms. Pardo will become a member of the Board of Trustees effective February 1, 2013.
(5) Over $100,000 as of February 5, 2013

As of December 31, 2012, none of the independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned securities of the Adviser or JPMDS or a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Adviser or JPMDS.

 

56


Table of Contents

Trustee Compensation

Prior to January 1, 2013, the Funds of the J.P. Morgan Funds Complex overseen by the Trustees paid each Trustee an annual fee of $275,000 and reimbursed each Trustee for expenses incurred in connection with service as a Trustee. Beginning January 1, 2013, the Funds of the J.P. Morgan Funds Complex overseen by the Trustees will pay each Trustee an annual fee of $315,000 and reimburse each Trustee for expenses incurred in connection with service as a Trustee. In addition, the Funds pay the Chairman $225,000, the Vice Chairman $75,000 and from December 1, 2011 through February 29, 2012, the assistant to the Audit and Valuation Committee Chairman $6,250. The Chairman and Vice Chairman receive no additional compensation for service as committee or sub-committee chairmen. Committee chairs and sub-committee chairs who are not already receiving an additional fee are each paid $50,000. The Trustees may hold various other directorships unrelated to the J.P. Morgan Funds Complex. The J.P. Morgan Funds bore expenses related to administrative and staffing services provided to the former Chairman, in lieu of establishing an office of the former Chairman, in the amount of $6,000 per month.

Trustee aggregate compensation paid by the Funds and the J.P. Morgan Funds Complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2012, is set forth below:

 

Name of Trustee

     Behavioral
Value Fund
       Realty
Income Fund
       Total
Compensation
Paid from
Fund
Complex (1) (9)
 

Independent Trustees

              

John F. Finn

     $ 24         $ 388         $ 275,000 (4)  

Dr. Matthew Goldstein

       29           458           325,000   

Robert J. Higgins

       29           458           325,000 (5)  

Peter C. Marshall

       31           493           350,000   

Mary E. Martinez (2)

       5           81           45,833 (2)  

Marilyn McCoy

       29           458           325,000   

Mitchell M. Merin (2)

       5           81           45,833 (2)  

William G. Morton, Jr.

       24           388           275,000   

Dr. Robert A. Oden, Jr.

       24           388           275,000 (6)  

Marian U. Pardo (3)

       5           81           45,833 (3)  

Frederick W. Ruebeck

       29           458           325,000 (7)  

James J. Schonbachler

       28           454           320,833 (8)  

Interested Trustee Not Affiliated With The Adviser

              

Frankie D. Hughes

       24           388           275,000   

 

(1) A Fund Complex means two or more registered investment companies that (i) hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services, (ii) or have a common investment adviser or, have an investment adviser that is an affiliated person of the investment adviser of any of the other registered investment companies. The J.P. Morgan Fund Complex for which the Board of Trustees currently serves includes twelve registered investment companies (171 Funds) including JPMMFG which liquidated effective November 29, 2012 and is in the process of winding up its affairs.
(2) Ms. Martinez and Mr. Merin became members of the Board of Trustees effective January 1, 2013. Compensation includes amounts paid prior to becoming a trustee for attendance at a Board meeting and service as a trustee nominee.
(3) Ms. Pardo became a member of the Board of Trustees effective February 1, 2013. Compensation includes amounts paid prior to becoming a trustee for attendance at a Board meeting and service as a trustee nominee.
(4) Includes $275,000 of Deferred Compensation.
(5) Includes $325,000 of Deferred Compensation.
(6) Includes $27,500 of Deferred Compensation.
(7) Includes $130,000 of Deferred Compensation.
(8) Includes $64,167 of Deferred Compensation.
(9) William J. Armstrong, Fergus Reid III, and Leonard M. Spalding, Jr. retired as Trustees of the Trusts effective December 31, 2012. For the period specified in the table above, the former trustees were paid the following total compensation from the J.P. Morgan Funds Complex.

 

Name of Former Trustee

  

Total Compensation Paid
from Fund Complex

      

Amount of Deferred
Compensation Included in Total

William J. Armstrong

   $ 283,333        

None

Fergus Reid, III

   $ 500,000        

Includes $100,000 of Deferred Compensation

Leonard M. Spalding, Jr.

   $ 325,000        

Includes $325,000 of Deferred Compensation

The Trustees instituted a Deferred Compensation Plan for Eligible Trustees (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) pursuant to which the Trustees are permitted to defer part or all of their compensation. Amounts deferred are deemed invested in shares of one or more series of JPMT I, JPMT II, Undiscovered Managers Funds, JPMMFG, JPMFMFG and JPMMFIT, as selected by the Trustee from time to time, to be used to measure the performance of a

 

57


Table of Contents

Trustee’s deferred compensation account. Amounts deferred under the Deferred Compensation Plan will be deemed to be invested in Select Class Shares of the identified funds, unless Select Class Shares are not available, in which case the amounts will be deemed to be invested in Class A Shares. A Trustee’s deferred compensation account will be paid at such times as elected by the Trustee, subject to certain mandatory payment provisions in the Deferred Compensation Plan (e.g., death of a Trustee). Deferral and payment elections under the Deferred Compensation Plan are subject to strict requirements for modification.

Each Declaration of Trust provides that the Trust will indemnify its Trustees and officers against liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved because of their offices with the Trust, unless, as to liability to the Trust or its shareholders, it is finally adjudicated that they engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in their offices or with respect to any matter unless it is finally adjudicated that they did not act in good faith in the reasonable belief that their actions were in the best interest of the Trust. In the case of settlement, such indemnification will not be provided unless it has been determined by a court or other body approving the settlement or disposition, or by a reasonable determination based upon a review of readily available facts, by vote of a majority of disinterested Trustees or in a written opinion of independent counsel, that such officers or Trustees have not engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of their duties.

Officers

The Trust’s executive officers (listed below) generally are employees of the Adviser or one of its affiliates. The officers conduct and supervise the business operations of the Trust. The officers hold office until a successor has been elected and duly qualified. The Trust has no employees.

The names of the officers of the Trust, together with their year of birth, information regarding their positions held with the Trust and principal occupations are shown below. The contact address for each of the officers unless otherwise noted is 270 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017.

 

Name (Year of Birth),
Positions Held with
the Funds (Since)

  

Principal Occupations During Past 5 Years

Robert L. Young (1963),

President and Principal Executive

Officer (2013)**

   Chief Operating Officer and Director, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. since 2010; Senior Vice President, J.P. Morgan Funds (2005-2010), Chief Operating Officer, J.P. Morgan Funds (2005–2010); Director and various officer positions for JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. (formerly One Group Administrative Services) and JPMorgan Distribution Services, Inc. (formerly One Group Dealer Services, Inc.) from 1999 to present. Mr. Young has been with JPMorgan Chase & Co. (formerly Bank One Corporation) since 1997.

Laura M. Del Prato (1964), Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer (2014)

  

Managing Director, JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. (since 2014); Partner, Cohen Fund Audit Services, Ltd. (2012-2013); Partner (2004-2012) and various other titles (1990-2004) at KPMG, LLP.

Frank J. Nasta (1964),

Secretary (2008)

   Managing Director and Associate General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase since 2008; Previously, Director, Managing Director, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, J.W. Seligman & Co. Incorporated; Secretary of each of the investment companies of the Seligman Group of Funds and Seligman Data Corp.; Director and Corporate Secretary, Seligman Advisors, Inc. and Seligman Services, Inc.

Stephen M. Ungerman (1953),

Chief Compliance Officer (2005)

   Managing Director, JPMorgan Chase & Co.; Mr. Ungerman has been with JPMorgan Chase & Co. since 2000.

Kathryn A. Jackson (1962),

AML Compliance Officer (2012)*

   Vice President and AML Compliance Manager for JPMorgan Asset Management Compliance since 2011; Senior On-Boarding Specialist for JPMorgan Distribution Services, Inc. in Global Liquidity from 2008 to 2011; Prior to joining JPMorgan, Ms. Jackson was a Financial Services Analyst responsible for on-boarding, compliance and training with Nationwide Securities LLC and 1717 Capital Management Company, both registered broker-dealers, from 2005 until 2008.

 

58


Table of Contents

Name (Year of Birth),
Positions Held with
the Funds (Since)

  

Principal Occupations During Past 5 Years

Elizabeth A. Davin (1964),

Assistant Secretary (2005)**

   Executive Director and Assistant General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase since February 2012; formerly Vice President and Assistant General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase from 2005 until February 2012; Senior Counsel, JPMorgan Chase & Co. (formerly Bank One Corporation) from 2004 to 2005.

Jessica K. Ditullio (1962),

Assistant Secretary (2005)**

   Executive Director and Assistant General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase since February 2011; Ms. Ditullio has served as an attorney with various titles for JPMorgan Chase (formerly Bank One Corporation) since 1990.

John T. Fitzgerald (1975),

Assistant Secretary (2008)

   Executive Director and Assistant General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase since February 2011; formerly, Vice President and Assistant General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase from 2005 until February 2011.

Carmine Lekstutis (1980)

Assistant Secretary (2011)

   Vice President and Assistant General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase since 2011; Associate, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (law firm) from 2006 to 2011.

Gregory S. Samuels (1980),

Assistant Secretary (2010)

   Vice President and Assistant General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase since 2010; Associate, Ropes & Gray (law firm) from 2008 to 2010; Associate, Clifford Chance LLP (law firm) from 2005 to 2008.

Pamela L. Woodley (1971),

Assistant Secretary (2012)

   Vice President and Assistant General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase since November 2004.

Michael M. D’Ambrosio (1969),

Assistant Treasurer (2012)

   Executive Director, JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. from July 2012; prior to joining JPMorgan Chase, Mr. D’Ambrosio was a Tax Director at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP since 2006.

Joseph Parascondola (1963),

Assistant Treasurer (2011)

   Vice President, JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. since August 2006:

Matthew J. Plastina (1970)

Assistant Treasurer (2011)

   Vice President, JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. since August 2010; prior to August 2010, Vice President and Controller, Legg Mason Global Asset Management.

Julie A. Roach (1971),

Assistant Treasurer (2012)**

   Vice President, JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. from August 2012; prior to joining JPMorgan Chase, Ms. Roach was a Senior Manager with Deloitte since 2001.

Gillian I. Sands (1969),

Assistant Treasurer (2012)

   Vice President, JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. from September 2012; Assistant Treasurer, Wells Fargo Funds Management (2007–2009).

 

* The contact address for the officer is 500 Stanton Christiana Road, Ops 1, Floor 02, Newark, DE 19173-2107.
** The contact address for the officer is 460 Polaris Parkway, Westerville, OH 43082.

As of December 1, 2012, the officers and Trustees, as a group, owned less than 1% of the shares of any class of each Fund.

CODES OF ETHICS

The Trust, JPMIM, its affiliated sub-advisers and JPMDS have each adopted the code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act (and pursuant to Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act with respect to JPMIM). The Funds’ sub-advisers are unaffiliated and have adopted separate codes of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act.

The Trust’s code of ethics includes policies which require “access persons” (as defined in Rule 17j-1) to: (i) place the interest of Trust shareholders first; (ii) conduct personal securities transactions in a manner that avoids any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of a position of trust and responsibility; and (iii) refrain from taking inappropriate advantage of his or her position with the Trust or a Fund. The Trust’s code of ethics prohibits any access person from: (i) employing any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Trust or a Fund; (ii) making to the Trust or a Fund any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to the Trust or a Fund a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; (iii) engaging in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or

 

59


Table of Contents

deceit upon the Trust or a Fund; or (iv) engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to the Trust or a Fund. The Trust’s code of ethics permits personnel subject to the code to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund so long as such investment transactions are not in contravention of the above noted policies and prohibitions.

The code of ethics adopted by JPMIM requires that all employees must: (i) place the interest of the accounts which are managed by JPMIM first; (ii) conduct all personal securities transactions in a manner that is consistent with the code of ethics and the individual employee’s position of trust and responsibility; and (iii) refrain from taking inappropriate advantage of their position. Employees of JPMIM are also prohibited from certain mutual fund trading activity including excessive trading of shares of a mutual fund as described in the applicable Fund’s Prospectuses or SAI and effecting or facilitating a mutual fund transaction to engage in market timing. JPMIM’s code of ethics permits personnel subject to the code to invest in securities including securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund subject to certain restrictions. However, all employees are required to preclear securities trades (except for certain types of securities such as non-proprietary mutual fund shares and U.S. government securities). Each of JPMIM’s affiliated sub-advisers has also adopted the code of ethics described above.

JPMDS’s code of ethics requires that all employees of JPMDS must: (i) place the interest of the accounts which are managed by affiliates of JPMDS first; (ii) conduct all personal securities transactions in a manner that is consistent with the code of ethics and the individual employee’s position of trust and responsibility; and (iii) refrain from taking inappropriate advantage of their positions. Employees of JPMDS are also prohibited from certain mutual fund trading activity including excessive trading of shares of a mutual fund as such term is defined in the applicable Fund’s Prospectuses or SAI or effecting or facilitating a mutual fund transaction to engage in market timing. JPMDS’s code of ethics permits personnel subject to the code to invest in securities including securities that may be purchased or held by the Funds subject to the policies and restrictions in such code of ethics.

PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES

The policies and procedures used by JPMIM and the Behavioral Value Fund’s sub-adviser to determine how to vote proxies relating to the portfolio securities of such Fund are summarized below:

Fuller & Thaler. As a fiduciary, Fuller & Thaler’s general policy is to exercise the voting authority delegated to it by the Behavioral Value Fund in a manner that will maintain or enhance shareholder value of the company in which Fuller & Thaler has invested the Fund assets.

Each portfolio manager is responsible for voting the proxies for the securities held in his Fund in accordance with Fuller & Thaler’s written proxy voting policy which has been constructed with the clients’ best interest in mind. Generally, Fuller & Thaler approves (or follows management recommendations) in routine corporate matters such as the selection of directors or auditors, in issues involving an increase in the authorized shares where needed for clearly defined business purposes, and in social issues. Generally, Fuller & Thaler opposes (in some cases against management recommendations) the indemnification of directors and/or officers where such indemnification includes “negligence and gross negligence” in the performance of their fiduciary duties, super-majority voting requirements, anti-takeover proposals which restrict shareholder authority, increases in authorized shares of more than 25% without a stated business purpose, changes in corporate charter that do not have a clearly stated business purpose, provisions for multi-tiered voting rights, authorizations of “blank check” preferred stock or other capital stock without a stated business purpose, “shareholder rights” provisions which tend to diminish rather than enhance shareholder power, “anti-greenmail” provisions which also restrict shareholder authority, and staggered boards of directors. Fuller & Thaler may vote contrary to its aforementioned general guidelines if a good reason exists to vote otherwise. Fuller & Thaler evaluates, on a case-by-case basis, corporate combinations and divestments, shareholder proposals, and profit sharing and stock options plans.

Fuller & Thaler has contracted with Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) to collect proxy information from the custodians and to vote proxies according to Fuller & Thaler’s instructions. ISS also provides proxy recommendations and corporate governance ratings to Fuller & Thaler that it may or may not follow. While Fuller & Thaler may consider such research in determining how to vote on a proxy issue, Fuller & Thaler will vote each proxy on its own merits.

In the event of a conflict of interest between the Behavioral Value Fund and Fuller & Thaler, with respect to how a proxy should be voted for a portfolio security held by the Fund, Fuller & Thaler will vote the proxy in what it believes to be in the best interest of the Fund.

JPMIM. With respect to the Realty Income Fund, the Board of Trustees has delegated to the Fund’s investment adviser, JPMIM and its affiliated advisers, proxy voting authority with respect to the Fund’s portfolio

 

60


Table of Contents

securities. Most of the securities in which the Fund invests, however, are rarely required, or permitted, to vote. To ensure that the proxies of portfolio companies are voted in the best interests of the Fund, the Fund’s Board of Trustees has adopted JPMIM’s detailed proxy voting procedures (the “Procedures”) that incorporate guidelines (“Guidelines”) for voting proxies on specific types of issues.

JPMIM and its affiliated advisers are part of a global asset management organization with the capability to invest in securities of issuers located around the globe. Because the regulatory framework and the business cultures and practices vary from region to region, the Guidelines are customized for each region to take into account such variations. Separate Guidelines cover the regions of (1) North America, (2) Europe, Middle East, Africa, Central America and South America (3) Asia (ex-Japan) and (4) Japan, respectively.

Notwithstanding the variations among the Guidelines, all of the Guidelines have been designed with the uniform objective of encouraging corporate action that enhances shareholder value. As a general rule, in voting proxies of a particular security, JPMIM and its affiliated advisers will apply the Guidelines of the region in which the issuer of such security is organized. Except as noted below, proxy voting decisions will be made in accordance with the Guidelines covering a multitude of both routine and non-routine matters that JPMIM and its affiliated advisers have encountered globally, based on many years of collective investment management experience.

To oversee and monitor the proxy-voting process, JPMIM has established a proxy committee and appointed a proxy administrator in each global location where proxies are voted. The primary function of each proxy committee is to review periodically general proxy-voting matters, review and approve the Guidelines annually, and provide advice and recommendations on general proxy-voting matters as well as on specific voting issues. The procedures permit an independent voting service to perform certain services otherwise carried out or coordinated by the proxy administrator.

Although for many matters the Guidelines specify the votes to be cast, for many others, the Guidelines contemplate case-by-case determinations. In addition, there will undoubtedly be proxy matters that are not contemplated by the Guidelines. For both these categories of matters and to override the Guidelines, the Procedures require a certification and review process to be completed before the vote is cast. That process is designed to identify actual or potential material conflicts of interest (between the Fund on the one hand, and the Fund’s investment adviser, principal underwriter or an affiliate of any of the foregoing, on the other hand) and ensure that the proxy vote is cast in the best interests of the Fund. A conflict is deemed to exist when the proxy is for JPMorgan Chase & Co. stock or for J.P. Morgan Funds, or when the proxy administrator has actual knowledge indicating that a JPMorgan affiliate is an investment banker or rendered a fairness opinion with respect to the matter that is the subject of the proxy vote. When such conflicts are identified, the proxy will be voted by an independent third party either in accordance with JPMorgan proxy voting guidelines or by the third party using its own guidelines.

When other types of potential material conflicts of interest are identified, the proxy administrator and JPMAM’s Chief Fiduciary Officer will evaluate the potential conflict of interest and determine whether such conflict actually exists, and if so, will recommend how JPMIM will vote the proxy. In addressing any material conflict, JPMIM may take one or more of the following measures (or other appropriate action): removing or “walling off” from the proxy voting process certain JPMIM personnel with knowledge of the conflict, voting in accordance with any applicable Guideline if the application of the Guideline would objectively result in the casting of a proxy vote in a predetermined manner, or deferring the vote to or obtaining a recommendation from a third independent party, in which case the proxy will be voted by, or in accordance with the recommendation of, the independent third party

The following summarizes some of the more noteworthy types of proxy voting policies of the non-U.S. Guidelines:

 

   

Corporate governance procedures differ among the countries. Because of time constraints and local customs, it is not always possible for JPMIM to receive and review all proxy materials in connection with each item submitted for a vote. Many proxy statements are in foreign languages. Proxy materials are generally mailed by the issuer to the sub-custodian which holds the securities for the client in the country where the portfolio company is organized, and there may not be sufficient time for such materials to be transmitted to the Adviser in time for a vote to be cast. In some countries, proxy statements are not mailed at all, and in some locations, the deadline for voting is two to four days after the initial announcement that a vote is to be solicited and it may not always be possible to obtain sufficient information to make an informed decision in good time to vote.

 

61


Table of Contents
   

Certain markets require that shares being tendered for voting purposes are temporarily immobilized from trading until after the shareholder meeting has taken place. Elsewhere, notably emerging markets, it may not always be possible to obtain sufficient information to make an informed decision in good time to vote. Some markets require a local representative to be hired in order to attend the meeting and vote in person on our behalf, which can result in considerable cost. JPMIM also considers the cost of voting in light of the expected benefit of the vote. JPMIM also considers the cost of voting in light of the expected benefit of the vote. In certain instances, it may sometimes be in the Fund’s best interests to intentionally refrain from voting in certain overseas markets from time to time.

 

   

Where proxy issues concern corporate governance, takeover defense measures, compensation plans, capital structure changes and so forth, JPMIM pays particular attention to management’s arguments for promoting the prospective change. JPMIM’s sole criterion in determining its voting stance is whether such changes will be to the economic benefit of the beneficial owners of the shares.

 

   

JPMIM is in favor of a unitary board structure of the type found in the United Kingdom as opposed to tiered board structures. Thus, JPMIM will generally vote to encourage the gradual phasing out of tiered board structures, in favor of unitary boards. However, since tiered boards are still very prevalent in markets outside of the United Kingdom, local market practice will always be taken into account.

 

   

JPMIM will use its voting powers to encourage appropriate levels of board independence, taking into account local market practice.

 

   

JPMIM will usually vote against discharging the board from responsibility in cases of pending litigation, or if there is evidence of wrongdoing for which the board must be held accountable.

 

   

JPMIM will vote in favor of increases in capital which enhance a company’s long-term prospects. JPMIM will also vote in favor of the partial suspension of preemptive rights if they are for purely technical reasons (e.g., rights offers which may not be legally offered to shareholders in certain jurisdictions). However, JPMIM will vote against increases in capital which would allow the company to adopt “poison pill” takeover defense tactics, or where the increase in authorized capital would dilute shareholder value in the long term.

 

   

JPMIM will vote in favor of proposals which will enhance a company’s long-term prospects. JPMIM will vote against an increase in bank borrowing powers which would result in the company reaching an unacceptable level of financial leverage, where such borrowing is expressly intended as part of a takeover defense, or where there is a material reduction in shareholder value.

 

   

JPMIM will generally vote against anti-takeover devices.

 

   

Where social or environmental issues are the subject of a proxy vote, JPMIM will consider the issue on a case-by-case basis, keeping in mind at all times the best economic interests of its clients.

The following summarizes some of the more noteworthy types of proxy voting policies of the U.S. Guidelines:

 

   

JPMIM considers votes on director nominees on a case-by-case basis. Votes generally will be withheld from directors who: (a) attend less than 75% of board and committee meetings without a valid excuse; (b) implement or renew a dead-hand poison pill; (c) are affiliated directors who serve on audit, compensation or nominating committees or are affiliated directors and the full board serves on such committees or the company does not have such committees; or (d) ignore a shareholder proposal that is approved for two consecutive years by a majority of either the shares outstanding or the votes cast.

 

   

JPMIM votes proposals to classify boards on a case-by-case basis, but normally will vote in favor of such proposal if the issuer’s governing documents contain each of eight enumerated safeguards (for example, a majority of the board is composed of independent directors and the nominating committee is composed solely of such directors).

 

   

JPMIM also considers management poison pill proposals on a case-by-case basis, looking for shareholder-friendly provisions before voting in favor.

 

   

JPMIM votes against proposals for a super-majority vote to approve a merger.

 

   

JPMIM considers proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan on a case-by-case basis, taking into account such factors as the extent of dilution and whether the transaction will result in a change in control.

 

62


Table of Contents
   

JPMIM votes proposals on a stock option plan based primarily on a detailed, quantitative analysis that takes into account factors such as estimated dilution to shareholders’ equity and dilution to voting power. JPMIM generally considers other management compensation proposals on a case-by-case basis.

 

   

JPMIM also considers on a case-by-case basis proposals to change an issuer’s state of incorporation, mergers and acquisitions and other corporate restructuring proposals and certain social and environmental issue proposals.

 

   

JPMIM reviews Say on Pay proposals on a case by case basis with additional review of proposals where the issuer’s previous year’s proposal received a low level of support.

In accordance with regulations of the SEC, the Funds’ proxy voting records for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 are on file with the SEC and are available on the J.P. Morgan Funds’ website at www.jpmorganfunds.com and on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE

As described in the Prospectuses and pursuant to the procedures approved by the Trustees, no sooner than 30 days after month end, a Fund will make available to the public, upon request to JPMorgan Funds Services (1-800-480-4111), an uncertified, complete schedule of its portfolio holdings as of the last day of that prior month. In addition, from time to time, each Fund may post portfolio holdings on the J.P. Morgan Funds’ website on a more timely basis.

A Fund’s publicly available uncertified, complete list of portfolio holdings information, as described above, may also be provided regularly pursuant to a standing request, such as on a monthly or quarterly basis, to (i) third party service providers, rating and ranking agencies, financial intermediaries, and affiliated persons of the Fund, and (ii) clients of the Fund’s Adviser or its affiliates that invest in a Fund or such clients’ consultants. No compensation or other consideration is received by a Fund or the Adviser, or any other person for these disclosures. A list of the entities that receive the Fund’s portfolio holdings information, the frequency with which it is provided and the length of the lag between the date of the information and the date it is disclosed is provided below:

 

All Funds

       

Bloomberg LP

   Monthly      30 days after month end

Casey, Quirk & Associates

   Monthly      10 days after month end

Lipper, Inc.

   Monthly      30 days after month end

Morningstar Inc.

   Monthly      30 days after month end

Thomson Financial

   Monthly      30 days after month end

Vickers Stock Research Corp.

   Monthly      30 days after month end

The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. — Standard & Poor’s

   Monthly      30 days after month end

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

   Monthly      30 days after month end

Factset

   Monthly      30 days after month end

Undiscovered Managers Behavioral Value Fund

       

Fernand Schoppig Associates

   Quarterly      30 days after quarter end

Wells Fargo — Felix Cordas

   Quarterly      30 days after quarter end

JPMorgan Realty Income Fund

       

Informa Investment Solutions (PSN)

   Quarterly      30 days after quarter end

Michael Drake of Yon-Drake Associates

   Monthly      30 days after month end

In addition, certain service providers to the Funds or the Adviser, Sub-Adviser, Administrator, Shareholder Servicing Agent or Distributor may for legitimate business purposes receive the Funds’ portfolio holdings information earlier than 30 days after month end, such as sub-advisers, rating and ranking agencies, pricing services, proxy voting service providers, accountants, attorneys, custodians, securities lending agents, consultants retained to assist in the drafting of management discussion of fund performance in shareholder reports, brokers in connection with Fund transactions and in providing pricing quotations, transfer agents and entities providing contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) financing (released weekly one day after trade date). When a Fund redeems a shareholder in kind, the shareholder generally receives its proportionate share of the Fund’s portfolio holdings and therefore, the shareholder and its agent may receive such information earlier than the period specified in the Prospectuses. Such holdings are released on conditions of confidentiality, which include appropriate trading

 

63


Table of Contents

prohibitions. “Conditions of confidentiality” include confidentiality terms included in written agreements, implied by the nature of the relationship (e.g., attorney-client relationship), or required by fiduciary or regulatory principles (e.g., custody services provided by financial institutions).

Disclosure of a Fund’s portfolio securities as an exception to the Fund’s normal business practice requires the business unit proposing such exception to identify a legitimate business purpose for the disclosure and submit the proposal to the Fund’s Treasurer for approval following business and legal review. Additionally, no compensation or other consideration is received by a Fund or the Adviser, or any other person for these disclosures. The Fund’s Trustees will review annually a list of such entities that have received such information, the frequency of such disclosures and the business purpose therefore. These procedures are designed to address conflicts of interest between a Fund’s shareholders on the one hand and the Fund’s Adviser or any affiliated person of the Fund or such entities on the other hand by creating a structured review and approval process which seeks to ensure that disclosure of information about the Fund’s portfolio securities is in the best interests of the Fund’s shareholders. There can be no assurance, however, that a Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of portfolio holdings information will prevent the misuse of such information by individuals or firms in possession of such information.

In addition to the foregoing, the portfolio holdings of certain of the Adviser’s separately managed account investment strategies, which are the same or substantially similar to certain of the J.P. Morgan Funds, are made available on a more timely basis than the time period specified in the applicable prospectus. It is possible that any such recipient of these holdings could trade ahead of or against a Fund based on the information received.

Portfolio holdings of each Fund will be disclosed on a quarterly basis on forms required to be filed with the SEC as follows: (i) portfolio holdings as of the end of each fiscal year will be filed as part of the annual report filed on Form N-CSR; (ii) portfolio holdings as of the end of the first and third fiscal quarters will be filed on Form N-Q; and (iii) portfolio holdings as of the end of the six month period will be filed as part of the semi-annual report filed on Form N-CSR. The Trust’s Form N-CSRs and Form N-Qs are available on the J.P. Morgan Funds’ website at www.jpmorganfunds.com and on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Each Fund’s top ten holdings are posted on the J.P. Morgan Funds’ website at www.jpmorganfunds.com no sooner than 10 days after the end of each month. One day after this information has been made available to the public by means of posting on that website, it may also be included in other advertising and marketing material concerning the Fund.

Finally, the Funds release information concerning any and all portfolio holdings when required by law. Such releases may include providing information concerning holdings of a specific security to the issuer of such security. In addition to information on portfolio holdings, no sooner than 10 days after month end, the Funds may post a portfolio characteristics summary to the J.P. Morgan Funds’ website at www.jpmorganfunds.com. In addition, other fund statistical information may be found on the J.P. Morgan Funds’ website from time to time.

INVESTMENT ADVISER AND SUB-ADVISERS

As described in the Prospectus, JPMIM is the investment adviser of each Fund and as such, has responsibility for the management of each Fund’s affairs, under the supervision of the Trust’s Board of Trustees. With the exception of the Realty Income Fund, which is directly managed by JPMIM, the Behavioral Value Fund’s investment portfolio is managed on a day-to-day basis by the Behavioral Value Fund’s sub-adviser, under the general oversight of JPMIM and the Board of Trustees. Effective October 1, 2003, JPMIM became a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Asset Management Holdings Inc., which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase & Co. (formerly known as J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.). Prior to October 1, 2003, JPMIM was a wholly- owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase. JPMIM is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. JPMIM acts as investment adviser to individuals, governments, corporations, employee benefit plans, labor unions and state and local governments, mutual funds and other institutional investors. JPMIM is located at 270 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017.

Certain of the assets of employee benefit accounts under the Adviser’s management are invested in commingled pension trust funds for which JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan Chase Bank”) serves as trustee.

Under separate agreements, JPMorgan Chase Bank, JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. (formerly One Group Administrative Services, Inc.) (“JPMFM”), and JPMDS provides certain custodial, fund accounting, recordkeeping and administrative services to the Trust and the Funds and shareholder services for the Trust. JPMDS is the

 

64


Table of Contents

shareholder servicing agent and distributor for the Funds. JPMorgan Chase Bank, JPMFM, and JPMDS are each affiliates of the Adviser. See “Custodian,” “Administrator,” “Shareholder Servicing” and “Distributor” sections.

JPMorgan Chase, a bank holding company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, was formed from the merger of J.P. Morgan & Co. Incorporated with and into The Chase Manhattan Corporation. JPMorgan Chase has a long history of offering a wide range of banking and investment services to customers throughout the United States and the world. The firm, through its predecessor companies, has been in business for over a century.

The investment advisory services JPMIM provides to the Funds are not exclusive under the terms of the advisory agreement. JPMIM is free to and does render similar investment advisory services to others. JPMIM serves as investment adviser to personal investors and other investment companies and acts as fiduciary for trusts, estates and employee benefit plans. Certain of the assets of trusts and estates under management are invested in common trust funds for which JPMIM serves as trustee. The accounts which are managed or advised by JPMIM have varying investment objectives and JPMIM invests assets of such accounts in investments substantially similar to, or the same as, those which are expected to constitute the principal investments of the Funds. Such accounts are supervised by employees of JPMIM who may also be acting in similar capacities for the Funds. See “Portfolio Transactions.”

The Funds are overseen by employees of JPMIM who, in acting for their customers, including the Funds, do not discuss their investment decisions with any personnel of JPMorgan Chase or any personnel of other divisions of JPMIM or with any of its affiliated persons, with the exception of certain other investment management affiliates of JPMorgan Chase which execute transactions on behalf of the Funds.

Under the Funds’ advisory agreement with JPMIM, JPMIM is entitled to fees, payable at least quarterly, of a certain percentage of the average daily net asset value of such Fund. Such fees are paid by each class of shares of the relevant Fund based upon the average daily net assets of such class. For a description of such fees, see “The Funds’ Management and Administration” section in the Institutional Class Shares Prospectus, Select Class Shares Prospectus, Class R2 and R6 Shares Prospectus, Class R5 Shares Prospectus and in the combined Class A, Class B and Class C Shares Prospectus.

The table below sets forth the investment advisory fees that the Funds paid by the following Funds to JPMIM (waived amounts are in parentheses), as applicable with respect to each fiscal period indicated (amounts in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
August  31, 2011
    Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2012
    Fiscal Year Ended
August  31, 2013
 
       Paid      Waived     Paid      Waived     Paid      Waived  

Behavioral Value Fund

   $ 272       ($ 107   $ 256       ($ 97   $ 982       ($ 675

Realty Income Fund

     1,544         (852     3,265         (787     6,211         (843

As described in the Prospectus, JPMIM, JPMDS and JPMFM have contractually agreed to certain arrangements to limit each Fund’s expenses. See “Expenses” below.

The Behavioral Value Fund’s investment portfolio is managed on a day-to-day basis by the Behavioral Value Fund’s sub-adviser pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement. The sub-adviser is regarded for purposes of the 1940 Act as being controlled by the following person, who is a principal of the firm and owns more than 25% of the voting securities of the firm: Russell J. Fuller (Fuller & Thaler).

Under the sub-advisory agreement relating to the Behavioral Value Fund between JPMIM and the Behavioral Value Fund’s sub-adviser, the sub-adviser is entitled to fees, payable at least quarterly by JPMIM out of the fees JPMIM receives, of a certain percentage of the average daily net asset value of the Behavioral Value Fund. For the Behavioral Value Fund, JPMIM will pay the sub-adviser compensation at the annual rate of 0.70% of the first $200 million of the Fund’s average daily net assets, 0.65% of the next $100 million of such assets and 0.60% of such assets in excess of $300 million. For a description of such fees, see “The Funds’ Management and Administration” section in the Institutional Class Shares Prospectus, Select Class Shares Prospectus, Class R2 and R6 Shares Prospectus, Class R5 Shares Prospectus and in the combined Class A, Class B and Class C Shares Prospectus.

The table below sets forth the sub-advisory fees that JPMIM paid to sub-advisers with respect to the fiscal periods indicated:

 

Fund

   Sub-Adviser    Fiscal Year Ended
August  31, 2011
     Fiscal Year Ended
August  31, 2012
     Fiscal Year Ended
August  31, 2013
 

Behavioral Value Fund

   Fuller & Thaler Asset
Management, Inc
   $ 196,695       $ 173,565       $ 652,815   

 

65


Table of Contents

Each Fund’s current advisory agreement with JPMIM and related sub-advisory agreement, if applicable, was approved by the applicable Fund’s shareholders on January 13, 2004 and provides that it will continue in effect for two years from its date of execution and thereafter from year to year if its continuance is approved at least annually (i) by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant Fund and (ii) by vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, of the Trust, JPMIM or, in the case of the related sub-advisory agreement, the relevant sub-adviser, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Any amendment to a Fund’s advisory agreement must be approved by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant Fund and by vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Any amendment to a sub-advisory agreement relating to a Fund must be approved by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund and by vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, unless such approvals are no longer required by law.

Each Fund’s advisory agreement may be terminated without penalty by vote of the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the outstanding securities of the relevant Fund, upon 60 days’ written notice, and by JPMIM upon 90 days’ written notice, and shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. Each Fund’s advisory agreement provides that JPMIM owns all rights to and control of the name “Undiscovered Managers”. Each Fund’s advisory agreement will automatically terminate if the Trust or the relevant Fund shall at any time be required by JPMIM to eliminate all reference to the words “Undiscovered Managers” or the letters “UM,” as applicable, in the name of the Trust or the relevant Fund, unless the continuance of the agreement after such change of name is approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant Fund and by a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust or JPMIM, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

Portfolio Managers’ Other Accounts Managed

Non-Performance Based Fee Advisory Accounts

The following table shows information regarding all of the other accounts for which advisory fees are not based on the performance of the accounts that are managed by each portfolio manager as of August 31, 2013.

 

       Registered Investment
Companies
       Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
       Other Accounts  
       Number
of
Accounts
       Total  Assets
($Millions)
       Number
of
Accounts
       Total Assets
($Millions)
       Number
of
Accounts
       Total Assets
($Millions)
 

Behavioral Value Fund

                             

David M. Potter

       0         $ 0           0         $ 0           10         $ 257   

Russell J. Fuller

       1           44           0           0           1           86   

Realty Income Fund

                             

Kay Herr

       4           786           14           2,509           7           291   

Jason Ko

       4           786           14           2,509           7           291   

Performance Based Fee Advisory Accounts

The following table shows information on the other accounts managed by each portfolio manager that have advisory fees wholly or partly based on performance as of August 31, 2013.

 

       Registered Investment
Companies
       Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
       Other Accounts  
       Number
of
Accounts
       Total  Assets
($Millions)
       Number
of
Accounts
       Total  Assets
($Millions)
       Number
of
Accounts
       Total  Assets
($Millions)
 

Behavioral Value Fund

                             

David M. Potter

       0         $ 0           0         $ 0           0         $ 0   

Russell J. Fuller

       0           0           0           0           0           0   

Realty Income Fund

                             

Kay Herr

       0           0           0           0           2           176   

Jason Ko

       0           0           0           0           2           176   

 

66


Table of Contents

Potential Conflicts Of Interests

As shown in the above table, the portfolio managers may manage accounts in addition to the identified registered investment company (a “RIC”). The potential for conflicts of interest exists when the Adviser or a Subadviser and its portfolio managers manage other accounts with similar investment objectives and strategies as the RIC (“Similar Accounts”). Potential conflicts may include, for example, conflicts between investment strategies and conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities.

JPMIM . Responsibility for managing JPMIM’s clients’ portfolios is organized according to investment strategies within asset classes. Generally, client portfolios with similar strategies are managed by portfolio managers in the same portfolio management group using the same objectives, approach and philosophy. Therefore, portfolio holdings, relative position sizes and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar across similar portfolios and strategies, which minimizes the potential for conflicts of interest.

JPMIM and/or their affiliates (together, “JPMorgan”) perform investment services, including rendering investment advice, to varied clients. JPMIM, JPMorgan and their directors, officers, agents, and/or employees may render similar or differing investment advisory services to clients, including the Funds, and may give advice or exercise investment responsibility and take such other action with respect to any of their other clients that differs from the advice given or the timing or nature of action taken with respect to another client or group of clients, including the Funds. It is JPMIM’s policy to the extent practicable, to allocate, within their reasonable discretion, investment opportunities among clients, including the Funds, over a period of time on a fair and equitable basis. One or more of JPMIM’s other client accounts may at any time hold, acquire, increase, decrease, dispose, or otherwise deal with positions in the investments in which another client account, including the Funds, may have an interest from time-to-time.

JPMIM, JPMorgan, JPMorgan Chase and any of their directors, partners, officers, agents or employees, may also buy, sell, or trade securities for their own accounts or the proprietary accounts of JPMIM, JPMorgan and/or JPMorgan Chase. JPMIM, JPMorgan and/or JPMorgan Chase, within their discretion, may make different investment decisions and other actions with respect to their own proprietary accounts than those made for client accounts, including the Funds, including the timing or nature of such investment decisions or actions. Further, JPMIM are not required to purchase or sell for any client accounts, including the Funds, securities that they, JPMorgan, JPMorgan Chase and/or any of their employees, principals, or agents may purchase or sell for their own accounts or the proprietary accounts of JPMIM, JPMorgan or JPMorgan chase or their clients.

JPMIM may receive more compensation with respect to certain Similar Accounts than that received with respect to the Fund or may receive compensation based in part on the performance of certain Similar Accounts. This may create a potential conflict of interest for JPMIM or its portfolio managers by providing an incentive to favor these Similar Accounts when, for example, placing securities transactions. In addition, JPMIM could be viewed as having a conflict of interest to the extent that JPMIM or an affiliate has a proprietary investment in Similar Accounts, the portfolio managers have personal investments in Similar Accounts or the Similar Accounts are investment options in JPMIM’s employee benefit plans. Potential conflicts of interest may arise with both the aggregation and allocation of securities transactions and allocation of investment opportunities because of market factors or investment restrictions imposed upon the Adviser and its affiliates by law, regulation, contract or internal policies. Allocations of aggregated trades, particularly trade orders that were only partially completed due to limited availability and allocation of investment opportunities generally, could raise a potential conflict of interest, as JPMIM may have an incentive to allocate securities that are expected to increase in value to favored accounts. Initial public offerings, in particular, are frequently of very limited availability. JPMIM may be perceived as causing accounts it manages to participate in an offering to increase JPMIM’s overall allocation of securities in that offering. A potential conflict of interest also may be perceived to arise if transactions in one account closely follow related transactions in a different account, such as when a purchase increases the value of securities previously purchased by another account, or when a sale in one account lowers the sale price received in a sale by a second account. If JPMIM manages accounts that engage in short sales of securities of the type in which the Fund invests, JPMIM could be seen as harming the performance of the Fund for the benefit of the accounts engaging in short sales if the short sales cause the market value of the securities to fall.

As an internal policy matter, JPMIM and its affiliates may from time to time maintain certain overall investment limitations on the securities positions or positions in other financial instruments the Adviser or its affiliates will take on behalf of its various clients due to, among other things, liquidity concerns and regulatory restrictions. Such policies may preclude a Fund from purchasing particular securities or financial instruments, even if such securities or financial instruments would otherwise meet the Fund’s objectives.

 

67


Table of Contents

JPMIM and/or its affiliates serve as adviser to the Funds, as well as certain Funds of Funds. The Funds of Funds may invest in shares of the Funds (other than the Funds of Funds). Because JPMIM and/or its affiliates is the adviser to the Funds and it or its affiliates is adviser to the Funds of Funds, it may be subject to certain potential conflicts of interest when allocating the assets of the Funds of Funds among the Funds. Purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by a Fund of Funds due to reallocations or balancing may result in a Fund having to sell securities or invest cash when it otherwise would not do so. Such transactions could accelerate the realization of taxable income if sales of securities resulted in gains and could also increase a Fund’s transaction costs. Large redemptions by a Fund of Funds may cause a Fund’s expense ratio to increase due to a resulting smaller asset base. To the extent that the portfolio managers for the Funds of Funds also serve as portfolio managers for any of the Funds, the portfolio managers may have regular and continuous access to the holdings of such Funds. In addition, the portfolio managers of the Funds of Funds may have access to the holdings of some of the Funds as well as knowledge of and a potential impact on investment strategies and techniques of the Funds.

The goal of JPMIM and its affiliates is to meet their fiduciary obligation with respect to all clients. JPMIM and its affiliates have policies and procedures that seek to manage conflicts. JPMIM and its affiliates monitor a variety of areas, including compliance with fund guidelines, review of allocation decisions and compliance with the Advisers’ Codes of Ethics and JPMC’s Code of Conduct. With respect to the allocation of investment opportunities, JPMIM and its affiliates also have certain policies designed to achieve fair and equitable allocation of investment opportunities among its clients over time. For example:

Orders for the same equity security traded through a single trading desk or system are aggregated on a continual basis throughout each trading day consistent with JPMIM’s duty of best execution for its clients. If aggregated trades are fully executed, accounts participating in the trade will be allocated their pro rata share on an average price basis. Partially completed orders generally will be allocated among the participating accounts on a pro-rata average price basis, subject to certain limited exceptions. For example, accounts that would receive a de minimis allocation relative to their size may be excluded from the order. Another exception may occur when thin markets or price volatility require that an aggregated order be completed in multiple executions over several days. If partial completion of the order would result in an uneconomic allocation to an account due to fixed transaction or custody costs, JPMIM may exclude small orders until 50% of the total order is completed. Then the small orders will be executed. Following this procedure, small orders will lag in the early execution of the order, but will be completed before completion of the total order.

Purchases of money market instruments and fixed income securities cannot always be allocated pro-rata across the accounts with the same investment strategy and objective. However, JPMIM attempts to mitigate any potential unfairness by basing non-pro-rata allocations traded through a single trading desk or system upon an objective predetermined criteria for the selection of investments and a disciplined process for allocating securities with similar duration, credit quality and liquidity in the good faith judgment of JPMIM so that fair and equitable allocation will occur over time.

Fuller & Thaler . Responsibility for managing Fuller & Thaler’s investment strategies is generally organized according to investment styles (growth, value or a combination of growth and value) and market capitalization (micro-cap, small-cap, or large-cap). Generally, a portfolio manager is responsible for managing all the client portfolios with a certain investment style and market capitalization. Therefore, portfolio holdings, relative position sizes and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar across portfolios in the same strategy, which minimizes the potential for conflicts of interest.

Fuller & Thaler may receive more compensation with respect to certain accounts than that received with respect to the Funds. Such greater compensation may be attributable to the fact that some accounts may be larger than the Funds, some accounts may pay a higher management fee rate than the Funds, or some accounts may also pay a performance fee unlike the Funds. This may create a potential conflict of interest for Fuller & Thaler or its portfolio managers by providing an incentive to favor these other accounts when, for example, placing securities transactions. Fuller & Thaler may have an incentive to allocate securities that are expected to increase in value to favored accounts. To address this, Fuller & Thaler has established policies designed to achieve fair and equitable allocation of investment opportunities among its clients over time. As a matter of general policy, Fuller & Thaler aggregates orders for the same equity security placed at around the same time. When aggregated trades are executed, whether fully or partially executed, accounts participating in the trade will be allocated their pro rata share on an average price basis, subject to certain limited exceptions. In the event pro rata allocation may not be feasible or in the best interest of its clients, Fuller & Thaler may rotate trades or seek to otherwise allocate transactions in a fair and equitable manner over time.

 

68


Table of Contents

Another potential conflict of interest may be perceived to arise if transactions in one account closely follow related transactions in a different account, such as when a purchase increases the cost of securities subsequently purchased by another account, or when a sale in one account lowers the sale price received in a sale by a second account. Further, if Fuller & Thaler manages accounts that engage in short sales of securities of the type in which the Funds invest, Fuller & Thaler could be seen as harming the performance of a Fund for the benefit of the accounts engaging in short sales if the short sales cause the market value of the securities to fall.

Fuller & Thaler believes it has adopted policies and procedures to address actual and potential conflicts of interest; however, there is no guarantee that such policies and procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict may arise.

Portfolio Manager Compensation

JPMIM . JPMIM’s portfolio managers participate in a competitive compensation program that is designed to attract and retain outstanding people and closely link the performance of investment professionals to client investment objectives. The total compensation program includes a base salary fixed from year to year and a variable performance bonus consisting of cash incentives and restricted stock and may include mandatory notional investments (as described below) in selected mutual funds advised by the Adviser or its affiliates. These elements reflect individual performance and the performance of JPMIM’s business as a whole.

Each portfolio manager’s performance is formally evaluated annually based on a variety of factors including the aggregate size and blended performance of the portfolios such portfolio manager manages. Individual contribution relative to client goals carries the highest impact. Portfolio manager compensation is primarily driven by meeting or exceeding clients’ risk and return objectives, relative performance to competitors or competitive indices and compliance with firm policies and regulatory requirements. In evaluating each portfolio manager’s performance with respect to the mutual funds he or she manages, the Fund’s pre-tax performance is compared to the appropriate market peer group and to the Fund’s benchmark index listed in the Fund’s prospectus over one, three and five year periods (or such shorter time as the portfolio manager has managed the Fund). Investment performance is generally more heavily weighted to the long-term.

Awards of restricted stock are granted as part of an employee’s annual performance bonus and comprise from 0% to 40% of a portfolio manager’s total bonus. As the level of incentive compensation increases, the percentage of compensation awarded in restricted stock also increases. Up to 50% of the restricted stock portion of a portfolio manager’s bonus may instead be subject to a mandatory notional investment in selected mutual funds advised by the Adviser or its affiliates. When these awards vest over time, the portfolio manager receives cash equal to the market value of the notional investment in the selected mutual funds.

Fuller & Thaler. Fuller & Thaler’s competitive compensation and stock purchase and deferred compensation programs serve as strong incentives for superior performance and give key professionals further incentive to remain with and grow the firm and serve its clients.

Fuller & Thaler’s investment professionals are compensated with total cash compensation that is generally in line with or above industry averages. In addition to competitive base salaries, Fuller & Thaler’s investment professionals receive subjective year-end bonuses that are a function of individual performance based on the professional’s contributions to the firm, of the individual’s position in the firm, and of the profitability of the firm. For portfolio managers, the performance of the assets they manage relative to benchmarks may be considered when the firm determines bonus compensation, however, it is only one of a number of factors.

Fuller & Thaler has also implemented an incentive program that allows key professionals to acquire equity in the firm and receive deferred compensation based on period of service to the firm. The amount of stock each key professional is eligible to purchase is determined annually by the Executive Stock Purchase Plan Committee.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES

The following table shows information regarding the ownership of securities of the Funds by portfolio managers as of August 31, 2013:

 

        Aggregate Dollar Range of Securities in Portfolio

Fund

 

Name

  None   $1-$10,000   $10,001-
$50,000
    $50,001-
$100,000
  $100,001-
$500,000
    $500,001-
$1,000,000
    Over
$1,000,000

Behavioral Value Fund

 

David M. Potter

            X       
 

Russell J. Fuller

              X     

Realty Income Fund

  Kay Herr             X       
  Jason Ko         X           

 

69


Table of Contents

EXPENSES

The Funds pay the expenses incurred in their operations, including their pro-rata share of expenses of the Trust. These expenses include: investment advisory and administrative fees; the compensation of the Trustees; registration fees; interest charges; taxes; expenses connected with the execution, recording and settlement of security transactions; fees and expenses of the Funds’ custodian for all services to the Funds, including safekeeping of funds and securities and maintaining required books and accounts; expenses of preparing and mailing reports to investors and to government offices and commissions; expenses of meetings of investors; fees and expenses of independent accountants, legal counsel and any transfer agent, registrar or dividend disbursing agent of the Trust; insurance premiums; and expenses of calculating the NAV of, and the net income on, shares of the Funds. Shareholder servicing and distribution fees are all allocated to specific classes of the Funds. In addition, the Funds may allocate transfer agency and certain other expenses by class. Service providers to a Fund may, from time to time, voluntarily waive all or a portion of any fees to which they are entitled.

As described in the Prospectuses, JPMIM, JPMDS and JPMFM have contractually agreed that they will waive fees and or/reimburse expenses for each Fund to the extent Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses of the Institutional Class, Class A, Class B, Class C and Class R5 Shares (excluding acquired fund fees and expenses, dividend expenses related to short sales, interest, taxes, expenses related to litigation and potential litigation, extraordinary expenses and expenses related to the Board of Trustees’ deferred compensation plan) exceed the following annual percentage rates of their respective average daily net assets:

 

Fund

   Institutional
Class
    Select Class     Class A     Class B     Class C     Class R2     Class R5     Class R6  

Behavioral Value Fund

     0.90     1.05     1.30     1.80     1.80     1.55     N/A     0.80

Realty Income Fund

     0.78     N/A     1.18     1.68     1.68     N/A     0.73     N/A

 

* The Fund does not currently offer such class.

These agreements have terms ending December 31, 2014.

ADMINISTRATOR

Pursuant to an Administration Agreement dated February 19, 2005 (the “Administration Agreement”), between the Trust, on behalf of the Funds, and JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. (“JPMFM” or the “Administrator”), JPMFM serves as administrator of the Funds. JPMFM is an affiliate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase, and has its principal place of business at 460 Polaris Parkway, Westerville, OH 43082.

Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, JPMFM performs or supervises all operations of each Fund for which it serves (other than those performed under the advisory agreement(s), the custodian and fund accounting agreement and the transfer agency agreement for that Fund). Under the Administration Agreement, JPMFM has agreed to maintain the necessary office space for the Funds, and to furnish certain other services required by the Funds with respect to each Fund. The Administrator prepares annual and semi-annual reports to the SEC, prepares federal and state tax returns and generally assists in all aspects of the Funds’ operations other than those performed under the advisory agreement(s), the custodian and fund accounting agreement and the transfer agency agreement. Under the Administration Agreement, JPMFM may, at its expense, subcontract with any entity or person concerning the provision of services under the Administration Agreement. Through June 30, 2005, the Administrator paid a portion of the fees it received to BISYS Fund Services, L.P. for its services as each Fund’s sub-administrator. Effective July 1, 2005, J.P. Morgan Investor Services, Co. (“JPMIS”) an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase, began serving as the Funds’ sub-administrator (the “Sub-administrator”).

JPMorgan Chase Bank now serves as the Funds’ Sub-administrator. The Administrator pays JPMorgan Chase Bank a fee for its services as the Funds’ Sub-administrator.

If not terminated, the Administration Agreement continues in effect for annual periods beyond October 31 of each year, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the vote of a majority of those members of the Board of Trustees who are not parties to the Administration Agreement or interested persons of any such party. The Administration Agreement may be terminated without penalty, on not less than 60 days’ prior written notice, by the Board of Trustees or by JPMFM. The termination of the Administration Agreement with respect to one Fund will not result in the termination of the Administration Agreement with respect to any other Fund.

 

70


Table of Contents

The Administration Agreement provides that JPMFM shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or any loss suffered by the Funds in connection with the matters to which the Administration Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties, or from the reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties thereunder.

In consideration of the services to be provided by JPMFM pursuant to the Administration Agreement, JPMFM receives from each Fund a pro-rata portion of a fee computed daily and paid monthly at an annual rate equal to 0.15% of the first $25 billion of average daily net assets of all funds in the J.P. Morgan Funds Complex (excluding certain Funds of Funds and the series of J.P. Morgan Funds Complex that operate as money market funds (each a “Money Market Fund”)) and 0.075% of average daily net assets of the funds in the J.P. Morgan Funds Complex (excluding certain Funds of Funds and the Money Market Funds) over $25 billion of such assets. For purposes of this paragraph, the “J.P. Morgan Funds Complex” includes most of the open-end investment companies in the J.P. Morgan Funds Complex, including the series of the former One Group Mutual Funds.

The table below sets forth the administration, administrative services and co-administration fees paid by the Funds (the amounts voluntarily waived are in parentheses) for the fiscal periods indicated (amounts in thousands):

 

       Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2011
     Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2012
     Fiscal Year Ended
August  31, 2013
 
         Paid        Waived      Paid        Waived      Paid        Waived  

Behavioral Value Fund

     $ 22         ($ 10    $ 21         ($ 8    $ 78         ($ 56

Realty Income Fund

       285                   148           (323                (799

These amounts were subject to reduction and reimbursement under certain expense deferral arrangements.

DISTRIBUTOR

Since February 19, 2005, JPMorgan Distribution Services, Inc. (“JPMDS”) serves as the Trust’s distributor and holds itself available to receive purchase orders for each of the Funds’ shares. In that capacity, JPMDS has been granted the right, as agent of the Trust, to solicit and accept orders for the purchase of shares of each of the Funds in accordance with the terms of the Distribution Agreement between the Trust and JPMDS. JPMDS is an affiliate of JPMIM and JPMorgan Chase Bank and is a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase. The principal offices of JPMDS are located at 460 Polaris Parkway, Westerville, OH 43082.

Unless otherwise terminated, the Distribution Agreement with JPMDS will continue in effect for annual periods beyond October 31 of each year, and will continue thereafter for successive one-year terms if approved at least annually by: (a) the vote of a majority of those members of the Board of Trustees who are not parties to the Distribution Agreement or interested persons of any such party, cast in person at a meeting for the purpose of voting on such approval and (b) the vote of the Board of Trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund. The Distribution Agreement may be terminated without penalty on not less than 60 days’ prior written notice, by the Board of Trustees, by vote of majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund or by JPMDS. The termination of the Distribution Agreement with respect to one Fund will not result in the termination of the Distribution Agreement with respect to any other Fund. The Distribution Agreement may also be terminated in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act. JPMDS is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).

The following table describes the compensation paid to the principal underwriter, JPMDS, for the fiscal period ended August 31, 2013 (amounts have been rounded to the nearest whole dollar).

 

Fund

     Net Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions
       Compensation on
Redemptions and
Repurchases
       Brokerage
Commissions
       Other
Compensation
 

Behavioral Value Fund

     $ 52,448         $ 5,803         $ 1,077         $ 347,504   

Realty Income Fund

       27,393           4,991                     202,389   

The following table sets forth the aggregate amount of underwriting commissions retained by JPMDS from the Funds with respect to the fiscal periods indicated:

 

Fund

     Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2011
       Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2012
       Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2013
 

Behavioral Value Fund

     $ 829         $ 3,327         $ 52,448   

Realty Income Fund

       7,279           9,395           27,393   

The aggregate amount of underwriting commissions retained by JPMDS for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013 was $79,842.

 

71


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

JPMDS and JPMIM, at their own expense out of their own resources, may provide additional compensation (“Additional Compensation”) to Financial Intermediaries. Additional Compensation may also be paid by other affiliates of JPMDS and JPMIM from time to time. These Additional Compensation payments are over and above any sales charges (including Rule 12b-1 fees), shareholder servicing, Omnibus Sub-Accounting or networking fees which are charged directly to the Funds and which are disclosed elsewhere in the Funds’ prospectuses or in this SAI. The categories of Additional Compensation are described below. These categories are not mutually exclusive and JPMDS, JPMIM and/or their affiliates may pay additional types of Additional Compensation in the future. The same Financial Intermediaries may receive payments under more than one or all categories. Not all Financial Intermediaries receive Additional Compensation payments and such payments may be different for different Financial Intermediaries or different types of funds (e.g., equity fund or fixed income fund). These payments may be significant to a Financial Intermediary and may be an important factor in a Financial Intermediary’s willingness to support the sale of the Funds through its distribution system. Additional Compensation payments are always made only to the firm, never to individuals other than occasional gifts and entertainment that are permitted by FINRA rules.

JPMIM, JPMDS and/or their affiliates may be motivated to pay Additional Compensation to promote the sale of Fund shares to clients of Financial Intermediaries and the retention of those investments by those clients. To the extent Financial Intermediaries sell more shares of the Funds or retain shares of the Funds in their clients’ accounts, JPMIM and JPMDS benefit from the incremental management and other fees paid by the Funds with respect to those assets.

The provision of Additional Compensation, the varying fee structure and the basis on which a Financial Intermediary compensates its registered representatives or salespersons may create an incentive for a particular Financial Intermediary, registered representative or salesperson to highlight, feature or recommend funds, including the Funds, or other investments based, at least in part, on the level of compensation paid. Additionally, if one mutual fund sponsor makes greater distribution payments than another, a Financial Intermediary may have an incentive to recommend that sponsor’s mutual fund over other mutual funds. Similarly, if a Financial Intermediary receives greater compensation for one share class versus another, that Financial Intermediary may have an incentive to recommend that share class. Shareholders should consider whether such incentives exist when evaluating any recommendations from a Financial Intermediary to purchase or sell shares of the Funds and when considering which share class is most appropriate. Shareholders should ask their salesperson or visit their Financial Intermediary’s website for more information.

Sales and Marketing Support . Additional Compensation may be paid to Financial Intermediaries for sales and marketing support. Marketing support may include access to a Financial Intermediary’s sales representatives and management representatives. Additional Compensation may also be paid to Financial Intermediaries for inclusion of the Funds on a firm’s list of offered products including a preferred or select sales list, in other sales programs or as an expense reimbursement. Additional Compensation may be calculated in basis points based on average net Fund assets attributable to the Financial Intermediary or sales of the Funds by the Financial Intermediary. Additional Compensation may also be fixed dollar amounts.

From time to time, JPMIM, JPMDS and their affiliates may provide, out of their own resources, financial assistance to Financial Intermediaries that enable JPMDS to sponsor and/or participate in and/or present at meeting, conferences or seminars, sales, training or educational programs, client and investor events, client prospecting retention, and due diligence events and other firm-sponsored events or other programs for the Financial Intermediaries’ registered representatives and employees. These payments may vary depending upon the nature of the event, and may include travel expenses, such as lodging incurred by registered representatives of the Financial Intermediaries. In addition, JPMIM, JPMDS and their affiliates may pay or reimburse sales representatives of Financial Intermediaries in the form of occasional gifts and occasional meals or entertainment events that JPMIM, JPMDS or their affiliates deem appropriate, subject to applicable law and regulations. Other compensation may be offered to the extent not prohibited by federal or state laws or any self-regulatory agency, such as FINRA. These payments may vary depending upon the nature of the event or the relationship.

Administrative and Processing Support. JPMIM and/or JPMDS may also pay Additional Compensation to Financial Intermediaries for their administrative and processing support, including (i) record keeping, Omnibus Sub-Accounting and networking, to the extent that the Funds do not pay for these costs directly; (ii) reimbursement for ticket processing charges applied to Fund shares and (iii) one time payments for ancillary services such as setting up Funds on the Financial Intermediary’s mutual fund trading system/platform.

 

72


Table of Contents

Identification of Financial Intermediaries

The following is a list of FINRA member firms that received Additional Compensation for the period ending December 31, 2013. This list includes FINRA members: (1) who have entered into to written agreements with the Funds’ Adviser to receive Additional Compensation (excluding payments made for Omnibus Sub-Accounting services); and/or (2) who have received Additional Compensation for events and meetings that were sponsored in whole or in part by JPMDS.

 

  1. AIG Advisors Group

 

  2. Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.

 

  3. Apex Clearing Corporation

 

  4. Banc of America Securities LLC

 

  5. Barclays Capital Inc.

 

  6. BOSC, Inc.

 

  7. Cadaret Grant & Co Inc.

 

  8. Cambridge Investment Research

 

  9. Cetera Advisor Networks LLC

 

  10. Cetera Advisors LLC

 

  11. Cetera Financial Specialists LLC

 

  12. Cetera Investment Services LLC

 

  13. Charles Schwab & Co Inc.

 

  14. Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.

 

  15. Comerica Securities, Inc.

 

  16. Commonfund Securities, Inc.

 

  17. Commonwealth Financial Network

 

  18. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

 

  19. DA Davidson & Co

 

  20. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc

 

  21. Edward D Jones & Co LP

 

  22. E*Trade Clearing, LLC

 

  23. Eagle Fund Distributors, Inc.

 

  24. Fidelity/FMR LLC

 

  25. First Command Financial Planning

 

  26. FSC Securities Corp.Royal Alliance AssociatesSagePoint Financial, IncWoodbury Financial Services, Inc.

 

  27. ING Financial Partners, Inc.

 

  28. Ingalls & Snyder, LLC

 

  29. ING Financial Partners, Inc.

 

  30. Investacorp, Inc.Securities America Inc.Triad Advisors Inc.

 

  31. JJB Hilliard WL Lyons LLC

 

  32. J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp

 

  33. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

 

73


Table of Contents
  34. Janney Montgomery Scott LLC

 

  35. JPMorgan Institutional Investments

 

  36. Lazard Capital Markets, LLC

 

  37. Lincoln Financial Advisors Corp

 

  38. Lincoln Financial Securities Corporation

 

  39. LPL Financial LLC

 

  40. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc.

 

  41. Metlife

 

  42. Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC

 

  43. MSCS Financial Services LLC

 

  44. National Planning Corporation/National Planning Holdings Inc.

 

  45. New York Life Investments

 

  46. NFP Securities Inc.

 

  47. Oppenheimer & Co., Inc.

 

  48. Pershing LLC

 

  49. PFS Investments, Inc.

 

  50. PNC Capital Markets LLC

 

  51. Raymond James & Associates, Inc.Raymond James Financial Services, Inc

 

  52. RBC Capital Markets, LLC

 

  53. Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

 

  54. Securities America Inc

 

  55. Southwest Securities, Inc.

 

  56. State Street Global Markets, LLC

 

  57. Sterne Agee & Leach Inc.

 

  58. Stifel Nicholaus & Co Inc

 

  59. SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

 

  60. SVB Securities, Inc.

 

  61. TD Ameritrade

 

  62. Transamerica Capital Inc.

 

  63. U.S. Bancorp Investments Inc

 

  64. UBS Financial Services

 

  65. Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC

 

  66. Wells Fargo Securities LLC

Other Financial Intermediaries, which are not members of FINRA, also may receive Additional Compensation.

During the 12 months ended October 31, 2013, JPMIM and SCR&M paid approximately $139,011,582 and $117,498, respectively, for all the J.P. Morgan Funds pursuant to written agreements with Financial Intermediaries (including both FINRA members and non-members) including written agreements for sub-transfer agency and/or omnibus accounting services (collectively, “Omnibus Sub-Accounting”) and networking.

 

74


Table of Contents

Finder’s Fee. Financial Intermediaries who sell $500,000 or more of Class A Shares in the aggregate of certain J.P. Morgan Income Funds or $1 million or more of Class A Shares in the aggregate of the J.P. Morgan Equity Funds, the J.P. Morgan Specialty Funds, the J.P. Morgan International Funds, the J.P. Morgan Investor Funds, the JPMorgan SmartRetirement Funds, the JPMorgan SmartAllocation Funds, the other J.P. Morgan Income Funds and certain other J.P. Morgan Funds (collectively “Qualifying Funds”) may receive finder’s fees.

With respect to the Funds, such fees are paid in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Amount of Purchases

   Finder’s Fees  

$1,000,000 – 3,999,999*

     1.00

$4,000,000 – $9,999,999

     0.75

$10,000,000 – $49,999,999

     0.50

Over $50,000,000

     0.25

 

* If the total sale of Class A Shares of Qualifying Funds is $1,000,000 or more but the amount of the sale applicable to a Fund is less than $1,000,000, the Financial Intermediary will receive a Finder’s Fee equal to 1.00% of the sale of the Class A Shares of the Fund. The Finder’s Fee Schedule for other Qualifying Funds can be found in the Statement of Additional Information for such Qualifying Funds.

The Distributor may also pay Financial Intermediaries a commission of up to 1.00% of gross sales on sales of Class A Shares to certain defined contribution plans. If such defined contribution plan redeems all of the shares that it owns on behalf of participants within 12 months of the purchase date, then the Financial Intermediaries that have received these commissions will be required to reimburse the Distributor up to 1.00% of the lower of the cost of the shares being redeemed or their NAV at the time of redemption. JPMDS reserves the right to alter or change the finder’s fee policy on these Plans at any time at its own discretion. If a Plan redeems all of the shares for which a finder’s fee has been paid within 12 months of the purchase date, JPMDS will reclaim the finder’s fee paid to the Financial Intermediary rather than charge a CDSC to the Plan.

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013, JPMDS paid approximately $16,013,098 in finder’s fees for all of the J.P. Morgan Funds.

DISTRIBUTION PLAN

The Funds have adopted a plan of distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the “Distribution Plan”) on behalf of the Class A, Class B, Class C and Class R2 Shares of the Funds, which provides that each of such classes shall pay for distribution services a distribution fee (the “Distribution Fee”), to JPMDS, at annual rates not to exceed the amounts set forth below. The Institutional Class, Select Class and Class R6 Shares of the Funds have no Distribution Plan.

JPMDS may use the Rule 12b-1 fees payable under the Distribution Plan to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of Shares, including, but not limited to, (i) the development, formulation and implementation of marketing and promotional activities, including direct mail promotions and television, radio, magazine, newspaper, electronic and media advertising; (ii) the preparation, printing and distribution of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports and any supplements thereto (other than prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports and any supplements thereto used for regulatory purposes or distributed to existing shareholders of each Fund); (iii) the preparation, printing and distribution of sales and promotional materials and sales literature which is provided to various entities and individuals, including brokers, dealers, financial institutions, financial intermediaries, shareholders, and prospective investors in each Fund; (iv) expenditures for sales or distribution support services, including meetings with and assistance to brokers, dealers, financial institutions, and financial intermediaries and in-house telemarketing support services and expenses; (v) preparation of information, analyses, surveys, and opinions with respect to marketing and promotional activities, including those based on meetings with and feedback from JPMDS’s sales force and others including potential investors, shareholders and financial intermediaries; (vi) commissions, incentive compensation, finder’s fees, or other compensation paid to, and expenses of employees of JPMDS, brokers, dealers, and other financial institutions and financial intermediaries that are attributable to any distribution and/or sales support activities, including interest expenses and other costs associated with financing of such commissions, incentive compensation, other compensation, fees, and expenses; (vii) travel, promotional materials, equipment, printing, delivery and mailing costs, overhead and other office expenses of JPMDS and its sales force attributable to any distribution and/or sales support activities, including meetings with brokers, dealers, financial institutions and financial intermediaries in order to provide them with information regarding the Funds and their investment process and management; (viii) the costs of administering the Distribution Plan; (ix) expenses of organizing and conducting sales seminars; and (x) any other costs and expenses relating to any distribution and/or sales support activities.

 

75


Table of Contents

Activities intended to promote one class of shares of a Fund may also benefit the Fund’s other shares and other Funds. Anticipated benefits to the Funds that may result from the adoption of the Distribution Plan are economic advantages achieved through economies of scale and enhanced viability if the Funds accumulate a critical mass.

Class A Shares pay a Distribution Fee of 0.25% of average daily net assets, Class R2 Shares pay a Distribution Fee of 0.50% of average daily net assets and Class B and Class C Shares pay a Distribution Fee of 0.75% of average daily net assets. JPMDS currently expects to pay sales commissions to a dealer at the time of sale of Class B and Class C Shares of the applicable Fund of up to 4.00% and 1.00%, respectively, of the purchase price of the shares sold by such dealer. JPMDS will use its own funds (which may be borrowed or otherwise financed) to pay such amounts. Because JPMDS will receive a maximum Distribution Fee of 0.75% of average daily net assets with respect to Class B and Class C Shares of the Funds, it will take JPMDS several years to recoup the sales commissions paid to dealers and other sales expenses. Some payments under the Distribution Plan may be used to compensate broker-dealers with trail or maintenance commissions in an amount not to exceed 0.25% annualized of the average daily net asset value of Class A Shares, 0.50% annualized of the average daily net asset value of Class R2 Shares and 0.75% annualized of the average daily net asset value of Class B and Class C Shares maintained in a Fund by such broker-dealers’ customers. Such payments on Class A Shares will be paid to broker-dealers immediately. Such payments on Class B and Class C Shares will be paid to broker-dealers beginning in the 13 th month following the purchase of such shares, except certain broker-dealers who have sold Class C Shares to certain defined contribution plans and who have waived the 1.00% sales commission shall be paid trail or maintenance commissions immediately.

No class of shares of a Fund will make payments or be liable for any distribution expenses incurred by other classes of shares of any Fund.

Since the Distribution Fee is not directly tied to expenses, the amount of Distribution Fee paid by a class of a Fund during any year may be more or less than actual expenses incurred pursuant to the Distribution Plan. For this reason, this type of distribution fee arrangement is characterized by the staff of the SEC as being of the “compensation variety” (in contrast to “reimbursement” arrangements by which a distributor’s payments are directly linked to its expenses). With respect to Class B and Class C Shares, because of the 0.75% annual limitation on the compensation paid to JPMDS during a fiscal year, compensation relating to a large portion of the commissions attributable to sales of Class B or Class C Shares in any one year will be accrued and paid by a Fund to JPMDS in fiscal years subsequent thereto. However, the shares are not liable for any distribution expenses incurred in excess of the Distribution fee paid. In determining whether to purchase Class B or Class C Shares, investors should consider that compensation payment could continue until JPMDS has been fully reimbursed for the commissions paid on sales of Class B and Class C Shares.

Each class of shares is entitled to exclusive voting rights with respect to matters concerning its Distribution Plan.

The Distribution Plan provides that it will continue in effect indefinitely if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of both a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Distribution Plan or in any agreement related to such Plan (“Qualified Trustees”).

The Distribution Plan requires that JPMDS shall provide to the Board of Trustees, and the Board of Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and the purposes therefor) under the Distribution Plan. The selection and nomination of Qualified Trustees shall be committed to the discretion of the disinterested Trustees (as defined in the 1940 Act) then in office. The Distribution Plan may be terminated, with respect to any class of a Fund, at any time by a vote of a majority of the Qualified Trustees or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting shares of the class of such Fund to which it applies (as defined in the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder). The Distribution Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of permitted expenses thereunder without the approval of the affected shareholders and may not be materially amended in any case without a vote of the majority of both the Trustees and the Qualified Trustees. Each of the Funds will preserve copies of any plan, agreement or report made pursuant to the Distribution Plan for a period of not less than six years from the date of the Distribution Plan, and for the first two years such copies will be preserved in an easily accessible place.

The Distribution Plan, which was approved by the Board of Trustees on August 19, 2004, represents the combination, amendment and restatement of the existing distribution plans adopted under Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act by the Trust with respect to the classes of Shares specified above.

 

76


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the 12b-1 fees that the Funds paid to JPMDS (waived amounts are in parentheses) with respect to the fiscal periods indicated (amounts in thousands):

 

       For the
Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2011
       For the
Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2012
       For the
Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2013
 
         Paid        Waived        Paid        Waived        Paid      Waived  

Behavioral Value Fund

                           

Class A Shares

     $ 33         $         $ 32         $         $ 203       $    —   

Class B Shares

       13                     11                     8           

Class C Shares

       54                     56                     136           

Class R2 Shares*

       N/A           N/A           N/A           N/A                  

Realty Income Fund

                           

Class A Shares

       47                     92                     144           

Class B Shares

       8                     7                     6           

Class C Shares

       26                     33                     52           

 

* Class R2 shares commenced operations on 04/30/2013
^ Amount rounds to less than $1,000.

CUSTODIAN

Pursuant to the Global Custody and Fund Accounting Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017, JPMorgan Chase Bank serves as the Custodian and Fund Accounting Agent for each Fund and is responsible for holding portfolio securities and cash and maintaining the books of account and records of portfolio transactions. JPMorgan Chase Bank is an affiliate of the Adviser.

For custody services, each Fund pays to JPMorgan Chase Bank annual safekeeping fees of between 0.0006% and 0.35% of assets held by JPMorgan Chase Bank (depending on the domicile in which the asset is held), calculated monthly in arrears and fees between $2.50 and $80 for securities trades (depending on the domicile in which the trade is settled). JPMorgan Chase Bank is also reimbursed for its reasonable out-of-pocket or incidental expenses, including, but not limited to, registration and transfer fees and related legal fees.

JPMorgan Chase Bank may also be paid $15, $35 or $60 per proxy (depending on the country where the issuer is located) for its service which helps facilitate the voting of proxies throughout the world. For securities in the U.S. market, this fee is waived if the Adviser votes the proxies directly.

For fund accounting services, the following schedule shall be employed in the calculation of the fees payable for the services provided under the Global Custody and Fund Accounting Agreement. For purposes of determining the asset levels at which a fee applies, assets for that fund type across the entire J.P. Morgan Funds Complex shall be used.

 

All Funds:

     

Tier One

  

First $75 billion

     0.0025%   

Tier Two

  

Next $75 billion

     0.0020%   

Tier Three

  

Over $150 billion

     0.0015%   

Other Fees:

     

Additional Share Classes

(this additional class expense applies after the third class)

    
$2,000
  

The Funds will also pay a per transaction fee of $8 with respect to servicing of exchange traded derivatives and with respect to bank loans, a per transaction fee of $20 and an annual servicing fee of 0.0040% on the amount of each bank loan.

 

Minimums:

     

All Funds

        $20,000   

In addition, JPMorgan Chase Bank provides derivative servicing with respect to swaps, swaptions and bond and currency options. The fees for these services include a transaction fee of up to $25 per new contract, a fee of up to $25 per contract amendment (including transactions such as trade amendments, cancellations, terminations, novations, option exercises, option expiries, maturities or credit events) and a daily fee of up to $0.40 per contract per day for position management services. In addition a Fund will pay a fee of $2.00 to $5.30 [per day] for the valuation of the derivative positions covered by these services.

 

77


Table of Contents

TRANSFER AGENT

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS” or “Transfer Agent”), 2000 Crown Colony Drive, Quincy, MA 02169, serves as each Fund’s transfer and dividend disbursing agent. As transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent, BFDS is responsible for maintaining account records, detailing the ownership of Fund shares and for crediting income, capital gains and other changes in share ownership to shareholder accounts.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICING

The Trust, on behalf of each of the Funds, has entered into a shareholder servicing agreement, dated February 19, 2005, with JPMDS (“Shareholder Servicing Agreement”). Under the Shareholder Servicing Agreement, JPMDS will provide, or cause its agents to provide, any combination of the (i) personal shareholder liaison services and shareholder account information services (“Shareholder Services”) described below and/or (ii) other related services (“Other Related Services”) as also described below.

“Shareholder Services” include (a) answering shareholder inquiries (through electronic and other means) regarding account status and history, the manner in which purchases and redemptions of Fund shares may be effected, and certain other matters pertaining to the Funds; (b) providing shareholders with information through electronic means; (c) assisting shareholders in completing application forms, designating and changing dividend options, account designations and addresses; (d) arranging for or assisting shareholders with respect to the wiring of the funds to and from shareholder accounts in connection with shareholder orders to purchase, redeem or exchange shares; (e) verifying shareholder requests for changes to account information; (f) handling correspondence from shareholders about their accounts; (g) assisting in establishing and maintaining shareholder accounts with the Trust; and (h) providing other shareholder services as the Trust or a shareholder may reasonably request, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

“Other Related Services” include (a) aggregating and processing purchase and redemption orders for shares; (b) providing shareholders with account statements showing their purchases, sales, and positions in the applicable Fund; (c) processing dividend payments for the applicable Fund; (d) providing sub-accounting services to the Trust for shares held for the benefit of shareholders; (e) forwarding communications from the Trust to shareholders, including proxy statements and proxy solicitation materials, shareholder reports, dividend and tax notices, and updated Prospectuses and SAIs; (f) receiving, tabulating and transmitting proxies executed by shareholders; (g) facilitating the transmission and receipt of funds in connection with shareholder orders to purchase, redeem or exchange shares; (h) developing and maintaining Trust’s website; (i) developing and maintaining facilities to enable transmission of share transactions by electronic and non-electronic means; (j) providing support and related services to Financial Intermediaries in order to facilitate their processing of orders and communications with shareholders; (k) providing transmission and other functionalities for shares included in investment, retirement, asset allocation, cash management or sweep programs or similar programs or services; and (l) developing and maintaining check writing functionality.

Under the Shareholder Servicing Agreement, each Fund has agreed to pay JPMDS, for providing Shareholder Services and other related services, a fee at the following annual rates (expressed as a percentage of the average daily NAV of Fund shares owned by or for shareholders):

 

Select Class, Class A, Class B, Class C and Class R2

     0.25

Institutional Class

     0.10

Class R5

     0.05

To the extent it is not otherwise required by its contractual agreement to limit a Fund’s expenses as described in the Prospectuses for the Funds, JPMDS may voluntarily agree from time to time to waive a portion of the fees payable to it under the Shareholder Servicing Agreement with respect to each Fund on a month-to-month basis.

JPMDS may enter into service agreements with Financial Intermediaries under which it will pay all or a portion of such fees received from the Funds to such entities for performing Shareholder Services and/or Other Related Services, as described above, for shareholders. Such Financial Intermediaries may include, without limitation, any person who is an affiliate of JPMDS.

If not terminated, the Shareholder Servicing Agreement will continue automatically for successive one year terms, beyond October 31 of each year, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the vote of a majority of those members of the Board of Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to the Shareholder Servicing Agreement or interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party. The Shareholder Servicing Agreement may be terminated without penalty, on not less than 60 days’ prior written notice, by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by JPMDS. The Shareholder Servicing Agreement will also terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

 

78


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the fees paid or accrued to JPMDS (the amounts voluntarily waived are in parentheses) for the fiscal periods indicated (amounts in thousands):

 

       Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2011
     Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2012
     Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2013
 
         Paid        Waived      Paid        Waived      Paid      Waived  

Behavioral Value Fund

                       

Class A Shares

     $         ($ 33    $         ($ 32    $ 144       ($ 59

Class B Shares

                 (4                (4      1         (2

Class C Shares

                 (18                (18      29         (16

Institutional Class Shares

       7           (7      6           (6      42         (15

Class R2 Shares*

       N/A           N/A         N/A           N/A                

Select Class Shares*

       N/A           N/A         N/A           N/A         1           

Realty Income Fund

                       

Class A Shares

       47                   79           (13      115         (29

Class B Shares

       3                   2                2        

Class C Shares

       9                   9           (2      15         (3

Institutional Class Shares

       205                   190           (87      205         (206

Class R5 Shares

       46                   26           (85              (232

 

* Class R2 and Select Class shares commenced operations on 4/30/2013.
^ Amount rounds to less than one thousand.

Financial Intermediaries may offer additional services to their customers, including specialized procedures and payment for the purchase and redemption of Fund shares, such as pre-authorized or systematic purchase and redemption programs, “sweep” programs, cash advances and redemption checks. Each Financial Intermediary may establish its own terms and conditions, including limitations on the amounts of subsequent transactions, with respect to such services. Certain Financial Intermediaries may (although they are not required by the Trust to do so) credit to the accounts of their customers from whom they are already receiving other fees amounts not exceeding such other fees or the fees for their services as Financial Intermediaries.

For shareholders that bank with JPMorgan Chase Bank, JPMDS may aggregate investments in the J.P. Morgan Funds with balances held in JPMorgan Chase Bank accounts for purposes of determining eligibility for certain bank privileges that are based on specified minimum balance requirements, such as reduced or no fees for certain banking services or preferred rates on loans and deposits. JPMorgan Chase Bank and certain broker-dealers and other Financial Intermediaries may, at their own expense, provide gifts such as computer software packages, guides and books related to investments or additional Fund shares valued up to $250 to their customers that invest in the J.P. Morgan Funds.

JPMDS or its affiliates may from time to time, at its or their own expense, out of compensation retained by them from the Funds or from other sources available to them, make additional payments to certain selected dealers or other Financial Intermediaries for performing administrative services for their customers. These services include maintaining account records, processing orders to purchase, redeem and exchange Fund shares and responding to certain customer inquiries. The amount of such compensation may be up to an additional 0.10% annually of the average net assets of the Funds attributable to shares of the Funds held by the customer of such Financial Intermediaries. Such compensation does not represent an additional expense to the Funds or to their shareholders, since it will be paid by JPMDS.

JPMDS, the Funds and their affiliates, agents and subagents may share certain information about shareholders and their accounts as permitted by law and as described in the J.P. Morgan Funds Privacy Policy provided with your Prospectus, and also available on the J.P. Morgan Funds’ website at www.jpmorganfunds.com.

OTHER EXPENSES

In addition to the fees payable to JPMIM, the Administrator and the Distributor under various agreements discussed under “Investment Adviser and Sub-Advisers,” “Distributor,” “Administrator” “Shareholder Servicing” and “Distribution Plan” above, each Fund is responsible for paying the expenses incurred in its operations, including its pro-rata share of expenses of the Trust. These expenses include: investment advisory and administrative fees; the compensation of the Trustees; registration fees; interest charges; taxes; expenses connected with the execution, recording and settlement of security transactions; fees and expenses of the Funds’ custodian for all services to the Funds, including safekeeping of funds and securities and maintaining required books and accounts; expenses of preparing and mailing reports to investors and to government offices and commissions; expenses of meetings of

 

79


Table of Contents

investors; fees and expenses of independent accountants, legal counsel and any transfer agent, registrar or dividend disbursing agent of the Trust; insurance premiums; and expenses of calculating the NAV of, and the net income on, shares of the Funds. Shareholder servicing and distribution fees are all allocated to specific classes of the Funds. In addition, the Funds may allocate transfer agency and certain other expenses by class. Service providers to a Fund may, from time to time, voluntarily waive all or a portion of any fees to which they are entitled.

JPMIM, JPMFM and JPMDS have agreed that they will waive fees or reimburse the Funds as described in the Prospectuses.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

Transactions on stock exchanges and other agency transactions for the account of the Funds involve the payment by the Funds of negotiated brokerage commissions. Such commissions vary among different brokers. A particular broker may charge different commissions according to such factors as the difficulty and size of the transaction. There is generally no stated commission in the case of securities traded in the over-the-counter markets, but the price paid by the Funds usually includes an undisclosed dealer commission, markup or markdown. In underwritten offerings, the price paid by the Funds includes a disclosed, fixed commission or discount retained by the underwriter or dealer.

In addition to selecting portfolio investments for the Fund(s) it manages, JPMIM, with respect to the Realty Income Fund, and each sub-adviser selects brokers or dealers to execute securities purchases and sales for the Fund’s account. JPMIM (with respect to the Realty Income Fund) and the sub-advisers are each referred to as an “investment adviser” for the purposes of this section. Each investment adviser selects only brokers or dealers which it believes are financially responsible, will provide efficient and effective services in executing, clearing and settling an order and will charge commission rates which, when combined with the quality of the foregoing services, will produce best price and execution for the transaction. This does not necessarily mean that the lowest available brokerage commission will be paid. However, the commissions are believed to be competitive with generally prevailing rates. Each investment adviser uses its best efforts to obtain information as to the general level of commission rates being charged by the brokerage community from time to time and evaluates the overall reasonableness of brokerage commissions paid on transactions by reference to such data. In making such evaluation, all factors affecting liquidity and execution of the order, as well as the amount of the capital commitment by the broker in connection with the order, are taken into account.

An investment adviser’s receipt of research services from brokers may sometimes be a factor in its selection of a broker that it believes will provide best price and execution for a transaction. These research services include not only a wide variety of reports on such matters as economic and political developments, industries, companies, securities, portfolio strategy, account performance, daily prices of securities, stock and bond market conditions and projections, asset allocation and portfolio structure, but also meetings with management representatives of issuers and with other analysts and specialists. Although it is in many cases not possible to assign an exact dollar value to these services, they may, to the extent used, tend to reduce the investment adviser’s expenses. Such services may be used by an investment adviser in managing other client accounts and in some cases may not be used with respect to the Funds. Receipt of services or products other than research from brokers is not a factor in the selection of brokers. Consistent with the Rules of Fair Practice of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., and subject to seeking best price and execution, purchases of shares of a Fund by customers of broker-dealers may be considered as a factor in the selection of broker-dealers to execute the Fund’s securities transactions.

An investment adviser may cause a Fund to pay a broker-dealer that provides brokerage and research services to the investment adviser an amount of commission for effecting a securities transaction for that Fund in excess of the amount another broker-dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction. The investment adviser must determine in good faith that such greater commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by the executing broker-dealer viewed in terms of that particular transaction or the investment adviser’s overall responsibilities to the Fund and its other clients. The investment adviser’s authority to cause a Fund to pay greater commissions is also subject to such policies as the Trustees of the Trust may adopt from time to time.

Brokerage and research services received from such broker-dealers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by an investment adviser under the advisory agreement. The advisory fees that the Funds pay to an investment adviser will not be reduced as a consequence of the investment adviser’s receipt of brokerage and research services. To the extent the Funds’ portfolio transactions are used to obtain such services, the brokerage commissions paid by the Funds will exceed those that might otherwise be paid by an amount that cannot be presently determined. Such services generally would be useful and of value to an investment adviser in serving

 

80


Table of Contents

one or more of its other clients, and, conversely, such services obtained by the placement of brokerage business of other clients generally would be useful to the investment adviser in carrying out its obligations to the Funds. While such services are not expected to reduce the expenses of an investment adviser, an investment adviser would, through use of the services, avoid the additional expenses that would be incurred if it should attempt to develop comparable information through its own staff.

Transactions in unlisted securities are carried out through broker-dealers who make the primary market for such securities unless, in the judgment of each investment adviser, a more favorable price can be obtained by carrying out such transactions through other brokers or dealers.

The Funds paid the following brokerage commissions to JPMDS for the fiscal periods indicated (amounts in thousands).

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
August  31, 2011
     Fiscal Year Ended
August  31, 2012
     Fiscal Year Ended
August  31, 2013
 

Behavioral Value Fund

        

Total Brokerage Commissions

   $ 40       $ 49       $ 308   

Brokerage Commissions to Affiliated Broker Dealers

                       

Realty Income Fund

        

Total Brokerage Commissions

     1,149         1,051         1,170   

Brokerage Commissions to Affiliated Broker Dealers

                       

Allocation of transactions, including their frequency, to various broker-dealers is determined by JPMIM based on its best judgment and in a manner deemed fair and reasonable to shareholders and consistent with JPMIM’s obligation to obtain the best execution of purchase and sales orders. In making this determination, the Adviser considers a number of factors including, but not limited to: the price per unit of the security, the broker’s execution capabilities, the commissions charged, the broker’s reliability for prompt, accurate confirmations and on-time delivery of securities, the broker-dealer firm’s financial condition, the broker’s ability to provide access to public offerings, as well as the quality of research services provided. Accordingly, in selecting broker-dealers to execute a particular transaction, and in evaluating the best overall terms available, JPMIM is authorized to consider the brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act) provided to the Funds and/or other accounts over which JPMIM exercises investment discretion. JPMIM may cause a Fund to pay a broker-dealer that furnishes brokerage and research services a higher commission than that which might be charged by another broker-dealer for effecting the same transaction, provided that JPMIM determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker-dealer, viewed in terms of either the particular transaction or the overall responsibilities of JPMIM to the Funds. To the extent such services are permissible under the safe harbor requirements of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act and consistent with applicable SEC guidance or interpretation, such brokerage and research services might consist of advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing, or selling securities, the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities, analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts, market data, stock quotes, last sales prices, and trading volumes. Shareholders of the Funds should understand that the services provided by such brokers may be useful to JPMIM in connection with its services to other clients and not all of the services may be used by JPMIM in connection with the Funds.

Under JPMIM’s policy, “soft dollar” services refer to arrangements that fall within the safe harbor requirements of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which allow JPMIM to allocate client brokerage transactions to a broker-dealer in exchange for products or services that are research and brokerage-related and provide lawful and appropriate assistance in the performance of the investment decision-making process. These services include third-party research, market data services, and proprietary broker-dealer research. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 and until October 2009, the Realty Income Fund did not participate in soft dollar arrangements for market data services and third-party research.

Beginning in October 2009, the Realty Income Fund may participate in soft dollar arrangements whereby a broker-dealer provides market data services and third-party research in addition to proprietary research. In order to obtain such research, the Adviser may utilize a Client Commission Arrangement (“CCA”). CCAs are agreements between an investment adviser and executing broker whereby the investment adviser and the broker agree to allocate a portion of commissions to a pool of credits maintained by the broker that are used to pay for eligible brokerage and research services. JPMIM will only enter into and utilize CCAs to the extent permitted by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act. As required by interpretive guidance issued by the SEC, any CCAs

 

81


Table of Contents

entered into by JPMIM with respect to commissions generated by the Realty Income Fund will provide that: (1) the broker-dealer pay the research preparer directly; and (2) the broker-dealer take steps to assure itself that the client commissions that JPMIM directs it to use to pay for such services are only for eligible research under Section 28(e).

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013, the Adviser allocated brokerage commissions to brokers who provided broker research including third party broker research for the Funds as follows:

 

Fund

   Amount  

Behavioral Value Fund

   $ 145,746   

Realty Income Fund

     587,664   

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

The Declaration of Trust currently permits the Trustees to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares ($0.001 par value) of one or more series and classes of each investment portfolio of the Trust (a “series”). The Trust currently has four series. Each share of each Fund represents an equal beneficial interest in the net assets of such Fund with each other share of that Fund and is entitled to a proportionate beneficial interest in the dividends and distributions from that Fund. The shares of each Fund do not have any preemptive rights. Upon termination of any Fund, whether pursuant to liquidation of the Trust or otherwise, shareholders of that Fund are entitled to share pro rata in the net assets of that Fund available for distribution to shareholders. Shares are freely transferable, are not convertible and may be redeemed in accordance with the terms and provisions in the Prospectuses. The Declaration of Trust permits the Trustees to charge shareholders directly for custodial, transfer agency and servicing expenses.

The Declaration of Trust also permits the Trustees, without shareholder approval, to divide the shares of any series into multiple classes of shares with such preferences and other rights as the Trustees may designate. The Trustees may also, without shareholder approval, establish one or more additional separate portfolios for investments in the Trust. Shareholders’ investments in such an additional portfolio would be evidenced by a separate series of shares (i.e., a new “Fund”).

The Declaration of Trust provides for the perpetual existence of the Trust. The Trust or any Fund, however, may be terminated at any time by vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each Fund affected. The Declaration of Trust further provides that the Trustees may also terminate the Trust or any Fund upon written notice to the shareholders.

The assets received by any class of the Funds for the issue or sale of its shares and all income, earnings, profits, losses and proceeds therefrom, subject only to the rights of creditors, are allocated to, and constitute the underlying assets of, that class. The underlying assets of any class of the Funds are segregated and are charged with the expenses with respect to that class and with a share of the general expenses of the corresponding Fund. Any general expenses of a Fund that are not readily identifiable as belonging to a particular class of such Fund are allocated by or under the direction of the Trustees in such manner as the Trustees determine to be fair and equitable. While the expenses of the Trust are allocated to the separate books of account of each Fund, certain expenses may be legally chargeable against the assets of all classes of the Funds.

Voting Rights

Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each full share held (with fractional votes for each fractional share held) and may vote (to the extent provided in the Declaration of Trust) on the election of Trustees and the termination of the Trust and on other matters submitted to the vote of shareholders.

The Declaration of Trust provides that on any matter submitted to a vote of all Trust shareholders, all Trust shares entitled to vote shall be voted together irrespective of series or class unless the rights of a particular series or class would be adversely affected by the vote, in which case a separate vote of that series or class shall be required to decide the question. Also, a separate vote shall be held whenever required by the 1940 Act or any rule thereunder. Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act provides in effect that a series or class shall be deemed to be affected by a matter unless it is clear that the interests of each series or class in the matter are substantially identical or that the matter does not affect any interest of such series or class. On matters affecting an individual series or class, only shareholders of that series or class are entitled to vote. Consistent with the current position of the Securities and Exchange Commission, shareholders of all series and classes vote together, irrespective of series or class, on the election of Trustees and the selection of the Trust’s independent accountants, but shareholders of each series vote separately on other matters requiring shareholder approval, such as certain changes in investment policies of that series or the approval of the investment advisory and sub-advisory agreements relating to that series.

 

82


Table of Contents

There will normally be no meetings of shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees except that, in accordance with the 1940 Act, (i) the Trust will hold a shareholders’ meeting for the election of Trustees at such time as less than a majority of the Trustees holding office have been elected by shareholders, and (ii) if, as a result of a vacancy on the Board of Trustees, less than two-thirds of the Trustees holding office have been elected by the shareholders, that vacancy may be filled only by a vote of the shareholders. In addition, Trustees may be removed from office by a written consent signed by the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares and filed with the Trust’s custodian or by a vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares at a meeting duly called for that purpose, which meeting shall be held upon the written request of the holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding shares.

Upon written request by 10 shareholders of record, who have been such for at least six months preceding the date of such request and who hold shares in the aggregate having a net asset value of at least one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares, stating that such shareholders wish to communicate with the other shareholders for the purpose of obtaining the signatures necessary to demand a meeting to consider removal of a Trustee, the Trust has undertaken to provide a list of shareholders or to disseminate appropriate materials (at the expense of the requesting shareholders).

Except as set forth above, the Trustees shall continue to hold office and may appoint successor Trustees. Voting rights are not cumulative.

No amendment may be made to the Declaration of Trust without the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Trust, except (i) to change the Trust’s name or to cure technical problems in the Declaration of Trust and (ii) to establish, change or eliminate the par value of any shares (currently all shares have no par value).

Ownership of the Shares of the Funds

As of December 1, 2013, the following persons owned of record, or were known by the Trust to own beneficially, 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of the Funds included in this SAI:

 

Name of Fund/Share Class    Name and Address of Shareholder    Percentage
Held
 
BEHAVIORAL VALUE FUND      

CLASS A SHARES

   AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC
707 2ND AVE S
MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405
     6.18%   
     
   CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT FOR
BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS
ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS
101 MONTGOMERY ST
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151
     16.42%   
     
   LPL FINANCIAL
9785 TOWNE CENTRE DRIVE
SAN DIEGO CA 92121-1968
     7.15%   
     
   MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY
HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER
PLAZA TWO FL 3
JERSEY CITY NJ 07311
     18.63%   
     

 

83


Table of Contents
Name of Fund/Share Class    Name and Address of Shareholder    Percentage
Held
 
   NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC
FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR CUSTOMERS
499 WASHINGTON BLVD
ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT 4TH FLOOR
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2010
     13.49%   
     
   PERSHING LLC
P.O. BOX 2052
JERSEY CITY NJ 07303-2052
     7.75%   
     
   UBS WM USA
OMNI ACCOUNT M/F
ATTN DEPARTMENT MANAGER
499 WASHINGTON BLVD FL 9
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2055
     9.25%   
     

CLASS B SHARES

   CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT
FBO CUSTOMERS
ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS
211 MAIN ST
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-1905
     6.82%   
     
   FIRST CLEARING LLC
SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THE
EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER
2801 MARKET STREET
ST LOUIS MO 63103-2523
     38.14%   
     
   JPMORGAN CLEARING CORP OMNIBUS ACCT*
FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS
3 CHASE METROTECH CENTER
3RD FLOOR MUTUAL FUND DEPT
BROOKLYN NY 11245-0001
     25.32%   
     
   PERSHING LLC
P.O. BOX 2052
JERSEY CITY NJ 07303-2052
     6.89%   
     

CLASS C SHARES

   FIRST CLEARING LLC
SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THE
EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER
2801 MARKET STREET
ST LOUIS MO 63103-2523
     18.50%   
     

 

84


Table of Contents
Name of Fund/Share Class    Name and Address of Shareholder    Percentage
Held
 
   MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF
ITS CUSTOMERS
ATTN FUND ADMINISTRATION
4800 DEER LAKE DR E FL 3
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484
     14.21%   
     
   MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY
HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER
PLAZA TWO FL 3
JERSEY CITY NJ 07311
     13.36%   
     
   PERSHING LLC
P.O. BOX 2052
JERSEY CITY NJ 07303-2052
     6.86%   
     
   RAYMOND JAMES
OMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS
ATTN COURTNEY WALLER
880 CARILLON PKWY
ST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100
     10.18%   
     
   UBS WM USA
OMNI ACCOUNT M/F
ATTN DEPARTMENT MANAGER
499 WASHINGTON BLVD FL 9
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2055
     12.25%   
     

INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES

   CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
SPECIAL CUST A/C
FBO EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS
ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS
101 MONTGOMERY ST
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151
     10.06%   
     
   FIRST CLEARING LLC
SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THE
EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER
2801 MARKET STREET
ST LOUIS MO 63103-2523
     23.57%   
     
   MB FINANCIAL - TRUSTEE 0
MB FINANCIAL BANK NA TRUST OPERATI
8TH FLOOR 6111 NORTH RIVER RD
ROSEMONT IL 60440
     8.66%   
     

 

85


Table of Contents
Name of Fund/Share Class    Name and Address of Shareholder    Percentage
Held
 
   MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF
ITS CUSTOMERS
ATTN FUND ADMINISTRATION
4800 DEER LAKE DR EAST 2ND FL
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484
     23.51%   
     
   NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC
FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR
CUSTOMERS
ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT 4TH FL
499 WASHINGTON BLVD
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2010
     5.17%   
     
   T ROWE PRICE RETIREMENT PLAN
SERVICES INC CUST
FBO RETIREMENT PLAN CLIENTS
4515 PAINTERS MILL RD
OWINGS MILLS MD 21117-4903
     7.32%   
     

CLASS R2 SHARES

   JP MORGAN INVESTMENT MGMT*
ATTN LOREN STRIFE OH1-0185
1111 POLARIS PKWY
COLUMBUS OH 43240-2031
     31.73%   
     
   STATE STREET BANK & TRUST
FBO ADP ACCESS PRODUCT
1 LINCOLN ST FL 1
BOSTON MA 02111-2900
     68.04%   
     

CLASS R6 SHARES

   JP MORGAN INVESTMENT MGMT*
ATTN LOREN STRIFE OH1-0185
1111 POLARIS PKWY
COLUMBUS OH 43240-2031
     100.00%   
     

SELECT CLASS SHARES

   MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF
ITS CUSTOMERS
ATTN FUND ADMINISTRATION
4800 DEER LAKE DR E FL 3
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484
     91.54%   
REALTY INCOME FUND   

CLASS A SHARES

   GENWORTH FINANCIAL TRUST COMPANY
FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS
ATTN
3200 N CENTRAL AVE
PHOENIX AZ 85012-2468
     30.47%   
     

 

86


Table of Contents
Name of Fund/Share Class    Name and Address of Shareholder    Percentage
Held
 
   JPMORGAN CLEARING CORP OMNIBUS ACCT*
FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS
3 CHASE METROTECH CENTER
3RD FLOOR MUTUAL FUND DEPT
BROOKLYN NY 11245-0001
     19.81%   
     
   PERSHING LLC
P.O. BOX 2052
JERSEY CITY NJ 07303-2052
     14.87%   
     
   RAYMOND JAMES
OMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS
ATTN COURTNEY WALLER
880 CARILLON PKWY
ST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100
     5.33%   
     
   TD AMERITRADE INC FOR THE
EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR CLIENTS
PO BOX 2226
OMAHA NE 68103-2226
     6.97%   
     

CLASS B SHARES

   FIRST CLEARING LLC
SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THE
EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER
2801 MARKET STREET
ST LOUIS MO 63103-2523
     19.94%   
     
   JPMORGAN CLEARING CORP OMNIBUS ACCT*
FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS
3 CHASE METROTECH CENTER
3RD FLOOR MUTUAL FUND DEPT
BROOKLYN NY 11245-0001
     48.38%   
     
   PERSHING LLC
P.O. BOX 2052
JERSEY CITY NJ 07303-2052
     9.98%   
     

CLASS C SHARES

   FIRST CLEARING LLC
SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THE
EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER
2801 MARKET STREET
ST LOUIS MO 63103-2523
     10.01%   
     

 

87


Table of Contents
Name of Fund/Share Class    Name and Address of Shareholder    Percentage
Held
 
   JPMORGAN CLEARING CORP OMNIBUS ACCT*
FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS
3 CHASE METROTECH CENTER
3RD FLOOR MUTUAL FUND DEPT
BROOKLYN NY 11245-0001
     31.63%   
     
   MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY
HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER
PLAZA TWO FL 3
JERSEY CITY NJ 07311
     16.93%   
     
   RAYMOND JAMES
OMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS
ATTN COURTNEY WALLER
880 CARILLON PKWY
ST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100
     10.95%   
     

INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES

   CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
SPECIAL CUST A/C
FBO EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS
ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS
101 MONTGOMERY ST
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151
     8.79%   
     
   JPMORGAN CHASE BANK N.A.*
FBO CLIENTS
ATTN PB MF OPS 3OPS3 DE3-3740
500 STANTON CHRISTIANA RD
NEWARK DE 19713-2105
     56.93%   
     
   NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC
FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR
CUSTOMERS
ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT 4TH FL
499 WASHINGTON BLVD
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2010
     8.99%   
     

CLASS R5 SHARES

   ATTN MUTUAL FUND OPERATIONS
MAC & CO A/C
PO BOX 3198
PITTSBURGH PA 15230-3198
     20.18%   
     
   JPMIM AS AGENT FOR*
JPMORGAN SMARTRETIREMENT 2020 FUND
ATTN CLIENT SERVICES
500 STANTON CHRISTIANA RD DE3-3650
NEWARK DE 19713-2105
     11.84%   
     

 

88


Table of Contents
Name of Fund/Share Class    Name and Address of Shareholder    Percentage
Held
 
   JPMIM AS AGENT FOR*
JPMORGAN SMARTRETIREMENT 2025 FUND
ATTN CLIENT SERVICES
500 STANTON CHRISTIANA RD DE3-3650
NEWARK DE 19713-2105
     10.86%   
     
   JPMIM AS AGENT FOR*
JPMORGAN SMARTRETIREMENT 2030 FUND
ATTN CLIENT SERVICES
500 STANTON CHRISTIANA RD DE3-3650
NEWARK DE 19713-2105
     15.89%   
     
   JPMIM AS AGENT FOR*
JPMORGAN SMARTRETIREMENT 2035 FUND
ATTN CLIENT SERVICES
500 STANTON CHRISTIANA RD DE3-3650
NEWARK DE 19713-2105
     9.66%   
     
   JPMIM AS AGENT FOR*
JPMORGAN SMARTRETIREMENT 2040 FUND
ATTN CLIENT SERVICES
500 STANTON CHRISTIANA RD DE3-3650
NEWARK DE 19713-2105
     13.55%   

 

* The shareholder of record is a subsidiary or affiliate of JPMorgan Chase & Co. (a “JPMorgan Affiliate”). Typically, the shares are held for the benefit of underlying accounts for which the JPMorgan Affiliate may have voting or investment power. To the extent that JPMorgan Affiliates own 25% or more of a class of shares of a Fund, JPMorgan Chase & Co. may be deemed to be a “controlling person” of such shares under the 1940 Act.

Persons owning 25% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund may be presumed to “control” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) that Fund. As a result, those persons may have the ability to control the outcome on any matter requiring the approval of shareholders of the Fund.

MASSACHUSETTS TRUST

The Trust is organized as a “Massachusetts business trust” of which each Fund is a separate and distinct series. Copies of the Declaration of Trust for the Trust are on file in the office of the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The Declaration of Trust and the By Laws of the Trust are designed to make each Trust similar in most respects to a Massachusetts business corporation. The principal distinction between the two forms concerns shareholder liability as described below.

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of such a trust may, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable as partners for the obligations of the trust which is not the case for a corporation. However, the Trust’s Declaration of Trust provides that the shareholders shall not be subject to any personal liability for the acts or obligations of the Funds and that every written agreement, obligation, instrument or undertaking made on behalf of the Funds shall contain a provision to the effect that the shareholders are not personally liable thereunder.

No personal liability will attach to the shareholders under any undertaking containing such provision when adequate notice of such provision is given, except possibly in a few jurisdictions. With respect to all types of claims in the latter jurisdictions, (i) tort claims, (ii) contract claims where the provision referred to is omitted from the undertaking, (iii) claims for taxes, and (iv) certain statutory liabilities in other jurisdictions, a shareholder may be held personally liable to the extent that claims are not satisfied by the Funds. However, upon payment of such liability, the shareholder will be entitled to reimbursement from the general assets of the Funds. The Board of Trustees intends to conduct the operations of the Trust in such a way so as to avoid, as far as possible, ultimate liability of the shareholders for liabilities of the Funds.

 

89


Table of Contents

The Trust will indemnify its Trustees and officers against liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved because of their offices with the Trust, unless, as to liability to the Trust or its shareholders, it is finally adjudicated that they engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in their offices or with respect to any matter unless it is finally adjudicated that they did not act in good faith in the reasonable belief that their actions were in the best interests of the Trust. In the case of settlement, such indemnification will not be provided unless it has been determined by a court or other body approving the settlement or other disposition, or by a reasonable determination based upon a review of readily available facts, by vote of a majority of disinterested Trustees or in a written opinion of independent counsel, that such officers or Trustees have not engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of their duties.

The Trust shall continue without limitation of time subject to the provisions in the Declaration of Trust concerning termination by action of the shareholders or by action of the Trustees upon notice to the shareholders.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust and the Funds is PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 300 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10017. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP conducts an annual audit of the financial statements of each of the Funds and assists in the preparation and/or review of each Fund’s federal and state income tax returns.

TRUST COUNSEL

The law firm of Dechert LLP, 1095 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10036-6797, is counsel to the Trust.

FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

As described in “ SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ” in this SAI, JPMDS may enter into service agreements with Financial Intermediaries under which it will pay all or a portion of the shareholder servicing fees it receives from the Funds to such Financial Intermediaries for performing Shareholder Services and/or Other Related Services for Financial Intermediaries’ customers who are shareholders of the Funds. In addition, as described in “ DISTRIBUTION PLAN ” in this SAI, JPMDS may enter into Mutual Fund Sales Agreements with Financial Intermediaries under which it will pay all or a portion of the Distribution Fees it receives from the Funds to such Financial Intermediaries for providing distribution services and marketing support.

In addition, the Funds may enter into agreements with Financial Intermediaries pursuant to which the Funds will pay the Financial Intermediary for services such as networking, or sub-transfer agency and/or omnibus sub-accounting (collectively, “Omnibus Sub-Accounting”) or networking. Payments made pursuant to such agreements are generally based on either (1) a percentage of the average daily net assets of clients serviced by such Financial Intermediary up to a set maximum dollar amount per shareholder account serviced, or (2) the number of accounts serviced by such Financial Intermediary. Any payments made pursuant to such agreements are in addition to, rather than in lieu of, Rule 12b-1 fees and shareholder servicing fees the Financial Intermediary may also be receiving pursuant to agreements with the Distributor and shareholder servicing agent, respectively. From time to time, JPMDS, JPMIM or their affiliates may pay a portion of the fees for networking or Omnibus Sub-Accounting at its or their own expense out of its or their own resources.

Financial Intermediaries may offer additional services to their customers, including specialized procedures and payment for the purchase and redemption of Fund shares, such as pre-authorized or systematic purchase and redemption programs, “sweep” programs, cash advances and redemption checks. Certain Financial Intermediaries may (although they are not required by the Trusts to do so) credit to the accounts of their customers from whom they are already receiving other fees amounts not exceeding such other fees or the fees for their services as Financial Intermediaries.

Financial Intermediaries may establish their own terms and conditions for providing their services and may charge investors a transaction-based or other fee for their services. Such charges may vary among Financial Intermediaries, but in all cases will be retained by the Financial Intermediary and will not be remitted to a Fund or JPMDS.

Certain Funds have authorized one or more Financial Intermediaries to accept purchase and redemption orders on their behalf. Such Financial Intermediaries are authorized to designate other intermediaries to accept purchase

 

90


Table of Contents

and redemption orders on a Fund’s behalf. Such Funds will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when a Financial Intermediary or, if applicable, that Financial Intermediary’s authorized designee accepts the order. These orders will be priced at the Fund’s NAV next calculated after they are so accepted.

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Each Fund declares and pays dividends and distributions as described under “Distributions and Tax Matters” in the Prospectuses. Dividends may differ between classes as a result of differences in other class specific expenses.

Dividends and capital gains distributions paid by a Fund are automatically reinvested in additional shares of the Fund unless the shareholder has elected to have them paid in cash. Dividends and distributions to be paid in cash are credited to the shareholder’s pre-assigned bank account or are mailed by check in accordance with the customer’s instructions. The Funds reserve the right to discontinue, alter or limit the automatic reinvestment privilege at any time.

If a shareholder has elected to receive dividends and/or capital gain distributions in cash and the postal or other delivery service is unable to deliver checks to the shareholder’s address of record, such shareholder’s distribution option will automatically be converted to having all dividend and other distributions reinvested in additional shares. No interest will accrue on amounts represented by uncashed distribution or redemption checks. With regard to Funds that accrue dividends daily, dividends will only begin to accrue after a Fund receives payment for shares. Once a Fund distributes proceeds from a redemption, shares are no longer entitled to receive any dividends that are declared.

NET ASSET VALUE

Shares are sold at NAV per share, plus a sales charge, if any. This is also known as the offering price. Shares are also redeemed at NAV, minus any applicable deferred sales charges. Each class of shares in each Fund has a different NAV. This is primarily because each class has class specific expenses such as distribution and shareholder servicing fees.

The NAV per share of a class of a Fund is equal to the value of all the assets attributable to that class, minus the liabilities attributable to that class, divided by the number of outstanding shares of that class. The following is a discussion of the procedures used by the Funds in valuing their assets.

Securities for which market quotations are readily available are generally valued at their current market value. Other securities and assets, including securities for which market quotations are not readily available; market quotations are determined not to be reliable; or, their value has been materially affected by events occurring after the close of trading on the exchange or market on which the security is principally traded (for example, a natural disaster affecting an entire country or region, or an event that affects an individual company) but before a Fund’s NAV is calculated, may be valued at its fair value in accordance with policies and procedures adopted by the J.P. Morgan Funds’ Board of Trustees. Fair value represents a good faith determination of the value of a security or other asset based upon specifically applied procedures. Fair valuation determinations may require subjective determinations. There can be no assurance that the fair value of an asset is the price at which the asset could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair value was used in determining the Fund’s NAV.

Equity securities listed on a North American, Central American, South American or Caribbean (“Americas”) securities exchange are generally valued at the last sale price on the exchange on which the security is principally traded that is reported before the time when the net assets of the Funds are valued. The value of securities listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. is generally the NASDAQ official closing price.

Generally, trading of foreign securities on most foreign markets is completed before the close in trading in U.S. markets. The Funds have implemented fair value pricing on a daily basis for all equity securities other than Americas equity securities. The fair value pricing utilizes the quotations of an independent pricing service. Trading on foreign markets may also take place on days on which the U.S. markets and the Funds are closed.

Shares of open-end investment companies are valued at their NAVs.

Fixed income securities with a remaining maturity of 61 days or more are valued using market quotations supplied by approved independent third party pricing services, affiliated pricing services or broker/dealers. In determining security prices, pricing services and broker/dealers may consider a variety of inputs and factors, including, but not limited to proprietary models that may take into account market transactions in securities with comparable characteristics, yield curves, option-adjusted spreads, credit spreads, estimated default rates, coupon rates, underlying collateral and estimated cash flows.

 

91


Table of Contents

Generally, short-term securities which mature in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost if their maturity at acquisition was 60 days or less, or by amortizing their value on the 61st day prior to maturity, if their maturity when acquired by a Fund was more than 60 days.

Assets and liabilities initially expressed in foreign currencies will be converted into U.S. dollars at the prevailing market rates from an approved independent pricing service as of 4:00 p.m. ET.

Options (e.g., on stock indices or equity securities) traded on U.S. equity securities exchanges are valued at the composite mean price, using the National Best Bid and Offer quotes at the close of options trading on such exchanges.

Options traded on foreign exchanges or U.S. commodity exchanges are valued at the settled price, or if no settled price is available, at the last sale price available prior to the calculation of a Fund’s NAV.

Exchange traded futures (e.g., on stock indices, debt securities or commodities) are valued at the settled price, or if no settled price is available, at the last sale price as of the close of the exchanges on which they trade.

Non-listed over-the-counter options and futures are valued at the evaluated price provided by a counterparty or broker/dealer.

Swaps and structured notes are priced generally by an approved independent third party or affiliated pricing service or at an evaluated price provided by a counterparty or broker/dealer.

Certain fixed income securities and swaps may be valued using market quotations or valuations provided by pricing services affiliated with the Adviser. Valuations received by the Funds from affiliated pricing services are the same as those provided to other affiliated and unaffiliated entities by these affiliated pricing services.

The amortized cost method of valuation values a security at its cost at the time of purchase and thereafter assumes an amortization that would produce a constant yield to maturity of any discount or premium, regardless of the impact of fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the instrument. The Board of Trustees has established procedures and directed certain officers of the Funds to monitor the differences between the NAVs calculated based on amortized cost and market value at predetermined intervals but no less frequently than weekly, and to report to the Board of Trustees such differences. If a difference of more than 1/2 of 1% occurs between valuation based on the amortized cost method and valuation based on market value, the Board of Trustees may take steps necessary to reduce such deviation if it believes that such deviation will result in material dilution or any unfair results to investors or existing shareholders. Actions that may be taken by the Board of Trustees include (i) redeeming shares in kind, (ii) selling portfolio instruments prior to maturity to realize capital gains or losses or to shorten the average maturity of portfolio securities, (iii) withholding or supplementing dividends (iv) utilizing a net asset value per share as determined by using available market quotations, or (v) reducing the number of outstanding Fund shares. Any reduction of outstanding shares will be accomplished by having each shareholder contribute to a Fund’s capital the necessary shares on a pro rata basis. Each shareholder will be deemed to have agreed to such contribution in these circumstances by his or her investment in the Funds.

With respect to all Funds, securities or other assets for which market quotations are not readily available or for which market quotations do not represent the value at the time of pricing (including certain illiquid securities) are fair valued in accordance with policies and procedures (“policies”) established by and under the supervision and responsibility of the Trustees. The Board of Trustees has established an Audit and Valuation Committee to assist the Board of Trustees in its oversight of the valuation of the Funds’ securities and delegated to JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc., an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase & Co. (the “Administrator” or “JPMFM”), the responsibility for implementing the day-to-day operational aspects of the valuation process. The Administrator has created the J.P. Morgan Asset Management (“JPMAM”) Americas Valuation Committee (“VC”) to oversee and carry out the Policies for the valuation of investments held in the Funds. The VC is comprised of senior representatives from JPMFM, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (“JPMIM” or the “Adviser”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Asset Management Holdings Inc. (“JPMAM Holdings”), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase, JPMorgan’s Legal, Compliance and Risk Management and the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer. J.P. Morgan Asset Management (“JPMAM”) is the marketing name for the asset management businesses of JPMorgan Chase & Co. Fair value situations could include, but are not limited to: (1) a significant event that affects the value of a Fund’s securities (e.g., news relating to natural disasters affecting an issuer’s operations or earnings announcements); (2) illiquid securities; (3) securities that may be defaulted or de-listed from an exchange and are no longer trading; or (4) any other circumstance in which the VC believes that market quotations do not accurately reflect the value of a security.

 

92


Table of Contents

From time to time, there may be errors in the calculation of the NAV of a Fund or the processing of purchases and redemptions. Shareholders will generally not be notified of the occurrence of an error or the resolution thereof.

DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAX MATTERS

The following discussion is a brief summary of some of the important federal (and, where noted, state) income tax consequences affecting each Fund and its shareholders. There may be other tax considerations applicable to particular shareholders. The Funds are not intended for foreign shareholders. As a result, this section does not address in detail the tax consequences affecting any shareholder who, as to the U.S., is a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust or estate, foreign corporation, or foreign partnership. This section is based on the Code, the regulations thereunder, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. The following tax discussion is very general; therefore, prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors about the impact an investment in a Fund may have on their own tax situations and the possible application of foreign, state and local law.

Each Fund generally will be treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes, and thus the provisions of the Code generally will be applied to each Fund separately. Net long-term and short-term capital gain, net income and operating expenses therefore will be determined separately for each Fund.

Special tax rules apply to investments held through defined contribution plans and other tax-qualified plans. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the suitability of shares of a Fund as an investment through such plans.

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company

Each Fund intends to elect to be treated and qualify each year as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded regulated investment companies and their shareholders, each Fund must, among other things:

 

  (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gain from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities, or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gain from options, swaps, futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies and (ii) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (“QPTPs”, defined below);

 

  (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and other securities, limited in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested (x) in the securities (other than cash or cash items, or securities issued by the U.S. government or other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers that a Fund controls and that are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses, or (y) in the securities of one or more QPTPs. In the case of a Fund’s investments in loan participations, the Fund shall treat both the financial intermediary and the issuer of the underlying loan as an issuer for the purposes of meeting this diversification requirement; and

 

  (c) distribute with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid—generally, taxable ordinary income and any excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) and net tax-exempt interest income, for such year.

In general, for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described in paragraph (a) above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized by the regulated investment company. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a QPTP (defined as a partnership (x) interests in which are traded on an established securities markets or readily tradable on a secondary market as the substantial equivalents thereof, (y) that derives at least 90% of its income from passive income sources defined in Code section 7704(d), and (z) that derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in (a)(i) above) will be treated as qualifying income. Although income from a QPTP is qualifying income, as discussed above,

 

93


Table of Contents

investments in QPTPs cannot exceed 25% of a Fund’s assets. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to regulated investment companies, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a QPTP.

Gains from foreign currencies (including foreign currency options, foreign currency swaps, foreign currency futures and foreign currency forward contracts) currently constitute qualifying income for purposes of the 90% test, described in paragraph (a) above. However, the Treasury Department has the authority to issue regulations (possibly with retroactive effect) excluding from the definition of “qualifying income” a fund’s foreign currency gains to the extent that such income is not directly related to the fund’s principal business of investing in stock or securities.

For purposes of paragraph (b) above, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” will include the equity securities of a QPTP. A Fund’s investment in MLPs may qualify as an investment in (1) a QPTP, (2) a “regular” partnership, (3) a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”) or (4) a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The treatment of particular MLPs for U.S. federal income tax purposes will affect the extent to which a Fund can invest in MLPs. The U.S. federal income tax consequences of a Fund’s investments in “PFICs” and “regular” partnerships are discussed in greater detail below.

In addition, for purposes of paragraph (b) above, the identification of the issuer (or, in some cases, issuers) of a particular Fund investment can depend on the terms and conditions of that investment. In some cases, identification of the issuer (or issuers) is uncertain under current law, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to issuer identification for a particular type of investment may adversely affect a Fund’s ability to meet the diversification test in (b) above.

If a Fund qualifies for a taxable year as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment, the Fund will not be subject to federal income tax on income distributed in a timely manner to its shareholders in the form of dividends (including Capital Gain Dividends, defined below). If a Fund were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company accorded special tax treatment in any taxable year, the Fund would be subject to taxation on its taxable income at corporate rates, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gain, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Some portions of such distributions may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders and for treatment as qualified dividend income in the case of individual shareholders. In addition, a Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gain, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make substantial distributions before re-qualifying as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment.

Each Fund intends to distribute at least annually to its shareholders all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction) and may distribute its net capital gain (that is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). Investment company taxable income which is retained by a Fund will be subject to tax at regular corporate tax rates. A Fund might also retain for investment its net capital gain. If a Fund does retain such net capital gain, such gain will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained, but the Fund may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its shareholders who (i) will be required to include in income for federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their respective shares of the undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their respective shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of a Fund will be increased by an amount equal under current law to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gain included in the shareholder’s gross income and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence.

In determining its net capital gain, including in connection with determining the amount available to support a Capital Gain Dividend, its taxable income and its earnings and profits, a Fund may elect to treat part or all of any post-October capital loss (defined as the greatest of net capital loss, net long-term capital loss, or net short-term capital loss, in each case attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31) or late-year ordinary loss (generally, (i) net ordinary loss from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property, attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31, plus (ii) other net ordinary loss attributable to the portion of the taxable year after December 31) as if incurred in the succeeding taxable year.

Excise Tax on Regulated Investment Companies

If a Fund fails to distribute in a calendar year an amount equal to the sum of 98% of its ordinary income for such year and 98.2% of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 (or later if the Fund is permitted to elect and so elects), plus any retained amount from the prior year, the Fund will be subject to a

 

94


Table of Contents

nondeductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts. The Funds intend to make distributions sufficient to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax, although each Fund reserves the right to pay an excise tax rather than make an additional distribution when circumstances warrant (e.g., the excise tax amount is deemed by a Fund to be de minimis ). Certain derivative instruments give rise to ordinary income and loss. If a Fund has a taxable year that begins in one calendar year and ends in the next calendar year, the Fund will be required to make this excise tax distribution during its taxable year. There is a risk that a Fund could recognize income prior to making this excise tax distribution and could recognize losses after making this distribution. As a result, an excise tax distribution could constitute a return of capital (see discussion below).

Fund Distributions

The Funds anticipate distributing substantially all of their net investment income for each taxable year. Distributions are taxable to shareholders even if they are paid from income or gain earned by the Fund before a shareholder’s investment (and thus were included in the price the shareholder paid). Distributions are taxable whether shareholders receive them in cash or reinvest them in additional shares. A shareholder whose distributions are reinvested in shares will be treated as having received a dividend equal to the fair market value of the new shares issued.

Dividends and distributions on a Fund’s shares generally are subject to federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may represent economically a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such dividends and distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when a Fund’s net asset value reflects gains that are either (i) unrealized, or (ii) realized but not distributed.

For federal income tax purposes, distributions of net investment income generally are taxable as ordinary income. Taxes on distributions of capital gain are determined by how long a Fund owned the investment that generated it, rather than how long a shareholder may have owned shares in the Fund. Distributions of net capital gain from the sale of investments that a Fund owned for more than one year and that are properly designated by the Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable as long-term capital gain. Distributions of capital gain generally are made after applying any available capital loss carryovers. For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, the maximum individual rate applicable to long-term capital gains is either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts. A distribution of gain from the sale of investments that a Fund owned for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income. Distributions attributable to gain from the sale of MLPs that is characterized as ordinary income under the Code’s recapture provisions will be taxable as ordinary income.

Under the Regulated Investment Company Modernization Act of 2010 (the “2010 Act”), net capital losses recognized by the Fund after August 31, 2011, are carried forward indefinitely, and retain their character as short-term and/or long-term losses. Prior to the 2010 Act, net capital losses incurred by the Fund were carried forward for eight years and treated as short-term losses. The 2010 Act requires that net capital losses after August 31, 2011 be used before any prior net capital losses.

For Federal income tax purposes, the following Fund had capital loss carryforwards for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands) incurred prior to the enactment of the 2010 Act:

 

         Capital Loss
Carryforwards
       Expiration Date  

Behavioral Value Fund

     $ 227           8/31/2017   
       15,137           8/31/2018   
    

 

 

      

Remaining

     $ 15,364        

To the extent that these capital losses are used to offset future capital gains, it is probable that gains so offset will not be distributed to shareholders.

Distributions of investment income designated by a Fund as derived from “qualified dividend income” will be taxed in the hands of individuals at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain. In order for some portion of the dividends received by a Fund shareholder to be qualified dividend income, the Fund must meet certain holding-period and other requirements with respect to some portion of the dividend-paying stocks in its portfolio, and the shareholder must meet certain holding-period and other requirements with respect to the Fund’s shares. A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (at either the Fund or shareholder level) (i) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the

 

95


Table of Contents

date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date), (ii) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (iii) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment interest for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest, or (iv) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the U.S. (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S.) or (b) treated as a PFIC.

In general, distributions of investment income designated by a Fund as derived from qualified dividend income will be treated as qualified dividend income by a non-corporate taxable shareholder so long as the shareholder meets the holding period and other requirements described above with respect to the Fund’s shares. In any event, if the qualified dividend income received by each Fund during any taxable year is equal to or greater than 95% of its “gross income”, then 100% of the Fund’s dividends (other than dividends that are properly designated as Capital Gain Dividends) will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income. For this purpose, the only gain included in the term “gross income” is the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss.

If a Fund receives dividends from an underlying fund, and the underlying fund designates such dividends as “qualified dividend income,” then the Fund may, in turn, designate a portion of its distributions as “qualified dividend income” as well, provided the Fund meets the holding-period and other requirements with respect to shares of the underlying fund.

Any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any Capital Gain Dividends received by the shareholder with respect to those shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares will be disallowed if other shares of such Fund are purchased within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

A distribution paid to shareholders by a Fund in January of a year generally is deemed to have been received by shareholders on December 31 of the preceding year, if the distribution was declared and payable to shareholders of record on a date in October, November, or December of that preceding year. The Funds will provide federal tax information annually, including information about dividends and distributions paid during the preceding year to taxable investors and others requesting such information.

If a Fund makes a distribution to its shareholders in excess of its current and accumulated “earnings and profits” in any taxable year, the excess distribution will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of each shareholder’s basis (for tax purposes) in its shares, and any distribution in excess of basis will be treated as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces the shareholder’s basis in its shares, which reduces the loss (or increases the gain) on a subsequent taxable disposition by such shareholder of the shares.

Dividends of net investment income received by corporate shareholders (other than shareholders that are S corporations) of a Fund will qualify for the 70% dividends-received deduction generally available to corporations to the extent of the amount of qualifying dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations for the taxable year. A dividend received by a Fund will not be treated as a qualifying dividend (1) if the stock on which the dividend is paid is considered to be “debt-financed” (generally, acquired with borrowed funds), (2) if it has been received with respect to any share of stock that the Fund has held less than 46 days (91 days in the case of certain preferred stock) during the 91-day period beginning on the date which is 45 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date in the case of certain preferred stock) or (3) to the extent that the Fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the dividends received deduction may be disallowed or reduced (1) if the corporate shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its shares of a Fund or (2) by application of the Code. However, any distributions received by a Fund from real estate investment trusts REITs and PFICs will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, an additional 3.8% Medicare tax will be imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from a Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of fund shares, but excluding any exempt interest dividends from a Fund) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts.

 

96


Table of Contents

Sale or Redemption of Shares

The sale, exchange, or redemption of Fund shares may give rise to a gain or loss. In general, any gain or loss arising from (or treated as arising from) the sale or redemption of shares of a Fund will be considered capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares were held for more than one year. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or redemption of shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received on (or undistributed capital gains credited with respect to) such shares. Additionally, any loss realized upon the sale or exchange of Fund shares with a tax holding period of six months or less may be disallowed to the extent of any distributions treated as exempt interest dividends with respect to such shares. For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, the maximum individual rate applicable to long-term capital gains is either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts. Capital gain of a corporate shareholder is taxed at the same rate as ordinary income. Depending on a shareholder’s percentage ownership in the Fund, a partial redemption of Fund shares could cause the shareholder to be treated as receiving a dividend, taxable as ordinary income in an amount equal to the full amount of the distribution, rather than capital gain income.

Fund Investments

In general, option premiums received by a Fund are not immediately included in the income of the Fund. Instead, the premiums are recognized when the option contract expires, the option is exercised by the holder, or the Fund transfers or otherwise terminates the option (e.g., through a closing transaction). If an option written by a Fund is exercised and the Fund sells or delivers the underlying stock, the Fund generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to (a) sum of the strike price and the option premium received by the Fund minus (b) the Fund’s basis in the stock. Such gain or loss generally will be short-term or long-term depending upon the holding period of the underlying stock. If securities are purchased by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Fund generally will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased. The gain or loss with respect to any termination of a Fund’s obligation under an option other than through the exercise of the option and related sale or delivery of the underlying stock generally will be short-term gain or loss depending on whether the premium income received by the Fund is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund (if any) in terminating the transaction. Thus, for example, if an option written by a Fund expires unexercised, the Fund generally will recognize short-term gain equal to the premium received.

Certain covered call writing activities of the Funds may trigger the U.S. federal income tax straddle rules of Section 1092 of the Code, requiring that losses be deferred and holding periods be tolled on offsetting positions in options and stocks deemed to constitute substantially similar or related property. Options on single stocks that are not “deep in the money” may give rise to qualified covered calls, which generally are not subject to the straddle rules; the holding period on stock underlying qualified covered calls that are “in the money” although not “deep in the money” will be suspended during the period that such calls are outstanding. Thus, the straddle rules and the rules governing qualified covered calls could cause gains that would otherwise constitute long-term capital gains to be treated as short-term capital gains, and distributions that would otherwise constitute “qualified dividend income” or qualify for the dividends-received deduction to fail to satisfy the holding period requirements and therefore to be taxed as ordinary income or to fail to qualify for the 70% dividends-received deduction, as the case may be.

The tax treatment of certain futures contracts entered into by a Fund as well as listed non-equity options written or purchased by a Fund on U.S. exchanges (including options on futures contracts, equity indices and debt securities) will be governed by section 1256 of the Code (“section 1256 contracts”). Gains or losses on section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses (“60/40”), although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary in character. Also, section 1256 contracts held by a Fund at the end of each taxable year (and, for purposes of the 4% excise tax, on certain other dates as prescribed under the Code) are “marked to market” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized and the resulting gain or loss is treated as ordinary or 60/40 gain or loss, as applicable.

In addition to the special rules described above in respect of futures and options transactions, a Fund’s transactions in other derivative instruments (e.g., forward contracts and swap agreements), as well as any of its other hedging, short sale or similar transactions, may be subject to one or more special tax rules (e.g., notional principal contract, straddle, constructive sale, wash sale and short sale rules). In a given case, these rules may accelerate income to a Fund, defer losses to a Fund, cause adjustments in the holding periods of a Fund’s securities, convert long-term capital gain into short-term capital gain, convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital loss, or otherwise affect the character of a Fund’s income. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and

 

97


Table of Contents

character of distributions to shareholders and cause differences between a Fund’s book income and its taxable income. If a Fund’s book income exceeds its taxable income, the distribution (if any) of such excess generally will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the Fund’s remaining earnings and profits (including earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset. If a Fund’s book income is less than taxable income, the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment. Income earned as a result of these transactions would, in general, not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction or for treatment as exempt-interest dividends when distributed to shareholders. The Funds will endeavor to make any available elections pertaining to such transactions in a manner believed to be in the best interest of each Fund and its shareholders.

A Fund’s participation in loans of securities may affect the amount, timing, and character of distributions to shareholders. With respect to any security subject to a securities loan, any (i) amounts received by a Fund in place of dividends earned on the security during the period that such security was not directly held by the Fund will not give rise to qualified dividend income and (ii) withholding taxes accrued on dividends during the period that such security was not directly held by the Fund will not qualify as a foreign tax paid by the Fund and therefore cannot be passed through to shareholders even if the Fund meets the requirements described in “Foreign Taxes,” below.

Certain debt securities purchased by the Funds are sold at an original issue discount and thus do not make periodic cash interest payments. Similarly, zero-coupon bonds do not make periodic interest payments. Generally, the amount of the original issue discount is treated as interest income and is included in taxable income (and required to be distributed) over the term of the debt security even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, usually when the debt security matures. In addition, payment-in-kind securities will give rise to income that is required to be distributed and is taxable even though a Fund holding the security receives no interest payment in cash on the security during the year. Because each Fund distributes substantially all of its net investment income to its shareholders (including such imputed interest), a Fund may have to sell portfolio securities in order to generate the cash necessary for the required distributions. Such sales may occur at a time when the Adviser would not otherwise have chosen to sell such securities and may result in a taxable gain or loss.

Some of the Funds may invest in inflation-linked debt securities. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-linked debt security will be original issue discount, which is taxable as ordinary income and is required to be distributed, even though the Fund will not receive the principal, including any increase thereto, until maturity. A Fund investing in such securities may be required to liquidate other investments, including at times when it is not advantageous to do so, in order to satisfy its distribution requirements and to eliminate any possible taxation at the Fund level.

A Fund may invest to a significant extent in debt obligations that are in the lowest rated categories (or are unrated), including debt obligations of issuers that are not currently paying interest or that are in default. Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of being in default (or are presently in default) present special tax issues for a Fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when a Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities and how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by each Fund when, as and if it invests in such securities, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company and does not become subject to U.S. federal income taxation or any excise tax.

Transactions of certain Funds in foreign currencies, foreign currency denominated debt securities and certain foreign currency options, future contracts and forward contracts (and similar instruments) may accelerate income recognition and result in ordinary income or loss to a Fund for federal income tax purposes which will be taxable to the shareholders as such when it is distributed to them.

Special tax considerations apply if a Fund invests in investment companies that are taxable as partnerships for federal income tax purposes. In general, the Fund will not recognize income earned by such an investment company until the close of the investment company’s taxable year. But the Fund will recognize such income as it is earned by the investment company for purposes of determining whether it is subject to the 4% excise tax. Therefore, if the Fund and such an investment company have different taxable years, the Fund may be compelled to make distributions in excess of the income recognized from such an investment company in order to avoid the imposition of the 4% excise tax. A Fund’s receipt of a non-liquidating cash distribution from an investment company taxable as a partnership generally will result in recognized gain (but not loss) only to the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds the Fund’s adjusted basis in shares of such investment company before the distribution. A Fund

 

98


Table of Contents

that receives a liquidating cash distribution from an investment company taxable as a partnership will recognize capital gain or loss to the extent of the difference between the proceeds received by the Fund and the Fund’s adjusted tax basis in shares of such investment company; however, the Fund will recognize ordinary income, rather than capital gain, to the extent that the Fund’s allocable share of “unrealized receivables” (including any accrued but untaxed market discount) exceeds the shareholder’s share of the basis in those unrealized receivables.

Some amounts received by each Fund with respect to its investments in MLPs will likely be treated as a return of capital because of accelerated deductions available with respect to the activities of such MLPs. On the disposition of an investment in such an MLP, a Fund will likely realize taxable income in excess of economic gain with respect to that asset (or, if the Fund does not dispose of the MLP, the Fund likely will realize taxable income in excess of cash flow with respect to the MLP in a later period), and the Fund must take such income into account in determining whether the Fund has satisfied its distribution requirements. The Fund may have to borrow or liquidate securities to satisfy its distribution requirements and to meet its redemption requests, even though investment considerations might otherwise make it undesirable for the Fund to sell securities or borrow money at such time.

Some of the Funds may invest in REITs. Such investments in REIT equity securities may require a Fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received. In order to generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, the Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold. A Fund’s investments in REIT equity securities may at other times result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if the Fund distributes such amounts, such distribution could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for federal income tax purposes. Dividends received by a Fund from a REIT generally will not constitute qualified dividend income.

A Fund might invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) or equity interests in taxable mortgage pools (“TMPs”). Under a notice issued by the IRS in October 2006 and Treasury regulations that have not yet been issued (but may apply with retroactive effect) a portion of a Fund’s income from a REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC or a TMP (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to federal income taxation in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as each of the Funds, will generally be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC or TMP residual interest directly.

In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions) and (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income. In addition, because the Code provides that excess inclusion income is ineligible for treaty benefits, a regulated investment company must withhold tax on excess inclusions attributable to its foreign shareholders at a 30% rate of withholding, regardless of any treaty benefits for which a shareholder is otherwise eligible.

Any investment in residual interests of a CMO that has elected to be treated as a REMIC can create complex tax problems, especially if a Fund has state or local governments or other tax-exempt organizations as shareholders. Under current law, the Fund serves to block unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) from being realized by its tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder will recognize UBTI by virtue of its investment in a Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b). Furthermore, a tax-exempt shareholder may recognize UBTI if a Fund recognizes “excess inclusion income” derived from direct or indirect investments in REMIC residual interests or TMPs if the amount of such income recognized by the Fund exceeds the Fund’s investment company taxable income (after taking into account deductions for dividends paid by the Fund).

In addition, special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (“CRTs”) that invest in regulated investment companies that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or in TMPs. Under legislation enacted in December 2006, a CRT, as defined in section 664 of the Code, that realizes UBTI for a taxable year must pay an excise tax annually of an amount equal to such UBTI. Under IRS guidance issued in October 2006, a CRT will not recognize UBTI solely as a result of investing in a Fund that recognizes “excess inclusion income.” Rather, if at any time during any taxable year a CRT (or one of certain other tax-exempt shareholders, such as the U.S., a state or political subdivision, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, and certain

 

99


Table of Contents

energy cooperatives) is a record holder of a share in a Fund that recognizes “excess inclusion income,” then the Fund will be subject to a tax on that portion of its “excess inclusion income” for the taxable year that is allocable to such shareholders at the highest federal corporate income tax rate. The extent to which this IRS guidance remains applicable in light of the December 2006 legislation is unclear. To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, each Fund may elect to specially allocate any such tax to the applicable CRT, or other shareholder, and thus reduce such shareholder’s distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such shareholder’s interest in the Fund. The Funds have not yet determined whether such an election will be made. CRTs are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the consequences of investing in a Fund.

If a Fund invests in PFICs, certain special tax consequences may apply. A PFIC is any foreign corporation in which (i) 75% or more of the gross income for the taxable year is passive income, or (ii) the average percentage of the assets (generally by value, but by adjusted tax basis in certain cases) that produce or are held for the production of passive income is at least 50%. Generally, passive income for this purpose means dividends, interest (including income equivalent to interest), royalties, rents, annuities, the excess of gains over losses from certain property transactions and commodities transactions, and foreign currency gains. Passive income for this purpose does not include rents and royalties received by the foreign corporation from active business and certain income received from related persons. A Fund’s investments in certain PFICs could subject the Fund to a U.S. federal income tax (including interest charges) on distributions received from the company or on proceeds received from the disposition of shares in the company. This tax cannot be eliminated by making distributions to Fund shareholders. In addition, certain interest charges may be imposed on a Fund as a result of such distributions.

If a Fund is in a position to treat a PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (“QEF”), the Fund will be required to include its share of the company’s income and net capital gain annually, regardless of whether it receives any distributions from the company. Alternately, a Fund may make an election to mark the gains (and to a limited extent losses) in such holdings “to the market” as though it had sold and repurchased its holdings in those PFICs on the last day of the Fund’s taxable year. Such gain and loss are treated as ordinary income and loss. The QEF and mark-to-market elections may have the effect of accelerating the recognition of income (without the receipt of cash) and increasing the amount required to be distributed by a Fund to avoid taxation. Making either of these elections, therefore, may require a Fund to liquidate other investments (including when it is not advantageous to do so) to meet its distribution requirement, which also may accelerate the recognition of gain and affect the Fund’s total return. A fund that invests indirectly in PFICs by virtue of the fund’s investment in other investment companies that qualify as “U.S. persons” within the meaning of the Code may not make such elections; rather, such underlying investment companies investing directly in the PFICs would decide whether to make such elections. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as “qualified dividend income.”

Certain Funds have wholly-owned subsidiaries organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands, which are classified as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes (each, a “Subsidiary”). With respect to such Funds, a Fund may invest a portion of its assets in its Subsidiary. A foreign corporation, such as a Subsidiary, will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation unless it is deemed to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business. It is expected that each Subsidiary will conduct its activities in a manner so as to meet the requirements of a safe harbor provided under Section 864(b)(2) of the Code under which the Subsidiary may engage in trading in stocks or securities or certain commodities without being deemed to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business. However, if certain of a Subsidiary’s activities were determined not to be of the type described in the safe harbor (which is not expected), then the activities of the Subsidiary may constitute a U.S. trade or business, and subject to U.S. taxation as such.

In general, a foreign corporation, such as a Subsidiary, that does not conduct a U.S. trade or business is nonetheless subject to tax at a flat rate of 30 percent (or lower tax treaty rate), generally payable through withholding, on the gross amount of certain U.S.-source income that is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. There is presently no tax treaty in force between the U.S. and the Cayman Islands that would reduce this rate of withholding tax. It is not expected that a Subsidiary will derive meaningful income subject to such withholding tax.

Each Subsidiary will be treated as a controlled foreign corporation (“CFC”) and the Fund investing in its Subsidiary will be treated as a “U.S. shareholder” of that Subsidiary. As a result, a Fund will be required to include in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes all of its Subsidiary’s “subpart F income,” whether or not such income is distributed by the Subsidiary. It is expected that all of the Subsidiary’s income will be “subpart F income.” A Fund’s recognition of its Subsidiary’s “subpart F income” will increase the Fund’s tax basis in the Subsidiary. Distributions by the Subsidiary to a Fund will be tax-free, to the extent of its previously undistributed

 

100


Table of Contents

“subpart F income,” and will correspondingly reduce the Fund’s tax basis in the Subsidiary. “Subpart F income” is generally treated as ordinary income, regardless of the character of the Subsidiary’s underlying income. If a net loss is realized by the Subsidiary, such loss is not generally available to offset the income earned by a Fund.

The ability of a Fund to invest directly in commodities, and in certain commodity-related securities and other instruments, is subject to significant limitations in order to enable a Fund to maintain its status as a regulated investment company under the Code.

Investment in Other Funds

If a Fund invests in shares of other mutual funds, ETFs or other companies that are taxable as regulated investment companies, as well as certain investments in REITs (collectively, “underlying funds”), its distributable income and gains will normally consist, in part, of distributions from the underlying funds and gains and losses on the disposition of shares of the underlying funds. To the extent that an underlying fund realizes net losses on its investments for a given taxable year, a Fund will not be able to recognize its share of those losses (so as to offset distributions of net income or capital gains from other underlying funds) until it disposes of shares of the underlying fund. Moreover, even when a Fund does make such a disposition, a portion of its loss may be recognized as a long-term capital loss, which will not be treated as favorably for federal income tax purposes as a short-term capital loss or an ordinary deduction. In particular, a Fund will not be able to offset any capital losses from its dispositions of underlying fund shares against its ordinary income (including distributions of any net short-term capital gain realized by an underlying fund).

In addition, in certain circumstances, the “wash sale” rules under Section 1091 of the Code may apply to a Fund’s sales of underlying fund shares that have generated losses. A wash sale occurs if shares of an underlying fund are sold by a Fund at a loss and the Fund acquires substantially identical shares of that same underlying fund 30 days before or after the date of the sale. The wash-sale rules could defer losses in a Fund’s hands on sales of underlying fund shares (to the extent such sales are wash sales) for extended (and, in certain cases, potentially indefinite) periods of time. In addition to the wash-sale rules, certain related–party transactions rules may cause any losses generated by a Fund on the sale of an underlying fund’s shares to be deferred (or, in some cases, permanently disallowed) if a Fund and the underlying fund are part of the same “controlled group” (as defined in Section 267(f) of the Code) at the time the loss is recognized. For instance, for these purposes, a Fund and an underlying fund will be part of the same controlled group if the Fund owns more than 50% of the total outstanding voting securities of the underlying fund.

As a result of the foregoing rules, and certain other special rules, the amount of net investment income and net capital gain that each Fund will be required to distribute to shareholders may be greater than what such amounts would have been had the Fund directly invested in the securities held by the underlying funds, rather than investing in shares of the underlying funds. For similar reasons, the character of distributions from a Fund (e.g., long-term capital gain, exempt interest, eligibility for dividends-received deduction, etc.) will not necessarily be the same as it would have been had the Fund invested directly in the securities held by the underlying funds.

If a Fund received dividends from an underlying fund that qualifies as a regulated investment company, and the underlying fund designates such dividends as “qualified dividend income”, then the Fund is permitted in turn to designate a portion of its distributions as “qualified dividend income”, provided the Fund meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the underlying fund.

Depending on a Fund’s percentage ownership in an underlying fund, both before and after a redemption, a redemption of shares of an underlying fund by a Fund may cause the Fund to be treated as receiving a Section 301 distribution taxable as a dividend to the extent of its allocable shares of earnings and profits, on the full amount of the distribution instead of receiving capital gain income on the shares of the underlying fund. Such a distribution may be treated as qualified dividend income and thus eligible to be taxed at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain. If qualified dividend income treatment is not available, the distribution may be taxed as ordinary income. This could cause shareholders of a Fund to recognize higher amounts of ordinary income than if the shareholders had held the shares of the underlying funds directly.

For taxable years beginning on or before December 22, 2010, a Fund cannot pass through to shareholders foreign tax credits borne in respect of foreign securities income or exempt interest dividends in respect of tax-exempt obligations, in each case, earned by an underlying fund. For taxable years beginning after December 22, 2010, a Fund may elect to pass through to shareholders foreign tax credits from an underlying fund and exempt-interest dividends from an underlying fund, provided that at least 50% of the Fund’s total assets are invested in other regulated investment companies at the end of each quarter of the taxable year.

 

101


Table of Contents

Backup Withholding

Each Fund generally is required to backup withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury a percentage of the taxable dividends and other distributions paid to, and the proceeds of share sales, exchanges, or redemptions made by, any individual shareholder who fails to properly furnish the Fund with a correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), who has under-reported dividend or interest income, or who fails to certify to the Fund that he or she is not subject to backup withholding. The backup withholding rules may also apply to distributions that are properly designated as exempt-interest dividends. The backup withholding tax rate is 28%.

Foreign Shareholders

Shares of the Funds have not been registered for sale outside of the United States. This SAI is not intended for distribution to prospective investors outside of the United States. The Funds generally do not market or sell shares to investors domiciled outside of the United States, even, with regard to individuals, if they are citizens or lawful permanent residents of the United States.

Distributions properly designated as Capital Gain Dividends and exempt-interest dividends generally will not be subject to withholding of federal income tax. However, exempt-interest dividends may be subject to backup withholding (as discussed above). In general, dividends other than Capital Gain Dividends and exempt-interest dividends paid by a Fund to a shareholder that is not a “U.S. person” within the meaning of the Code (a “foreign person”) are subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) even if they are funded by income or gains (such as portfolio interest, short-term capital gains, or foreign-source dividend and interest income) that, if paid to a foreign person directly, would not be subject to withholding. However, effective for taxable years of a Fund beginning before January 1, 2014 (or a later date if extended by the U.S. Congress as discussed below), the Fund will not be required to withhold any amounts (i) with respect to distributions (other than distributions to a foreign person (w) that has not provided a satisfactory statement that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. person, (x) to the extent that the dividend is attributable to certain interest on an obligation if the foreign person is the issuer or is a 10% shareholder of the issuer, (y) that is within certain foreign countries that have inadequate information exchange with the United States, or (z) to the extent the dividend is attributable to interest paid by a person that is a related person of the foreign person and the foreign person is a controlled foreign corporation) from U.S.-source interest income of types similar to those not subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by an individual foreign person, to the extent such distributions are properly designated by the Fund (“interest-related dividends”), and (ii) with respect to distributions (other than (a) distributions to an individual foreign person who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the distribution and (b) distributions subject to special rules regarding the disposition of U.S. real property interests (as described below) of net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses to the extent such distributions are properly designated by the Fund (“short-term capital gain dividends”). Depending on the circumstances, a Fund may make designations of interest-related and/or short-term capital gain dividends with respect to all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for these exemptions from withholding. Absent legislation extending these exemptions for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2014, these special withholding exemptions for interest-related and short-term capital gain dividends will expire and these dividends generally will be subject to withholding as described above.

In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if a Fund makes a designation with respect to a payment. Foreign persons should contact their intermediaries regarding the application of these rules to their accounts.

A beneficial holder of shares who is a foreign person is not, in general, subject to U.S. federal income tax on gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares of a Fund or on Capital Gain Dividends or exempt-interest dividends unless (i) such gain or dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by such holder within the United States or (ii) in the case of an individual holder, the holder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale or the receipt of the Capital Gain Dividend and certain other conditions are met or (iii) the shares constitute “U.S. real property interests” (“USRPIs”) or the Capital Gain Dividends are attributable to gains from the sale or exchange of USRPIs in accordance with the rules set forth below.

Special rules apply to distributions to foreign shareholders from a Fund that is either a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (“USRPHC”) or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of the exceptions to the definition thereof described below. Additionally, special rules apply to the sale of shares in a Fund that is a USRPHC. Very

 

102


Table of Contents

generally, a USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds U.S. real property interests (“USRPIs”) — USRPIs are defined as any interest in U.S. real property or any equity interest in a USRPHC — the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporation’s USRPIs, interests in real property located outside the United States and other assets. A Fund that holds (directly or indirectly) significant interests in REITs may be a USRPHC. The special rules discussed in the next paragraph will also apply to distributions from a Fund that would be a USRPHC absent exclusions from USRPI treatment for interests in domestically controlled REITs or regulated investment companies and not-greater-than-5% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in REITs or regulated investment companies.

In the case of a Fund that is a USRPHC or would be a USRPHC but for the exceptions from the definition of USRPI (described immediately above), distributions by the Fund that are attributable to (a) gains realized on the disposition of USRPIs by the Fund and (b) distributions received by the Fund from a lower-tier regulated investment company or REIT that the Fund is required to treat as USRPI gain in its hands will retain their character as gains realized from USRPIs in the hands of the Fund’s foreign shareholders. (However, absent legislation, after December 27, 2013, this “look-through” treatment described in the preceding sentence will apply only to such distributions that, in turn, are attributable to USRPI gain distributions a Fund received from a lower-tier REIT.) If the foreign shareholder holds (or has held in the prior year) more than a 5% interest in a Fund, such distributions will be treated as gains “effectively connected” with the conduct of a “U.S. trade or business,” and subject to tax at graduated rates. Moreover, such shareholders will be required to file a U.S. income tax return for the year in which the gain was recognized and the Fund will be required to withhold 35% of the amount of such distribution. In the case of all other foreign shareholders (i.e., those whose interest in a Fund did not exceed 5% at any time during the prior year), the USRPI distribution will be treated as ordinary income (regardless of any designation by the Fund that such distribution is a short-term capital gain dividend or a Capital Gain Dividend), and the Fund must withhold 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate) of the amount of the distribution paid to such foreign shareholder. Foreign shareholders of a Fund are also subject to “wash sale” rules to prevent the avoidance of the tax-filing and -payment obligations discussed above through the sale and repurchase of Fund shares.

In addition, with respect to open-end funds, a Fund that is a USRPHC or former USRPHC must typically withhold 10% of the amount realized in a redemption by a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder, and that shareholder must file a U.S. income tax return for the year of the disposition of the USRPI and pay any additional tax due on the gain. On or before December 27, 2013, no withholding is generally required with respect to amounts paid in redemption of shares of a Fund if the Fund is a domestically controlled USRPHC or, in certain limited cases, if the Fund (whether or not domestically controlled) holds substantial investments in regulated investment companies that are domestically controlled USRPHCs. Absent legislation extending this exemption from withholding beyond December 27, 2013, it will expire at that time and any previously exempt Fund will be required to withhold with respect to amounts paid in redemption of its shares as described above.

In order to qualify for any exemptions from withholding described above or for lower withholding tax rates under income tax treaties, or to establish an exemption from backup withholding, the foreign investor must comply with special certification and filing requirements relating to its non-US status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute form). Foreign investors in a Fund should consult their tax advisers in this regard.

If a shareholder is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty, any effectively connected income or gain will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the shareholder in the United States.

A beneficial holder of shares who is a foreign person may be subject to state and local tax and to the U.S. federal estate tax in addition to the federal tax on income referred to above. Foreign shareholders in a Fund should consult their tax advisors with respect to the potential application of the above rules.

Effective January 1, 2014, a Fund will be required to withhold U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) on payments of taxable dividends and, effective January 1, 2017, redemption proceeds made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply, or be deemed compliant, with extensive new reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts. Shareholders may be requested to provide additional information to a Fund to enable the Fund to determine whether withholding is required.

Foreign Taxes

Certain Funds may be subject to foreign withholding taxes or other foreign taxes with respect to income (possibly including, in some cases, capital gain) received from sources within foreign countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of a Fund’s assets at

 

103


Table of Contents

year end consists of the securities of foreign corporations, the Fund may elect to permit shareholders to claim a credit or deduction on their income tax returns for their pro rata portion of qualified taxes paid by the Fund to foreign countries in respect of foreign securities the Fund has held for at least the minimum period specified in the Code. In such a case, shareholders will include in gross income from foreign sources their pro rata shares of such taxes. A shareholder’s ability to claim a foreign tax credit or deduction in respect of foreign taxes paid by a Fund may be subject to certain limitations imposed by the Code and the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, as a result of which a shareholder may not get a full credit or deduction for the amount of such taxes. In particular, shareholders must hold their Fund shares (without protection from risk of loss) on the ex-dividend date and for at least 15 additional days during the 30-day period surrounding the ex-dividend date to be eligible to claim a foreign tax credit with respect to a given dividend. Shareholders who do not itemize on their federal income tax returns may claim a credit (but no deduction) for such foreign taxes.

If a Fund does not make the above election or if more than 50% of its assets at the end of the year do not consist of securities of foreign corporations, the Fund’s net income will be reduced by the foreign taxes paid or withheld. In such cases, shareholders will not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to foreign taxes.

The foregoing is only a general description of the treatment of foreign source income or foreign taxes under the U.S. federal income tax laws. Because the availability of a credit or deduction depends on the particular circumstances of each shareholder, shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisors.

State and Local Tax Matters

Depending on the residence of the shareholders for tax purposes, distributions may also be subject to state and local taxation. Rules of state and local taxation regarding qualified dividend income, ordinary income dividends and capital gain dividends from regulated investment companies may differ from the rules of U.S. federal income tax in many respects. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting investment in the Funds.

Most states provide that a regulated investment company may pass through (without restriction) to its shareholders state and local income tax exemptions available to direct owners of certain types of U.S. government securities (such as U.S. Treasury obligations). Thus, for residents of these states, distributions derived from a Fund’s investment in certain types of U.S. government securities should be free from state and local income taxation to the extent that the interest income from such investments would have been exempt from state and local taxes if such securities had been held directly by the respective shareholders. Certain states, however, do not allow a regulated investment company to pass through to its shareholders the state and local income tax exemptions available to direct owners of certain types of U.S. government securities unless a Fund holds at least a required amount of U.S. government securities. Accordingly, for residents of these states, distributions derived from a Fund’s investment in certain types of U.S. government securities may not be entitled to the exemptions from state and local income taxes that would be available if the shareholders had purchased U.S. government securities directly. The exemption from state and local income taxes does not preclude states from asserting other taxes on the ownership of U.S. government securities. To the extent that a Fund invests to a substantial degree in U.S. government securities which are subject to favorable state and local tax treatment, shareholders of the Fund will be notified as to the extent to which distributions from the Fund are attributable to interest on such securities.

Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations

If a shareholder realizes a loss on disposition of a Fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all regulated investment companies. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

General Considerations

The federal income tax discussion set forth above is for general information only. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the specific federal tax consequences of purchasing, holding, and disposing of shares of each of the Funds, as well as the effects of state, local and foreign tax law and any proposed tax law changes.

 

104


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Financial Statements are incorporated by reference into this SAI. The Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013 have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm to the Trust, as indicated in its reports with respect thereto, and are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said reports. These Financial Statements are available without charge upon request by calling J.P. Morgan Funds Services at 1-800-480-4111.

 

105


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A — PURCHASES, REDEMPTIONS AND EXCHANGES

The Funds have established certain procedures and restrictions, subject to change from time to time, for purchase, redemption, and exchange orders, including procedures for accepting telephone instructions and effecting automatic investments and redemptions. The Funds may defer acting on a shareholder’s instructions until it has received them in proper form and in accordance with the requirements described in the Prospectuses.

An investor may buy (or redeem) shares in a Fund: (i) through a Financial Intermediary; or (ii) through JPMDS by calling the J.P. Morgan Funds Services. Financial Intermediaries may include financial advisors, investment advisers, brokers, financial planners, banks, insurance companies, retirement or 401(k) plan administrators and others, including affiliates of JPMorgan Chase that have entered into an agreement with the Distributor, or, if applicable, an authorized designee of a Financial Intermediary. Upon receipt of any instructions or inquiries by telephone from a shareholder or, if held in a joint account, from either party, or from any person claiming to be the shareholder, and confirmation that the account registration and address given by such person match those on record, a Fund or its agent is authorized, without notifying the shareholder or joint account parties, to carry out the instructions or to respond to the inquiries, consistent with the service options chosen by the shareholder or joint shareholders in his or their latest account application or other written request for services, including purchasing, exchanging, or redeeming shares of such Fund and depositing and withdrawing monies from the bank account specified in the “Bank Account Registration” section of the shareholder’s latest account application or as otherwise properly specified to such Fund in writing. Investors may incur a fee if they effect transactions through a Financial Intermediary.

The Funds may, at their own option, accept securities in payment for shares. The securities, delivered in such a transaction are valued in the same manner as they would be valued for purposes computing a Fund’s NAV, as described in the section entitled “Net Asset Value”. This is a taxable transaction to the shareholder. Purchases by means of in-kind contributions of securities will only by accepted if a variety of conditions are satisfied, in accordance with policies and procedures approved by the Board of Trustees.

Except as provided in a Fund’s prospectus, and subject to compliance with applicable regulations, each Fund has reserved the right to pay the redemption price of its shares, either totally or partially, by a distribution in-kind of readily marketable portfolio securities (instead of cash). The securities so distributed would be valued at the same amount as that assigned to them in calculating the NAV of the shares being sold. If a shareholder received a distribution in-kind, the shareholder could incur brokerage or other charges in converting the securities to cash. The Trust has filed an election under Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act committing to pay all redemptions by a shareholder of record in cash, limited during any 90 day period to the lesser of: (i) $250,000 or (ii) one percent of the net asset value of the Fund at the beginning of such period.

Each investor may add to or reduce its investment in a Fund on each day that the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) is open for business. The investor’s percentage of the aggregate beneficial interests in a Fund will then be recomputed as the percentage equal to the fraction (i) the numerator of which is the value of such investor’s investment in a Fund as of such time on such day plus or minus, as the case may be, the amount of net additions to or reductions in the investor’s investment in a Fund effected on such day and (ii) the denominator of which is the aggregate NAV of a Fund as of such time on such day plus or minus, as the case may be, the amount of net additions to or reductions in the aggregate investments in a Fund. The percentage so determined will then be applied to determine the value of the investor’s interest in a Fund as of such time on the following day the Exchange is open for trading.

Exchange Privilege

Shareholders may exchange their shares in a Fund for shares of any other J.P. Morgan Fund as indicated in the Prospectuses that offers such share class. The shareholder will not pay a sales charge for such exchange. The Funds reserve the right to limit the number of exchanges or to refuse an exchange. The Funds may discontinue this exchange privilege at any time.

Shares of a Fund may only be exchanged into another Fund if the account registrations are identical. All exchanges are subject to meeting any investment minimum or eligibility requirements. With respect to exchanges from any Money Market Fund, shareholders must have acquired their shares in such money market fund by exchange from one of the J.P. Morgan non-money market funds or the exchange will be done at relative NAV plus the appropriate sales charge. Any such exchange may create a gain or loss to be recognized for federal income tax

 

A-1


Table of Contents

purposes. Normally, shares of the Fund to be acquired are purchased on the redemption date, but such purchase may be delayed by either Fund for up to five business days if a Fund determines that it would be disadvantaged by an immediate transfer of the proceeds.

Redemptions

In general, shares of a Fund may be exchanged or redeemed at net asset value, less any applicable CDSC. The Trust may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment for Shares for more than seven days when:

 

  (a) trading on the Exchange is broadly restricted by the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC;

 

  (b) the Exchange is closed for other than customary weekend and holiday closing;

 

  (c) the SEC has by order permitted such suspension; or

 

  (d) the SEC has declared a market emergency.

Additional Information About Class B and Class C Shares

The Distributor pays broker-dealers a commission of 4.00% of the offering price on sales of Class B Shares and a commission of 1.00% of the offering price on sales of Class C Shares. The Distributor keeps the entire amount of any CDSC the investor pays for Class B and Class C Shares.

If an investor redeems Class C Shares and then uses that money to buy Class C Shares of a J.P. Morgan Fund within 90 days of that redemption, the second purchase will be free of a CDSC. Also, the 12b-1 aging will include the investor’s prior months’ holdings, so that the Financial Intermediary will receive the trail sooner.

The CDSC, however, will not be waived if a defined contribution plan redeems all of the shares that it owns on behalf of participants prior to the CDSC Period, as defined below.

Class B Shares of the Funds automatically convert to Class A Shares (and thus are then subject to the lower expenses borne by Class A Shares) after the period of time specified below has elapsed since the date of purchase (the “CDSC Period”), together with the pro rata portion of all Class B Shares representing dividends and other distributions paid in additional Class B Shares attributable to the Class B Shares then converting. The conversion of Class B Shares will be effected at the relative net asset value’s per share of the two classes on the first business day of the month following the eighth anniversary of the original purchase. If any exchanges of Class B Shares during the CDSC Period occurred, the holding period for the shares exchanged will be counted toward the CDSC Period. At the time of the conversion, the net asset value per share of the Class A Shares may be higher or lower than the net asset value per share of the Class B Shares; as a result, depending on the relative net asset value per share, a shareholder may receive fewer or more Class A Shares than the number of Class B Shares converted.

A Fund may require medallion signature guarantees for changes that shareholders request be made in Fund records with respect to their accounts, including but not limited to, changes in bank accounts, for any written requests for additional account services made after a shareholder has submitted an initial account application to a Fund, and in certain other circumstances described in the Prospectuses. A Fund may also refuse to accept or carry out any transaction that does not satisfy any restrictions then in effect. A medallion signature guarantee may be obtained from an approved bank, broker, savings and loan association or credit union under Rule 17Ad-15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

The Funds reserve the right to change any of these policies at any time and may reject any request to purchase shares.

Investors may incur a fee if they effect transactions through a Financial Intermediary.

Systematic Withdrawal Plan

Systematic withdrawals may be made on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis. The applicable Class B or Class C CDSC will be deducted from those payments unless such payments are made:

 

  (i) monthly and constitute no more than 1/12 of 10% of your then-current balance in a Fund each month; or

 

  (ii) quarterly and constitute no more than 1/4 of 10% of your then-current balance in a Fund each quarter.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

If you withdraw more than the limits stated above in any given systematic withdrawal payment, you will be charged a CDSC for the amount of the withdrawal over the limit for that month or quarter.

For accounts that allow systematic withdrawals only as a fixed dollar amount per month or quarter, the applicable Class B or Class C CDSC is waived provided that, on the date of the systematic withdrawal, the fixed dollar amount to be withdrawn, when multiplied by 12 in the case of monthly payments or by four in the case of quarterly payments, does not exceed 10% of your then-current balance in the Fund. If on any given systematic withdrawal date that amount would exceed 10%, you will be charged a CDSC on the entire amount of that systematic withdrawal payment. This calculation is repeated on each systematic withdrawal date.

For accounts that allow systematic withdrawals on a percentage basis, a Class B or Class C CDSC will be charged only on that amount of a systematic payment that exceeds the limits set forth above for that month or quarter.

Your current balance in a Fund for purposes of these calculations will be determined by multiplying the number of shares held by the then-current net asset value for shares of the applicable class.

Cut-Off Times for Purchase, Redemption and Exchange Orders

Orders to purchase, exchange or redeem shares accepted by the Funds, or by a Financial Intermediary authorized to accept such orders, by the cut-off times indicated in the Funds’ Prospectuses will be processed at the NAV next calculated after the order is accepted by the Fund or the Financial Intermediary. Under a variety of different types of servicing agreements, Financial Intermediaries that are authorized to accept purchase, exchange and/or redemption orders from investors are permitted to transmit those orders that are accepted by the Financial Intermediary before the cut-off times in the various Prospectuses to the Funds by the cut-off times stated in those agreements, which are generally later than the cut-off times stated in the Prospectuses.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B — DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

The following is a summary of published ratings by major credit rating agencies. Credit ratings evaluate only the safety of principal and interest payments, not the market value risk of lower quality securities. Credit rating agencies may fail to change credit ratings to reflect subsequent events on a timely basis. Although the investment adviser considers security ratings when making investment decisions, it also performs its own investment analysis and does not rely solely on the ratings assigned by credit agencies.

Unrated securities will be treated as non-investment grade securities unless the investment adviser determines that such securities are the equivalent of investment grade securities. Securities that have received different ratings from more than one agency are considered investment grade if at least one agency has rated the security investment grade.

DESCRIPTION OF SHORT-TERM CREDIT RATINGS

Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“S&P”)

A S&P’s issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Issuer credit ratings can be either long term or short term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days–including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

 

A-1

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

 

A-2

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

 

A-3

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

B

A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

B-1

A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

 

B-2

A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

 

B-3

A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

 

B-1


Table of Contents

C

A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

D

A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Dual Ratings

S&P assigns “dual” ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure. The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the short-term rating symbols for the put option (for example, ‘AAA/A-1+’). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, note rating symbols are used with the short-term issue credit rating symbols (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+’).

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

P: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

Preliminary: Preliminary ratings, with the “prelim” qualifier, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by S&P’s of appropriate documentation. S&P’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.

 

   

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions.

 

   

Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with S&P’s policies.

 

   

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or postbankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s).

 

B-2


Table of Contents
   

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in S&P’s opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to these entities’ obligations.

 

   

Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, S&P’s would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings.

 

   

A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating.

sf: The (sf) subscript is assigned to all issues and issuers to which a regulation, such as the European Union Regulation on Credit Rating Agencies, requires the assignment of an additional symbol which distinguishes a structured finance instrument or obligor (as defined in the regulation) from any other instrument or obligor. The addition of this subscript to a credit rating does not change the definition of that rating or our opinion about the issue’s or issuer’s creditworthiness.

t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

Unsolicited: Unsolicited ratings are those credit ratings assigned at the initiative of S&P’s and not at the request of the issuer or its agents.

Inactive Qualifiers (No longer applied or outstanding)

*: This symbol indicated continuance of the ratings is contingent upon S&P’s receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows. Discontinued use in August 1998.

c: This qualifier was used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer’s bonds are deemed taxable. Discontinued use in January 2001.

pr: The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

q: A ‘q’ subscript indicates that the rating is based solely on quantitative analysis of publicly available information. Discontinued use in April 2001.

r: The ‘r’ modifier was assigned to securities containing extraordinary risks, particularly market risks, that are not covered in the credit rating. The absence of an ‘r’ modifier should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will not exhibit extraordinary non-credit related risks. S&P discontinued the use of the ‘r’ modifier for most obligations in June 2000 and for the balance of obligations (mainly structured finance transactions) in November 2002.

Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”)

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

 

F1

HIGHEST SHORT-TERM CREDIT QUALITY. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

 

B-3


Table of Contents

F2

GOOD SHORT-TERM CREDIT QUALITY. Good intrinsic capacity for timely pament of financial obligations.

 

F3

FAIR SHORT-TERM CREDIT QUALITY. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

 

B

SPECULATIVE SHORT-TERM CREDIT QUALITY. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

 

C

HIGH SHORT-TERM DEFAULT RISK. Default is a real possibility.

 

RD

RESTRICTED DEFAULT. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other obligations. Applicable to entity ratings only.

 

D

Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a specific short-term obligation.

Limitations of the Short-Term Ratings Scale

Specific limitations relevant to the Short-Term Ratings scale include:

 

   

The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an obligation default.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer or transaction’s profile other than the agency’s opinion on the relative vulnerability to default of the rated issuer or obligation.

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”)

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers

 

P-1

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

 

P-2

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

 

P-3

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

 

NP

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

 

Note:

Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.

Dominion Bond Rating Service (“DBRS”)

The DBRS short-term debt rating scale provides an opinion on the risk that an issuer will not meet its short-term financial obligations in a timely manner. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer and the relative ranking of claims. The R-1 and R-2 rating categories are further denoted by the subcategories “(high)”, “(middle)”, and “(low)”.

 

R-1 (high)

Highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is exceptionally high. Unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

 

B-4


Table of Contents

R-1 (middle)

Superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is very high. Differs from R-1 (high) by a relatively modest degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

 

R-1 (low)

Good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is substantial. Overall strength is not as favourable as higher rating categories. May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

 

R-2 (high)

Upper end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

 

R-2 (middle)

Adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events or may be exposed to other factors that could reduce credit quality.

 

R-2 (low)

Lower end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events. A number of challenges are present that could affect the issuer’s ability to meet such obligations.

 

R-3

Lowest end of adequate credit quality. There is a capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due. May be vulnerable to future events and the certainty of meeting such obligations could be impacted by a variety of developments.

 

R-4

Speculative credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is uncertain.

 

R-5

Highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet short-term financial obligations as they fall due.

 

D

A financial obligation has not been met or it is clear that a financial obligation will not be met in the near future, or a debt instrument has been subject to a distressed exchange. A downgrade to D may not immediately follow an insolvency or restructuring filing as grace periods, other procedural considerations, or extenuating circumstance may exist.

DESCRIPTION OF BANK RATINGS

Moody’s

Moody’s Bank Financial Strength Ratings (BFSRs) represent Moody’s opinion of a bank’s intrinsic safety and soundness and, as such, exclude certain external credit risks and credit support elements that are addressed by Moody’s Bank Deposit Ratings. In addition to commercial banks, Moody’s BFSRs may also be assigned to other types of financial institutions such as multilateral development banks, government-sponsored financial institutions and national development financial institutions.

Unlike Moody’s Bank Deposit Ratings, BSFRs do not address the probability of timely payment. Instead, BSFRs are a measure of the likelihood that a bank will require assistance from third parties such as its owners, its industry group, or official institutions.

BSFRs do not take into account the probability that the bank will receive such external support, nor do they address risks arising from sovereign actions that may interfere with a bank’s ability to honor its domestic or foreign currency obligations.

Factors considered in the assignment of BSFRs include bank-specific elements such as financial fundamentals, franchise value, and business and asset diversification. Although BSFRs exclude the external factors specified above, they do take into account other risk factors in the bank’s operating environment, including the strength and prospective performance of the economy, as well as the structure and relative fragility of the financial system, and the quality of banking regulation and supervision.

 

A

Banks rated A possess superior intrinsic financial strength. Typically, they will be institutions with highly valuable and defensible business franchises, strong financial fundamentals, and a very predictable and stable operating environment.

 

B

Banks rated B possess strong intrinsic financial strength. Typically, they will be institutions with valuable and defensible business franchises, good financial fundamentals, and a predictable and stable operating environment.

 

B-5


Table of Contents

C

Banks rated C possess adequate intrinsic financial strength. Typically, they will be institutions with more limited but still valuable business franchises. These banks will display either acceptable financial fundamentals within a predictable and stable operating environment, or good financial fundamentals within a less predictable and stable operating environment.

 

D

Banks rated D display modest intrinsic financial strength, potentially requiring some outside support at times. Such institutions may be limited by one or more of the following factors: a weak business franchise; financial fundamentals that are deficient in one or more respects; or an unpredictable and unstable operating environment.

 

E

Banks rated E display very modest intrinsic financial strength, with a higher likelihood of periodic outside support or an eventual need for outside assistance. Such institutions may be limited by one or more of the following factors: a weak and limited business franchise; financial fundamentals that are materially deficient in one or more respects; or a highly unpredictable or unstable operating environment.

Where appropriate, a “+” modifier will be appended to ratings below the “A” category and a “-” modifier will be appended to ratings above the “E” category to distinguish those banks that fall in the higher and lower ends, respectively, of the generic rating category.

DESCRIPTION OF LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS

S&P

Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on Standard & Poor’s analysis of the following considerations:

 

   

Likelihood of payment — capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

 

   

Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

 

   

Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

 

AAA

An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

 

AA

An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

 

A

An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

 

BBB

An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

 

BB

An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

B-6


Table of Contents

B

An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

CCC

An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

CC

An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

 

C

A ‘C’ rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the ‘C’ rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

 

D

An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

Plus(+) or Minus (-): The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

 

NR

This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Moody’s

Long-Term Obligation Ratings

Moody’s long-term ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings use Moody’s Global Scale and reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

 

Aaa

Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

 

Aa

Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

 

A

Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

 

Baa

Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

 

Ba

Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

 

B

Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

 

Caa

Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

 

Ca

Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

 

C

Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

 

B-7


Table of Contents

Moody’s applies numerical modifiers, 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classified from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Fitch

Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, sovereigns and insurance companies, are generally assigned Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs). IDRs opine on an entity’s relative vulnerability to default on financial obligations. The “threshold” default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts, although the agency recognizes that issuers may also make pre-emptive and therefore voluntary use of such mechanisms.

In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agency’s view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default.

 

AAA

HIGHEST CREDIT QUALITY. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

 

AA

VERY HIGH CREDIT QUALITY. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

 

A

HIGH CREDIT QUALITY. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

 

BBB

GOOD CREDIT QUALITY. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse changes in circumstances and in economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

 

BB

SPECULATIVE. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

 

B

HIGHLY SPECULATIVE. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

 

CCC

SUBSTANTIAL CREDIT RISK. ‘CCC’ ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.

 

CC

VERY HIGH LEVELS OF CREDIT RISK. ‘CC’ ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.

 

C

EXCEPTIONALLY HIGH LEVELS OF CREDIT RISK. ‘C’ indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

 

BB

SPECULATIVE. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

 

B

HIGHLY SPECULATIVE. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

 

CCC

SUBSTANTIAL CREDIT RISK. Default is a real possibility.

 

CC

VERY HIGH LEVELS OF CREDIT RISK. Default of some kind appears probable.

 

C

EXCEPTIONALLY HIGH LEVELS OF CREDIT RISK. Default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:

 

   

the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;

 

B-8


Table of Contents
   

the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; or

 

   

Fitch otherwise believes a condition of ‘RD’ or ‘D’ to be imminent or inevitable, including through the formal announcement of a coercive debt exchange.

 

RD

RESTRICTED DEFAULT. ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but which has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased business. This would include:

 

   

the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;

 

   

the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;

 

   

the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; or

 

   

execution of a coercive debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.

 

D

DEFAULT. ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.

 

  Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a coercive debt exchange.

 

  “Imminent” default typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is all but inevitable. This may, for example, be where an issuer has missed a scheduled payment, but (as is typical) has a grace period during which it may cure the payment default. Another alternative would be where an issuer has formally announced a coercive debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.

 

  In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.

Note:

The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-Term IDR category, or to Long-Term IDR categories below ‘B’.

Limitations of the Issuer Credit Rating Scale:

Specific limitations relevant to the issuer credit rating scale include:

 

   

The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an issuer default.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the suitability of an issuer as a counterparty to trade credit.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer’s business, operational or financial profile other than the agency’s opinion on its relative vulnerability to default.

 

B-9


Table of Contents

DBRS

Long-Term Obligations

The DBRS long-term rating scale provides an opinion on the risk of default. That is, the risk that an issuer will fail to satisfy its financial obligations in accordance with the terms under which an obligations has been issued. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer, and the relative ranking of claims. All rating categories other than AAA and D also contain subcategories “(high)” and “(low)”. The absence of either a “(high)” or “(low)” designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category.

 

AAA

Highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is exceptionally high and unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

 

AA

Superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered high. Credit quality differs from AAA only to a small degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

 

A

Good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is substantial, but of lesser credit quality than AA. May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

 

BBB

Adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

 

BB

Speculative, non investment-grade credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is uncertain. Vulnerable to future events.

 

B

Highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet financial obligations.

 

CCC/ CC/C

Very highly speculative credit quality. In danger of defaulting on financial obligations. There is little difference between these three categories, although CC and C ratings are normally applied to obligations that are seen as highly likely to default, or subordinated to obligations rated in the CCC to B range. Obligations in respect of which default has not technically taken place but is considered inevitable may be rated in the C category.

 

D

A financial obligation has not been met or it is clear that a financial obligation will not be met in the near future or a debt instrument has been subject to a distressed exchange. A downgrade to D may not immediately follow an insolvency or restructuring filing as grace periods or extenuating circumstances may exist.

DESCRIPTION OF INSURANCE RATINGS

Moody’s

Insurance Financial Strength Ratings

Moody’s Insurance Financial Strength Ratings are opinions of the ability of insurance companies to repay punctually senior policyholder claims and obligations. Specific obligations are considered unrated unless they are individually rated because the standing of a particular insurance obligation would depend on an assessment of its relative standing under those laws governing both the obligation and the insurance company.

Insurance Financial Strength Ratings, shown in connection with property/casualty groups, represent the ratings of individual companies within those groups, as displayed in Moody’s insurance industry ratings list. The rating of an individual property/casualty company may be based on the benefit of its participation in an intercompany pooling agreement. Pooling agreements may or may not provide for continuation of in-force policyholder obligations by pool members in the event that the property/casualty insurer is sold to a third party or otherwise removed from the pooling agreement.

Moody’s assumes in these ratings that the pooling agreement will not be modified by the members of the pool to reduce the benefits of pool participation, and that the insurer will remain in the pool. Moody’s makes no representation or warranty that such pooling agreement will not be modified over time, nor does Moody’s opine on the probability that the rated entity may be sold or otherwise removed from the pooling agreement.

 

B-10


Table of Contents

Long-Term Insurance Financial Strength Ratings

Moody’s rating symbols for Insurance Financial Strength Ratings are identical to those used to indicate the credit quality of long-term obligations. These rating gradations provide investors with a system for measuring an insurance company’s ability to meet its senior policyholder claims and obligations.

 

Aaa

Insurance companies rated Aaa offer exceptional financial security. While the credit profile of these companies is likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair their fundamentally strong position.

 

Aa

Insurance companies rated Aa offer excellent financial security. Together with the Aaa group, they constitute what are generally known as high-grade companies. They are rated lower than Aaa companies because long-term risks appear somewhat larger.

 

A

Insurance companies rated A offer good financial security. However, elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

 

Baa

Insurance companies rated Baa offer adequate financial security. However, certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time.

 

Ba

Insurance companies rated Ba offer questionable financial security. Often the ability of these companies to meet policyholder obligations may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded in the future.

 

B

Insurance companies rated B offer poor financial security. Assurance of punctual payment of policyholder obligations over any long period of time is small.

 

Caa

Insurance companies rated Caa offer very poor financial security. They may be in default on their policyholder obligations or there may be present elements of danger with respect to punctual payment of policyholder obligations and claims.

 

Ca

Insurance companies rated Ca offer extremely poor financial security. Such companies are often in default on their policyholder obligations or have other marked shortcomings.

 

C

Insurance companies rated C are the lowest-rated class of insurance company and can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever offering financial security.

Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Short-Term Insurance Financial Strength Ratings

Short-Term Insurance Financial Strength Ratings are opinions of the ability of the insurance company to repay punctually its short-term senior policyholder claims and obligations. The ratings apply to senior policyholder obligations that mature or are payable within one year or less.

Specific obligations are considered unrated unless individually rated because the standing of a particular insurance obligation would depend on an assessment of its relative standing under those laws governing both the obligation and the insurance company.

 

P-1

Insurers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term policyholder claims and obligations.

 

P-2

Insurers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability for repayment of senior short-term policyholder claims and obligations.

 

P-3

Insurers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term policyholder claims and obligations.

 

NP

Insurers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime (NP) do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

When ratings are supported by the credit of another entity or entities, then the name or names of such supporting entity or entities are listed within parenthesis beneath the name of the insurer, or there is a footnote referring to the name or names of the supporting entity or entities.

 

B-11


Table of Contents

In assigning ratings to such insurers, Moody’s evaluates the financial strength of the affiliated insurance companies, commercial banks, corporations, foreign governments, or other entities, but only as one factor in the total rating assessment. Moody’s makes no representation and gives no opinion on the legal validity or enforceability of any support arrangement.

S&P

Insurer Financial Strength Rating Definitions

A S&P’s insurer financial strength rating is a forward-looking opinion about the financial security characteristics of an insurance organization with respect to its ability to pay under its insurance policies and contracts in accordance with their terms. Insurer financial strength ratings are also assigned to health maintenance organizations and similar health plans with respect to their ability to pay under their policies and contracts in accordance with their terms.

This opinion is not specific to any particular policy or contract, nor does it address the suitability of a particular policy or contract for a specific purpose or purchaser. Furthermore, the opinion does not take into account deductibles, surrender or cancellation penalties, timeliness of payment, nor the likelihood of the use of a defense such as fraud to deny claims. For organizations with cross-border or multinational operations, including those conducted by subsidiaries or branch offices, the ratings do not take into account potential that may exist for foreign exchange restrictions to prevent financial obligations from being met.

Insurer financial strength ratings do not refer to an organization’s ability to meet nonpolicy (i.e. debt) obligations. Assignment of ratings to debt issued by insurers or to debt issues that are fully or partially supported by insurance policies, contracts, or guarantees is a separate process from the determination of insurer financial strength ratings, and follows procedures consistent with issue credit rating definitions and practices. An insurer financial strength rating is not a recommendation to purchase or discontinue any policy or contract issued by an insurer.

Long-Term Insurer Financial Strength Ratings

An insurer rated ‘BBB’ or higher is regarded as having financial security characteristics that outweigh any vulnerabilities, and is highly likely to have the ability to meet financial commitments.

 

AAA

An insurer rated ‘AAA’ has extremely strong financial security characteristics. ‘AAA’ is the highest insurer financial strength rating assigned by S&P.

 

AA

An insurer rated ‘AA’ has very strong financial security characteristics, differing only slightly from those rated higher.

 

A

An insurer rated ‘A’ has strong financial security characteristics, but is somewhat more likely to be affected by adverse business conditions than are insurers with higher ratings.

 

BBB

An insurer rated ‘BBB’ has good financial security characteristics, but is more likely to be affected by adverse business conditions than are higher-rated insurers.

An insurer rated ‘BB’ or lower is regarded as having vulnerable characteristics that may outweigh its strengths; ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of vulnerability within the range; ‘CC’ the highest.

 

BB

An insurer rated ‘BB’ has marginal financial security characteristics. Positive attributes exist, but adverse business conditions could lead to insufficient ability to meet financial commitments.

 

B

An insurer rated ‘B’ has weak financial security characteristics. Adverse business conditions will likely impair its ability to meet financial commitments.

 

CCC

An insurer rated ‘CCC’ has very weak financial security characteristics, and is dependent on favorable business conditions to meet financial commitments.

 

CC

An insurer rated ‘CC’ has extremely weak financial security characteristics and is likely not to meet some of its financial commitments.

 

R

An insurer rated ‘R’ is under regulatory supervision owing to its financial condition. During the pendency of the regulatory supervision, the regulators may have the power to favor one class of obligations over others or pay some obligations and not others. The rating does not apply to insurers subject only to nonfinancial actions such as market conduct violations.

 

B-12


Table of Contents

NR

An insurer designated ‘NR’ is not rated, which implies no opinion about the insurer’s financial security.

Ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Fitch

Insurer Financial Strength Ratings

The Insurer Financial Strength (IFS) Rating provides an assessment of the financial strength of an insurance organization. The IFS Rating is assigned to the insurance company’s policyholder obligations, including assumed reinsurance obligations and contract holder obligations, such as guaranteed investment contracts. The IFS Rating reflects both the ability of the insurer to meet these obligations on a timely basis, and expected recoveries received by claimants in the event the insurer stops making payments or payments are interrupted, due to either the failure of the insurer or some form of regulatory intervention. In the context of the IFS Rating, the timeliness of payments is considered relative to both contract and/or policy terms but also recognizes the possibility of reasonable delays caused by circumstances common to the insurance industry, including claims reviews, fraud investigations and coverage disputes.

The IFS Rating does not encompass policyholder obligations residing in separate accounts, unit-linked products or segregated funds, for which the policyholder bears investment or other risks. However, any guarantees provided to the policyholder with respect to such obligations are included in the IFS Rating.

Expected recoveries are based on the agency’s assessments of the sufficiency of an insurance company’s assets to fund policyholder obligations, in a scenario in which payments have ceased or been interrupted. Accordingly, expected recoveries exclude the impact of recoveries obtained from any government sponsored guaranty or policyholder protection funds. Expected recoveries also exclude the impact of collateralization or security, such as letters of credit or trusteed assets, supporting select reinsurance obligations.

IFS Ratings can be assigned to insurance and reinsurance companies in any insurance sector, including the life & annuity, non-life, property/casualty, health, mortgage, financial guaranty, residual value and title insurance sectors, as well as to managed care companies such as health maintenance organizations.

The IFS Rating does not address the quality of an insurer’s claims handling services or the relative value of products sold.

The IFS Rating uses the same symbols used by the agency for its International and National credit ratings of long-term or short-term debt issues. However, the definitions associated with the ratings reflect the unique aspects of the IFS Rating within an insurance industry context.

Obligations for which a payment interruption has occurred due to either the insolvency or failure of the insurer or some form of regulatory intervention will generally be rated between ‘B’ and ‘C’ on the Long-Term IFS Rating scales (both International and National). International Short-Term IFS Ratings assigned under the same circumstances will align with the insurer’s International Long-Term IFS Rating.

Long-Term International IFS Ratings

The following rating scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings. Ratings of ‘BBB-’ and higher are considered to be “secure”, and those of ‘BB+’ and lower are considered to be “vulnerable”.

 

AAA

EXCEPTIONALLY STRONG. ‘AAA’ IFS Ratings denote the lowest expectation of ceased or interrupted payments. They are assigned only in the case of exceptionally strong capacity to meet policyholder and contract obligations. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

 

AA

VERY STRONG. ‘AA’ IFS Ratings denote a very low expectation of ceased or interrupted payments. They indicate very strong capacity to meet policyholder and contract obligations. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

 

A

STRONG. ‘A’ IFS Ratings denote a low expectation of ceased or interrupted payments. They indicate strong capacity to meet policyholder and contract obligations. This capacity may, nonetheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

 

B-13


Table of Contents

BBB

GOOD. ‘BBB’ IFS Ratings indicate that there is currently a low expectation of ceased or interrupted payments. The capacity to meet policyholder and contract obligations on a timely basis is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impact this capacity.

 

BB

MODERATELY WEAK. ‘BB’ IFS Ratings indicate that there is an elevated vulnerability to ceased or interrupted payments, particularly as the result of adverse economic or market changes over time. However, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow for policyholder and contract obligations to be met in a timely manner.

 

B

WEAK. ‘B’ IFS Ratings indicate two possible conditions. If obligations are still being met on a timely basis, there is significant risk that ceased or interrupted payments could occur in the future, but a limited margin of safety remains. Capacity for continued timely payments is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment, and favorable market conditions. Alternatively, a ‘B’ IFS Rating is assigned to obligations that have experienced ceased or interrupted payments, but with the potential for extremely high recoveries. Such obligations would possess a recovery assessment of ‘RR1’ (Outstanding).

 

CCC,

VERY WEAK. ‘CCC’ IFS Ratings indicate two possible conditions. If obligations are still being met on a timely basis, there is a real possibility that ceased or interrupted payments could occur in the future. Capacity for continued timely payments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment, and favorable market conditions. Alternatively, a ‘CCC’ IFS Rating is assigned to obligations that have experienced ceased or interrupted payments, and with the potential for average to superior recoveries. Such obligations would possess a recovery assessment of ‘RR2’ (Superior), ‘RR3’ (Good), and ‘RR4’ (Average).

 

CC

EXTREMELY WEAK. ‘CC’ IFS Ratings indicate two possible conditions. If obligations are still being met on a timely basis, it is probable that ceased or interrupted payments will occur in the future. Alternatively, a ‘CC’ IFS Rating is assigned to obligations that have experienced ceased or interrupted payments, with the potential for average to below-average recoveries. Such obligations would possess a recovery assessment of ‘RR4’ (Average) or ‘RR5’ (Below Average).

 

C

DISTRESSED. ‘C’ IFS Ratings indicate two possible conditions. If obligations are still being met on a timely basis, ceased or interrupted payments are imminent. Alternatively, a ‘C’ IFS Rating is assigned to obligations that have experienced ceased or interrupted payments, and with the potential for below average to poor recoveries. Such obligations would possess a recovery assessment of ‘RR5’ (Below Average) or ‘RR6’ (Poor).

“+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to indicate the relative position of a credit within the rating category. Such suffixes are not added to ratings in the ‘AAA’ category or to ratings below the ‘B’ category.

Short-Term IFS Ratings

A Short-Term Insurer Financial Strength Rating (ST-IFS Rating) provides an assessment of the near-term financial health of an insurance organization, and its capacity to meet senior obligations to policyholders and contract-holders that would be expected to be due within one year. The analysis supporting the ST-IFS Rating encompasses all of the factors considered within the context of the IFS Rating, but with greater weighting given to an insurer’s near-term liquidity, financial flexibility and regulatory solvency characteristics, and less weight given to longer-term issues such as competitiveness and earnings trends.

The agency will only assign a ST-IFS Rating to insurers that also have been assigned an IFS Rating. Currently, ST-IFS Ratings are used primarily by U.S. life insurance companies that sell short-term funding agreements.

The ST-IFS Rating uses the same international ratings scale used by the agency for short-term debt and issuer ratings.

 

F1

Insurers are viewed as having a strong capacity to meet their near-term obligations. When an insurer rated in this rating category is designated with a (+) sign, it is viewed as having a very strong capacity to meet near-term obligations.

 

F2

Insurers are viewed as having a moderately strong capacity to meet their near-term obligations.

 

F3

Insurers are viewed as having an adequate capacity to meet their near-term obligations.

 

B-14


Table of Contents

B

Insurers are viewed as having a weak capacity to meet their near-term obligations.

 

C

Insurers are viewed as having a very weak capacity to meet their near-term obligations.

Recovery Ratings

Recovery Ratings are assigned to selected individual securities and obligations. These currently are published for most individual obligations of corporate issuers with IDRs in the ‘B’ rating category and below, and for most distressed or defaulted structured finance obligations rated “CCC” or below.

Among the factors that affect recovery rates for securities are the collateral, the seniority relative to other obligations in the capital structure (where appropriate), and the expected value of the company or underlying collateral in distress.

The Recovery Rating scale is based upon the expected relative recovery characteristics of an obligation upon the curing of a default, emergence from insolvency or following the liquidation or termination of the obligor or its associated collateral. For structured finance, Recovery Ratings are designed to estimate recoveries on a forward-looking basis while taking into account the time value of money.

Recovery Ratings are an ordinal scale and do not attempt to precisely predict a given level of recovery. As a guideline in developing the rating assessments, the agency employs broad theoretical recovery bands in its ratings approach based on historical averages, but actual recoveries for a given security may deviate materially from historical averages.

 

RR1

OUTSTANDING RECOVERY PROSPECTS GIVEN DEFAULT. ‘RR1’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 91%–100% of current principal and related interest.

 

RR2

SUPERIOR RECOVERY PROSPECTS GIVEN DEFAULT. ‘RR2’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 71%–90% of current principal and related interest.

 

RR3

GOOD RECOVERY PROSPECTS GIVEN DEFAULT. ‘RR3’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 51%–70% of current principal and related interest.

 

RR4

AVERAGE RECOVERY PROSPECTS GIVEN DEFAULT. ‘RR4’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 31%–50% of current principal and related interest.

 

RR5

BELOW AVERAGE RECOVERY PROSPECTS GIVEN DEFAULT. ‘RR5’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 11%–30% of current principal and related interest.

 

RR6

POOR RECOVERY PROSPECTS GIVEN DEFAULT. ‘RR6’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 0%–10% of current principal and related interest.

Limitations of the Recovery Ratings Scale

Specific limitations relevant to the Recovery Ratings scale include:

 

   

The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of recovery should a default occur.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer or transaction’s profile other than the agency’s opinion on the relative loss severity of the rated obligation should the obligation default.

Recovery Ratings, in particular, reflect a fundamental analysis of the underlying relationship between financial claims on an entity or transaction and potential sources to meet those claims. The size of such sources and claims is subject to a wide variety of dynamic factors outside the agency’s analysis, which will influence actual recovery rates.

 

B-15


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND RATINGS

Moody’s

Short-Term Obligation Ratings

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels — MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

 

MIG 1

This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

 

MIG 2

This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample although not so large as in the preceding group.

 

MIG 3

This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

 

SG

This designation denotes speculative-quality credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Demand Obligation Ratings

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating.

When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1.

VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

 

VMIG 1

This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

VMIG 2

This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

VMIG 3

This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

SG

This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

S&P

Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings

A S&P’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P’s analysis will review the following considerations:

 

   

Amortization schedule — the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

 

B-16


Table of Contents
   

Source of payment — the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

 

SP-1

Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

 

SP-2

Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

 

SP-3

Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS

DBRS

Preferred Share Rating Scale

The DBRS preferred share rating scale is used in the Canadian securities market and is meant to give an indication of the risk that a borrower will not fulfill its full obligations in a timely manner, with respect to both dividend and principal commitments. Every DBRS rating is based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the borrowing entity. Each rating category is denoted by the subcategories “high” and “low”. The absence of either a “high” or “low” designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category. This scale may also apply to certain hybrid securities, in which case references to dividend throughout will reflect interest commitments of the hybrid security.

 

Pfd-1

Preferred shares rated Pfd-1 are of superior credit quality, and are supported by entities with strong earnings and balance sheet characteristics. Pfd-1 securities generally correspond with companies whose senior bonds are rated in the AAA or AA categories. As is the case with all rating categories, the relationship between senior debt ratings and preferred share ratings should be understood as one where the senior debt rating effectively sets a ceiling for the preferred shares issued by the entity. However, there are cases where the preferred share rating could be lower than the normal relationship with the issuer’s senior debt rating.

 

Pfd-2

Preferred shares rated Pfd-2 are of satisfactory credit quality. Protection of dividends and principal is still substantial, but earnings, the balance sheet, and coverage ratios are not as strong as Pfd-1 rated companies. Generally, Pfd-2 ratings correspond with companies whose senior bonds are rated in the “A” category.

 

Pfd-3

Preferred shares rated Pfd-3 are of adequate credit quality. While protection of dividends and principal is still considered acceptable, the issuing entity is more susceptible to adverse changes in financial and economic conditions, and there may be other adverse conditions present which detract from debt protection. Pfd-3 ratings generally correspond with companies whose senior bonds are rated in the higher end of the BBB category.

 

Pfd-4

Preferred shares rated Pfd-4 are speculative, where the degree of protection afforded to dividends and principal is uncertain, particularly during periods of economic adversity. Companies with preferred shares rated Pfd-4 generally coincide with entities that have senior bond ratings ranging from the lower end of the BBB category through the BB category.

 

Pfd-5

Preferred shares rated Pfd-5 are highly speculative and the ability of the entity to maintain timely dividend and principal payments in the future is highly uncertain. Entities with a Pfd-5 rating generally have senior bond ratings of B or lower. Preferred shares rated Pfd-5 often have characteristics that, if not remedied, may lead to default.

 

D

A security rated D implies the dividend or principal payment is in default per the legal documents, the issuer has made it clear that this will be the case in the near future or in certain cases, that there has been a distressed exchange. As such, the non payment of a dividend does not necessarily give rise to the assignment of a D rating. In some cases, DBRS may not assign a D rating under a bankruptcy announcement scenario, as allowances for grace periods may exist in the underlying legal documentation. Once assigned, the D rating will continue until such time as the rating is discontinued or reinstated by DBRS.

 

B-17

Carbon Energy (CE) (USOTC:CRBO)
Gráfico Histórico do Ativo
De Mai 2024 até Jun 2024 Click aqui para mais gráficos Carbon Energy (CE).
Carbon Energy (CE) (USOTC:CRBO)
Gráfico Histórico do Ativo
De Jun 2023 até Jun 2024 Click aqui para mais gráficos Carbon Energy (CE).